7. Observation Reporting


Contents



7 Observation Reporting

Chapter Chair/Editor:

Hans Buitendijk Siemens Medical Solutions Health Services Corporation

Chapter Chair/Editor:

Gunther Schadow, MD Regenstrief Institute for Health Care

Chapter Chair/Editor:

Patrick Loyd

Gordon Point Informatics Ltd

Editor

Karen Sieber Cerner Corporation

7.1 CHAPTER 7 CONTENTS

7.2 PURPOSE

This chapter describes the transaction set required for sending structured patient-oriented clinical data from one computer system to another. A common use of these transaction sets will be to transmit observations and results of diagnostic studies from the producing system (e.g., clinical laboratory system, EKG system) (the filler), to the ordering system (e.g., HIS order entry, physician's office system) (the placer). Observations can be sent from producing systems to clinical information systems (not necessarily the order placer) and from such systems to other systems that were not part of the ordering loop, e.g., an office practice system of the referring physician for inpatient test results ordered by an inpatient surgeon. This chapter also provides mechanisms for registering clinical trials and methods for linking orders and results to clinical trials and for reporting experiences with drugs and devices.

These transaction sets permit the transmission of clinical observations including (but not limited to) clinical laboratory results, measures of patient status and condition, vital signs, intake and output, severity and/or frequency of symptoms.

If the observation being reported meets one or more of the following criteria, then the content would qualify as a medical document management message (MDM) rather than an observation message (ORU). The reader is referred to the MDM message type in Chapter 9.

Additional considerations that may affect the appropriateness of using an MDM message:

Using these criteria, the following examples of documents/reports would typically qualify as medical document management (MDM) messages. Note that as clinical content, the following documents/reports typically require succession management and/or report availability thus would require an MDM message even if the payload utilizes CSA.

Usage Notes:

Transcription is not a defining quality for the selection of an MDM or ORU message. In an MDM message, the document/report is typically dictated or transcribed, but not always. Machine-generated or automated output is an example of a document/report that is appropriate to the MDM but is not transcribed.

Observations may be transmitted in a solicited (in response to a query) or unsolicited mode. In the solicited mode, a user requests a set of observations according to criteria transmitted by the user. The sending system responds with existing data to satisfy the query (subject to access controls). Queries do not elicit new observations by the target system, they simply retrieve old observations. (See Chapter 5 for full discussion of the query transmission.)

The unsolicited mode is used primarily to transmit the values of new observations. It is the mode used by producing services to return the values of observations requested by an ordering system. A laboratory system, for example, would usually send the results of an AM electrolytes to the ordering HIS via the unsolicited mode. An intensive care system would send the blood pressures to the same HIS by the same mode. Calling such transactions unsolicited may sound like a misnomer, but is not. The placing service solicits the producing service to make the observation. It could also (through a query) solicit the value of that observation after it has been made. However, such an approach would demand continuous polling of the producing system until the result was produced. Using the unsolicited mode, the producing service returns the value of an observation as soon as it is available. The unsolicited mode can also be used to transmit new results to a system (e.g., an archival medical record system) that did not order the observation. The transactions that define these modes are more fully described in Section7.2, ??Trigger Events & Message Definitions.?

Observations are usually ordered and reported as sets (batteries) of many separate observations. Physicians order electrolytes (consisting of sodium, potassium, chloride, bicarbonate) or vitals (consisting of diastolic blood pressure, systolic blood pressure, pulse, and temperature). Moreover, tests that we may think of as single entity, e.g., cardiac echo, usually yield multiple separate measurements, e.g., left ventricular diameter, left atrial diameter, etc. Moreover, observations that are usually reported as text (e.g., the review of systems from the history and physical) can also be considered a set of separately analyzable units (e.g., cardiac history, pulmonary history, genito-urinary history, etc.). We strongly suggest that all text clinical reports be broken down into such separate analyzable entities and that these individual entities be transmitted as separate OBX segments. Because many attributes of a set of observations taken at one time will be identical, one OBR segment serves as a header for the report and carries the information that applies to all of the individual observations in the set. In the case of ordered observations, the OBR segment is a ??turn-around document? like the manual request forms it replaces. It carries information about the order to the producing service; a copy of the OBR with additional fields completed is returned with the observations to the requesting service. Alternately, text documents can be encoded as a CDA document and sent within a single OBX.

Not all observations are preceded by an order. However, all observations whether explicitly ordered or initiated without an order are reported with an OBR segment as the report header.

The major segments (OBR, OBX) defined in this chapter, their fields, and the code tables have been defined in collaboration with ASTM E31.11 with the goal of keeping HL7 observation transmission the same as ASTM E1238 in pursuit of the goals of ANSI HISPP and the Message Standards Developers Subcommittee. (Some sections of this chapter have been taken with permission directly from the E1238-91 document and vice versa in pursuit of those goals).

The OBR segment provides information that applies to all of the observations that follow. It includes a field that identifies a particular battery (or panel or set) of observations (e.g., electrolytes, vital signs or Admission H&P). For simplicity we will refer to the observation set as the battery. The battery usually corresponds to the entity that is ordered or performed as a unit. (In the case of a query, observation sets may be a more arbitrary collection of observations.) The OBX segment provides information about a single observation, and it includes a field that identifies that single observation (e.g., potassium, diastolic blood pressure or admission diagnosis). Both of these fields assume master tables that define coding systems (the universe of valid identifying codes) for batteries and observations, respectively. These tables will usually be part of the producing and sending services application and (usually) include many other useful pieces of information about the observation or battery. Segments for transmitting such master file information between systems that produce and systems that use clinical information are described in Chapter 8.

This Standard does not require the use of a particular coding system to identify either batteries or single observations In the past, local institutions tended to invent their own unique code systems for identifying test and other clinical observations because standard codes were not available. Such local code systems sufficed for transmitting information within the institutions but presented high barriers to pooling data from many sources for research or for building medical record systems. However, standard code systems such as LOINC® and SNOMED now exist for many of these purposes, and we strongly encourage their use in observation reporting. These codes can be sent either as the only code or they can be sent along with the local historic code as the second code system in a CE code.

In past versions of the HL7 standard, Appendix A to Chapter 7 presented suggestions for constructing clinical codes from existing procedure code systems such as CPT4. Appendix A is now part of the Implementation Guide and contains LOINC® codes for most laboratory tests and many common clinical variables and codes for reporting observations from the laboratory, 12-lead EKG, cardiac echoes, obstetrical ultrasounds, radiology reports, history and physical findings, tumor registries, vital signs, intake and outputs, and more. The most recent version of the LOINC® database, which includes records for more than 26,000 observations and includes codes, names, synonyms and other attributes (such as the molecular weights of chemical moieties) for each observation, is available from the Regenstrief Institute file server at http://www.regenstrief.org/loinc/loinc.htm . Codes for Neurophysiologic variables (EEG, EMG, Evoked potentials) are provided in Appendix X2 of ASTM E1467. Some parts of this document (the discussion and tables defining units, the discussion of the rules of mapping observations to OBX segments, and some of the examples at the end of the chapter have been copied (with permission) from ASTM E1238.

As is true throughout this Standard, the emphasis should be on the abstract messages, defined without regard to the encoding rules. The example messages, however, are based upon the HL7 encoding rules.

7.2.1 Preface (organization of this chapter)

Following this Purpose and general information section, the remainder of this chapter is organized into four main subject areas; General, Clinical Trials, Product Experience and Waveform. Sections 7.1 to 7.5 document the trigger events, message definitions, segment definitions and examples for general observation reporting. Sections 7.6 to 7.9 include all information related to Clinical Trials. Sections 7.10 to 7.13 include all information related to Product Experience messaging, and sections 7.14 to 7.17 include Waveform messaging information. Large tables can be found in section 7.18 and outstanding issues are listed in section 7.19.

7.2.2 Glossary

7.2.2.0

7.2.2.1 Placer:

Person or service that requests (places order for) an observation battery, e.g., the physician, the practice, clinic, or ward service, that orders a lab test, X-ray, vital signs, etc. The meaning is synonymous with, and used interchangeably with, requestor. See ORC-2-placer order number, Section 4.3.1.2, ??Placer order number.?

7.2.2.2 Filler:

Person, or service, who produces the observations (fills the order) requested by the requestor. The word is synonymous with "producer" and includes diagnostic services and clinical services and care providers who report observations about their patients. The clinical laboratory is a producer of lab test results (filler of a lab order), the nursing service is the producer of vital signs observations (the filler of orders to measure vital signs), and so on. See ORC-3-filler order number, Section 4.3.1.3, ??Filler order number.?

7.2.2.3 Battery:

A set of one or more observations identified as by a single name and code number, and treated as a shorthand unit for ordering or retrieving results of the constituent observations. In keeping with the mathematical conventions about set, a battery can be a single observation. Vital signs, electrolytes, routine admission tests, and obstetrical ultrasound are all examples. Vital signs (conventionally) consist of diastolic and systolic blood pressure, pulse, and respiratory rate. Electrolytes usually consist of Na+, K+, Cl-, and HCO3-. Routine admission tests might contain CBC, Electrolytes, SMA12, and Urinalysis. (Note that the elements of a battery for our purposes may also be batteries). Obstetrical ultrasound is a battery made up of traditional component measurements and the impression, all of which would be returned as separate results when returned to the requestor. A test involving waveform recording (such as an EKG) can be represented as a battery comprised of results of many categories, including digital waveform data, labels and annotations to the data, measurements, and the impression

The word battery is used in this specification synonymously with the word profile or panel. The individual observation elements within a battery may be characteristic of a physiologic system (e.g., liver function tests), or many different physiologic systems.

7.2.2.4 Observation:

A measurement of a single variable or a single value derived logically and/or algebraically from other measured or derived values. A test result, a diastolic blood pressure, and a single chest X-ray impression are examples of observations. In certain circumstances, tracings and images may be treated by HL7 as individual observations and sent as a single OBX. These include waveform data described in Section 7.15, ??Waveform - Trigger Events & Message Definitions,? and encapsulated data aggregates using the ED data type described in Section 2.8.14, ??ED-encapsulated data,? (which can represent actual images, audio data, etc.).

7.2.2.5 Clinical Document Architecture (CDA):

The Health Level 7 Specification (ANSI/HL7 CDA R1.0-2000) for encoding and encapsulating clinical documents.

7.2.3 Narrative Reports as Batteries With Many OBX

Narrative reports from services such as Radiology usually consist of a number of subcomponents (e.g., a chest X-ray report may consist of a description, an impression, and a recommendation). Other studies, such as echocardiograms, contain analogous components, as well as numeric observations (e.g., left ventricular and diastolic diameter). Surgical pathology reports may contain information about multiple specimens and reports: the anatomic source, the gross description, the microscopic description, and a diagnostic impression for each specimen.

The current Standard treats each component of a narrative report as a separate ??test? or observation. Just as a CHEM12 is transmitted as an order segment (OBR) plus 12 OBX segments, a chest X-ray would be transmitted as an order (OBR) segment plus three OBX segments, one for the description, one for the impression, and one for the recommendations. Similarly, an EKG report would be transmitted as an order segment (OBR), two OBX segments for the impression and recommendation, and additional OBX segments for each EKG measurement, e.g. the PR interval, QR interval, QRS axis, and so on.

We have defined code suffixes for constructing observation IDs for the common components of narrative reports (see Figure 7-1). The observation identifier for each such component is obtained by concatenating the observation battery ID (the ID in OBR-4-universal service ID of the preceding OBR from any coding system) with the appropriate suffix. The observation ID for a chest X-ray impression, for example, would be the chest X-ray observation ID (if CPT4, it would be 71020), a subcomponent delimiter, and the suffix, IMP, i.e., 71020&IMP.

This same combining rule applies to other coding systems including local and universal procedural codes (see Chapter 4). For example, if a local code for EKG was E793, and the locally agreed upon designation for that local code was EKG, the impression would be identified as E793&IMP^^99EKG.

Note: The "99EKG" in the 3rd component is included to indicate a local code. The EKG's description, in this case, would be E793&GDT^^99EKG.

Although it is strongly discouraged, the sender and receiver may agree to allow the omission of the observation ID component of a result segment when it is the same as the observation ID of the preceding OBR. In this case, only the ampersand and the suffix would have to be sent, e.g., &IMP or &REC, in OBX-3-observation identifier of a result segment. The full code would be assumed as the test identifier (recorded in the order segment) plus the category identifier recorded in the observation segment.

Figure 7-1. Observation ID suffixes

Coded Results Suffix Type
Diagnostic Impression IMP CE
Recommendation REC CE
Confirming procedures CNP CE
Procedure Medication MED CE
Anatomic Site ANT CE
Device/Instrument DEV CE
Serial # Device/Instrument SER ST



Bulk Text Reports

Gross Or General Description Of The Study GDT TX or FT
Microscopic Or Secondary Description MDT TX or FT
Technician's Comment TCM TX or FT
Addendum Note ADT TX or FT



Other

Diagnosis Onset Date/Time ITM TS
Diagnosis Resolution Date/Time RTM TS
Comparison Study CMS CE
Comparison Date/Time CMT TS
Comparison Results CMR CE
Comparison Change CMC CE
Predicted Value PRD ST
Percent Predicted PPR ST
After Drug Observed AFD ST
Predicted Value After Drug ADP ST
Percent Predicted After Drug APP ST
Timing Information TIM TS
Channel Definition Data CHN CD
Waveform Digital Data WAS NA or MA
Waveform Annotation ANO CE

7.2.4 Suffixes for Defining Observation IDs For Common Components of Narrative Reports

The following subsections define each of the suffices except for the specialized waveform suffices, which are defined in Section 7.14.1, Specific Observation Id Suffixes

7.2.4.0

7.2.4.1 Diagnostic impression (IMP)

When the suffix is IMP (OBX-3-observation identifier), the result is a diagnosis or finding, stored as a CE data type. Multiple result segments with an IMP suffix can be used if there are multiple parts to the study and each have an associated diagnosis (for example, the awake and sleep portion of an EEG). Each of these would have a different observation sub-ID. Multiple result segments with an IMP suffix can also be used if there are separate diagnoses corresponding to separate anatomic sites; in this case, the site for each diagnosis (each result segment with an IMP suffix) must be specified by an immediately preceding result segment with a suffix of ANT (see Section 7.2.4.5, ??Anatomic site (ANT)?), which also has the same observation sub-ID. When multiple distinct diagnostic impressions are being reported, for example, mitral valve prolapse and aortic stenosis, each distinct impression should be sent in a separate OBX segment. More than one code may be included within one coded result segment, but only when such codes are modifiers of the principal impression, e.g., to report additional detail about the finding, not to report an entirely different finding. In this case, the OBX-5-observation value field may repeat, with each instance or repetition specifying one of the related coded impressions.

The coded data type for impressions does not mean that a reporting service must actually code all such impressions. The diagnostic impression can be sent as dictated text, but the text should be sent in the second component of the CE data type without a code to distinguish it from code, i.e. it should be preceded by a component delimiter, e.g., ^congestive heart failure.

When multiple separate text impressions are being reported, they should be reported in separate OBX segments to indicate that they are distinct impressions.

7.2.4.2 Recommendation (REC)

When the suffix is REC (OBX-3-observation identifier), the value is a CE result, representing the reading physician's recommendations about repeat testing, follow up or therapy. For example, when an ambiguous lesion result is seen on a mammogram, the reading physician might recommend a repeat mammogram in six months, or a needle biopsy immediately. The recommended procedures are recorded as codes and/or text descriptions in the coded identifier structure.

If more than one follow up study is recommended, each such recommendation is sent in a separate REC.

7.2.4.3 Confirming procedures (CNP)

The confirming procedure OBX suffix identifies additional studies used to confirm the diagnosis reported in the IMP OBX. If, for example, electron microscopy was done to confirm a surgical pathology diagnosis, the identifier for electron microscopy OBX-3-observation identifier would be stored as the value field of an observation ID with a confirming procedure suffix. Confirming procedures are most important in surgical pathology reports. But they might also be used by services such as endoscopy, to record the fact that a biopsy, culture, etc., was taken during the procedure. If more than one confirming procedure was used, each is sent in a separate result segment with observation ID suffix CNP.

7.2.4.4 Procedure medication (MED)

A coded result segment with a suffix of MED (OBX-3-observation identifier) indicates that the segment contained information about medication given as part of the procedure -- contrast medication, medication intended to invoke a physiologic response (e.g., to be used in stress testing) or premedication. When patients receive more than one procedure medication, each medication should be reported in a separate OBX medication segment. If the transmitting system has codes available for medications, they would be recorded as the first component of OBX-3-observation identifier. The name and/or the dosages could be included in the second component of OBX-5-observation value.

A coded result segment with a suffix of MED (procedure medication) may also be used to define a medication administered during recording of digital waveform data or other extended diagnostic procedure, e.g., exercise test. These may be displayed by the receiving system overlaid with the other events reported. The procedure medication is assumed to pertain to and be associated with the data recorded at the time specified in OBX-14-date/time of the observation, of the OBX segment labeled with MED, when present.

7.2.4.5 Anatomic site (ANT)

Some diagnostic studies include observations about more than one anatomic site within one report. If, for example, a patient had an appendectomy incidental to gallbladder surgery, the pathologist's assessment of both specimens would usually be included under a single specimen number in one report. Each distinct anatomic site would be reported as a separate OBX segment with a suffix of ANT (OBX-3-observation identifier). More than one coded anatomic location may be included within a single OBX segment only when such additional codes are used to construct an identity for a single site. In this case only, the OBX-5-observation value field may repeat, with each instance or repetition specifying one of the related locations. Each OBX segment with an ANT suffix could be followed by one or more OBX segments with an IMP or other suffix to transmit the diagnostic impression(s) associated with the anatomic site. These impressions or recommendations would be associated with a single anatomic site via a common observation ID.

7.2.4.6 Device/Instrument (DEV)

When required, the instrument or device which generated an observation can be transmitted as an additional result of the study. In this case, the suffix of OBX-3-observation identifier is DEV. Examples include: an automated instrument in the laboratory; an imaging device and model number in radiology; or an automatic blood pressure machine on the ward. The device is specified as a coded entry in anticipation that these identifiers could be specified as codes. Initially, we expect that most of the information about devices will be transmitted as text in the second component of the CE identifier.

7.2.4.7 Serial # device/instrument (SER)

Vendor's serial number of the device which generated the observation.

7.2.4.8 Gross or general description (GDT)

The general description suffix identifies the description component of a diagnostic study. In the case of anatomic pathology, it applies to the macroscopic (gross) description of the specimen. If the description consists of multiple paragraphs, the paragraphs should be separated by repeat delimiters so that the receiving computer can display them as paragraphs. It will not be necessary to include a description segment for a report when the impression segment says it all, e.g., for normal studies or studies such as EKG, whose reports are traditionally terse.

7.2.4.9 Microscopic or Secondary description (MDT)

For most studies, a secondary description will not be needed. In the case of surgical pathology, however, the microscopic description is a separate part of the report. It describes the histology as seen through the microscope. The microscopic description will be sent in a segment with the suffix MDT in OBX-3-observation identifier. If the microscopic description consists of multiple paragraphs, the paragraphs should be separated by repeat delimiters so that the receiving computer can display them as paragraphs.

7.2.4.10 Technician's comment (TCM)

This is free text stored in a result segment whose OBX-3-observation identifier has a suffix of TCM for technician comment. It is used to record information about technical performance of the procedure, usually recorded by the technician.

7.2.4.11 Addendum note (ADT)

Use to report information that is added as an addendum after the original dictation and sent as a separate labeled section of the report.

7.2.4.12 Diagnosis (problem) onset date/time (ITM)

Use to record the date-time that a problem was first perceived to exist.

7.2.4.13 Diagnosis (problem) resolution date/time (RTM)

Use to record the date-time that a problem became inactive, i.e., the problem was cured or remitted.

7.2.4.14 Comparison study (CMS)

When the reader of a diagnostic report compares the results for the current study with those of a previous study, this suffix allows them to report the nature of the comparison study as a separate result, i.e., an OBX segment with a segment whose observation ID has a suffix of CMS. Ordinarily, this would not be required because the observation ID in the other comparison OBXs would identify the test, if any of the other comparison values were transmitted.

7.2.4.15 Comparison date/time (CMT)

When the reader of a diagnostic procedure compares the current results with a previous study, this suffix allows them to report the date-time of the previous study (time optional) as a separate result within the current report.

7.2.4.16 Comparison results (CMR)

When the reader of a diagnostic procedure compares the current results with those of a previous study on the same patient, this suffix allows them to report the results (impression) of the previous study as a discrete result within the current report.

7.2.4.17 Comparison change (CMC)

When a diagnostic service reports a comparison between the current and a previous study, this suffix is used to report the degree of change (e.g., much worse, worse, minimal worsening, no change, slightly better, better, much better, returned to normal) as a separate result within the report.

In current dictation, information about comparison is usually contained in the descriptions of the study. The provision of the comparison suffixes listed above do not imply a requirement to send this information as separate components. The comparison variables are only meant to be enabling. When a system would like to transmit them as discrete report components, these suffixes give them the option.

7.2.4.18 Predicted value (PRD)

When an observation has a predicted value as is the case for many spirometry tests, this suffix identifies the predicted observation as distinguished from the actual observation. The AS4 code for forced vital capacity is 94010.1 (see the HL7 Implementation Guide). The predicted forced vital capacity would be 94010.1&PRD.

7.2.4.19 Percent predicted (PPR)

This is a computed observation = (actual observation)/(predicted observation. For forced vital capacity the percent predicted would be identified as 94010.1&PPR.

7.2.4.20 After drug observed (AFD)

An observation might be taken before and after a drug is given. This occurs especially in Spirometry. The predose observation is identified by the base ID. The post drug measure is identified by the AFD suffix. Using the AS4 base code for the forced vital capacity the post drug result would be identified by 94010.1&AFD.

7.2.4.21 Predicted value after drug (ADP)

The post drug predicted value is identified by the suffix, ADP. Following the pattern of the above example, it would be 94010.1&ADP.

7.2.4.22 Percent predicted after drug (APP)

The percent predicted after drug is identified by applying the suffix, APP to the base code - 94010.1&APP if using the AS4 code for forced vital capacity.

7.2.4.23 Timing information (TIM)

This suffix is used only for transmitting waveform data. It is fully described in Section 7.14.1.1.

7.2.4.24 Channel definition data (CHN)

This suffix is used only for transmitting waveform data. It is fully described in Section 7.14.1.2.

7.2.4.25 Waveform digital data (WAS)

This suffix is used only for transmitting waveform data. It is fully described in Section 7.14.1.3.

7.2.4.26 Waveform annotation (ANO)

This suffix is used only for transmitting waveform data. It is fully described in Section 7.14.1.4

7.2.4.27 Clinical observation codes

The recently introduced LOINC® codes (See Figure 7-2 for full information) may be more useful to many users. Code system information, including LOINC®, has been moved from Appendix 7A to the Implementation Guide.

7.3 GENERAL TRIGGER EVENTS & MESSAGE DEFINITIONS

The triggering events that follow are all served by the ORU (Observational report - Unsolicited) or the ORF (Observational Report Response) messages in combination with ACK and QRY. Each triggering event is listed below, along with the messages exchanged, and the segments that comprise the messages. The notation used to describe the sequence, optionality, and repeating of segments is described in Chapter 2, ??Format for defining abstract messages.?

7.3.1 ORU - Unsolicited Observation Message (Event R01)

The ORU message is for transmitting laboratory results to other systems. The OUL message is designed to accommodate the laboratory processes of laboratory automation systems.

With the segment (OBX) defined in this chapter, and the OBR defined in Chapter 4, one can construct almost any clinical report as a multi-level hierarchy, with the PID segment defined in Chapter 3 at the upper level, an order record (OBR) at the next level with one or more observation records (OBX), followed by the specimen information (SPM) and one or more observations (OBX) directly associated with the specimen.

One result segment (OBX) is transmitted for each component of a diagnostic report, such as an EKG or obstetrical ultrasound or electrolyte battery.

The CTD segment in this trigger is used to transmit temporary patient contact details specific to this order.

ORU^R01^ORU_R01 Unsolicited Observation Message Status Chapter DB Ref.
MSH Message Header
2 DB
[ { SFT } ] Software Segment
2 DB
{ --- PATIENT_RESULT begin


[ --- PATIENT begin


PID Patient Identification
3 DB
[ PD1 ] Additional Demographics
3 DB
[ { NTE } ] Notes and Comments
2 DB
[ { NK1 } ] Next of Kin/Associated Parties
3 DB
[ --- VISIT begin


PV1 Patient Visit
3 DB
[ PV2 ] Patient Visit - Additional Info
3 DB
] --- VISIT end


] --- PATIENT end


{ --- ORDER_OBSERVATION begin


[ ORC ] Order common
4 DB
OBR Observations Request
7 DB
[ { NTE } ] Notes and comments
2 DB
[{ --- TIMING_QTY begin


TQ1 Timing/Quantity
4 DB
[ { TQ2 } ] Timing/Quantity Order Sequence
4 DB
}] --- TIMING_QTY end


[ CTD ] Contact Data
11 DB
[{ --- OBSERVATION begin


OBX Observation related to OBR
7 DB
[ { NTE } ] Notes and comments
2 DB
}] --- OBSERVATION end


[ { FT1 } ] Financial Transaction
6 DB
[ { CTI } ] Clinical Trial Identification
7 DB
[{ --- SPECIMEN begin


SPM Specimen

DB
[ { OBX } ] Observation related to Specimen

DB
}] --- SPECIMEN end


} --- ORDER_OBSERVATION end


} --- PATIENT_RESULT end


[ DSC ] Continuation Pointer
2 DB

ACK^R01^ACK Acknowledgment Status Chapter DB Ref.
MSH Message header
2 DB
[ { SFT } ] Software segment
2 DB
MSA Message acknowledgment
2 DB
[ { ERR } ] Error
2 DB

Note: The ORC is permitted but not required in this message. Any information that could be included in either the ORC or the OBR must be included in the OBR on reporting. Notice also that the ORU (and the QRY) messages accommodate reports about many patients.

Many report headers (OBR) may be sent beneath each patient segment, with many separate observation segments (OBX) related to the order / observation request beneath each OBR. OBX segments that are related to specimens immediately follow the SPM segments. Note segments (NTE) may be inserted at different locations in the message. The note segment applies to the entity that immediately precedes it, i.e., the patient if it follows the PID segment, the observation request if it follows the OBR segment, and the individual result if it follows the OBX segment.

7.3.2 OUL - Unsolicited Laboratory Observation Message (Event R21)

This message was designed to accommodate laboratory automation systems. It permits the communication of the following kinds of information in addition to the results themselves:

If the results are for QC specimen container, then the patient related segments (e.g., PID, PD1, PV1, PV2) are optional.

This message is kept here for backward compatibility reasons only. The new OUL messages with additional triggers should be used, when the Specimen information (segment SPM) with or without Container information (segment SAC) is required.

Refer to Chapter 13 Laboratory Automation for examples of usage.

OUL^R21^OUL_R21 Unsolicited Laboratory Observation Message Status Chapter DB Ref.
MSH Message Header
2 DB
[ { SFT } ] Software Segment
2 DB
[ NTE ] Notes and Comments
2 DB
[ --- PATIENT begin


PID Patient Identification
3 DB
[ PD1 ] Additional Demographics
3 DB
[ { NTE } ] Notes and Comments (for Patient ID)
2 DB
] --- PATIENT end


[ --- VISIT begin


PV1 Patient Visit
3 DB
[ PV2 ] Patient Visit - Additional Information
3 DB
] --- VISIT end


{ --- ORDER_OBSERVATION begin


[ --- CONTAINER begin


SAC Specimen Container Details
13 DB
[ SID ] Substance Identifier
13 DB
] --- CONTAINER end


[ ORC ] Common Order
4 DB
OBR Observation
7 DB
[ { NTE } ] Notes and Comments (for Detail)
2 DB
[{ --- TIMING_QTY begin


TQ1 Timing/Quantity
4 DB
[ { TQ2 } ] Timing/Quantity Order Sequence
4 DB
}] --- TIMING_QTY end


{ --- OBSERVATION begin


[ OBX ] Observation Result
7 DB
[ TCD ] Test Code Detail
13 DB
[ { SID } ] Substance Identifier
13 DB
[ { NTE } ] Notes and Comments
2 DB
}

--- OBSERVATION end




[ { CTI } ] Clinical Trial Identification
7 DB
}

--- ORDER_OBSERVATION end




[ DSC ] Continuation Pointer
2 DB

7.3.3 QRY/ORF - Query For Results Of Observation (Events R02, R04)

The query response format options are described in chapter 5, Section 5.2.4 ??Response format?.

The QRD segment is defined in Chapter 5 Section 5.10.5.3, ??QRD - original style query definition segment.? The Query Result Level field of the QRD determines the amount of data requested.

The QRF segment is defined in Chapter 5, Section 5.10.5.4, ??QRF - original style query filter segment.?

The subject filters contained in the QRD and QRF segments are defined by local agreement between the inquiring system and the ancillary system.

The Set ID fields in the various segments (including PID) are used to count the number of segments of one kind transmitted at one level of the hierarchy.

The CTD segment in this trigger is used to transmit temporary patient contact details specific to this order.

QRY^R02^QRY_R02 Query Status Chapter DB Ref.
MSH Message Header
2 DB
[ { SFT } ] Software Segment
2 DB
QRD Query Definition
2 DB
QRF Query Filter
2 DB

ORF^R04^ORF_R04 Observational Report Status Chapter DB Ref.
MSH Message Header
2 DB
[ { SFT } ] Software Segment
2 DB
MSA Message Acknowledgment
2 DB
QRD Query Definition
2 DB
[ QRF ] Query Filter
2 DB
{

--- QUERY_RESPONSE begin




[

--- PATIENT begin




PID Patient ID
3 DB
[ { NTE } ] Notes and Comments
3 DB
]

--- PATIENT end




{

--- ORDER begin




[ ORC ] Order common

DB
OBR Observation request
7 DB
[ { NTE } ] Notes and comments
2 DB
[{

--- TIMING_QTY begin




TQ1 Timing/Quantity
4 DB
[ { TQ2 } ] Timing/Quantity Order Sequence
4 DB
}]

--- TIMING_QTY end




[ CTD ] Contact Data
11 DB
{

--- OBSERVATION begin




[ OBX ] Observation/Result
7 DB
[ { NTE } ] Notes and comments
2 DB
}

--- OBSERVATION end




[ { CTI } ] Clinical Trial Identification
7 DB
}

--- ORDER end




}

--- QUERY_RESPNSE end




[ { ERR } ] Error
2 DB
[ QAK ] Query Acknowledgement
5 DB
[ DSC ] Continuation Pointer
2 DB

7.3.4 ORU - Unsolicited Point-Of-Care Observation Message Without Existing Order - Place An Order (Event R30)

This event trigger instructs the receiving system to create a new order for the observation(s) contained in the message.

One example of this trigger's use case occurs when a Doctor verbally instructs a nurse to perform a test. Looking at this use case from an information management perspective, one might expect that, the nurse would enter an order into laboratory information or ordering system before performing the test. However, there usually isn't time for order entry in these use cases. In fact, it is highly desirable for the POC measurement process to become automated so that the only action a user needs to take is to make a measurement on the POC Device, with all other processes for generating an order and tying it in to the observation handled by the ??machines.?

In order to allow for the passing of specific information relating to the Patient, responsible Doctor, placing doctor, patient location etc, there is a requirement for the inclusion of a PV1 and PD1 segment in the ORU message type. One example of this trigger's use case occurs when a Doctor at a remote site without a shared Patient index instructs a nurse to perform a test. The testing is carried out without prior entry of a request into the LIS. Once performed, the results, along with the patient information are transmitted to the LIS. In some circumstances, the LIS may add clinical interpretation to this and report it back to the placing system and/or another system. In order to allow for this to take place, the requester, location etc information is required.

To allow the sending system to correlate every result with its associated order, the receiving system will return the placer number in the ORC segment of the OML^O21 message. If desired, this message may also contain information returned from the Observation Recipient, such as the name of the patient corresponding to the order and result placed.

ORU^R30^ORU_R30 Unsolicited Point-Of-Care observation message without existing order Status Chapter DB Ref.
MSH Message Header
2 DB
[ { SFT } ] Software Segment
2 DB
PID Patient Identification
3 DB
[ PD1 ] Additional Demographics
3 DB
[ --- VISIT begin


PV1 Patient Visit
3 DB
[ PV2 ] Patient Visit - Additional
3 DB
] --- VISIT end


ORC Common Order information
4 DB
OBR Observation Request
7 DB
[ { NTE } ] Notes or Comments for order/result
2 DB
[{ --- TIMING_QTY begin


TQ1 Timing/Quantity
4 DB
[ { TQ2 } ] Timing/Quantity Order Sequence
4 DB
}] --- TIMING_QTY end


{ --- OBSERVATION begin


OBX Observation Results, one per reported value
7 DB
[ { NTE } ] Notes or Comments for individual result
2 DB
} --- OBSERVATION end


ACK^R30^ACK Acknowledgment Status Chapter DB Ref.
MSH Message Acknowledgment
2 DB
[ { SFT } ] Software segment
2 DB
MSA Message Acknowledgment
2 DB
[ { ERR } ] Error
2 DB

7.3.5 ORU - Unsolicited New Point-Of-Care Observation Message - Search For An Order (Event R31)

This event trigger instructs the receiving system to search for an existing order for the observation(s) contained in the message.

In this case, the sending system does not know if an order has been placed. This transaction instructs the receiving system to search for an existing order for the associated results. If the receiver finds an existing order, it should return the Placer ID to the sender in the ORC segment of an OML^O21 message. This information allows the Observation Reviewer to correlate every result with its associated order

The institution's business rules will determine what the receiving system does if it can't find a matching order. Possibilities include automatically placing an order (as in trigger event R30), or logging an exception rather than recording the result.

If it is necessary to pass specific information related to the Patient, responsible Doctor, placing doctor, patient location etc, there is a requirement for the inclusion of a PV1 and PD1 segment in the ORU message type (see also ORU^R30 for description).

ORU^R31^ORU_R30 Unsolicited new Point-Of-Care observation message Status Chapter DB Ref.
MSH Message Header
2 DB
[ { SFT } ] Software Segment
2 DB
PID Patient Identification
3 DB
[ PD1 ] Additional Demographics
3 DB
[ --- VISIT begin


PV1 Patient Visit
3 DB
[ PV2 ] Patient Visit - Additional

DB
] --- VISIT end


ORC Common Order information
4 DB
OBR Observation Request
7 DB
[ { NTE } ] Notes or Comments for order/result
2 DB
[{ --- TIMING_QTY begin


TQ1 Timing/Quantity
4 DB
[ { TQ2 } ] Timing/Quantity Order Sequence
4 DB
}] --- TIMING_QTY end


{ --- OBSERVATION begin


OBX Observation Results, one per reported value
7 DB
[ { NTE } ] Notes or Comments for individual result
2 DB
} --- OBSERVATION end


ACK^R31^ACK Acknowledgment Status Chapter DB Ref.
MSH Message Acknowledgment
2 DB
[ { SFT } ] Software segment
2 DB
MSA Message Acknowledgment
2 DB
[ { ERR } ] Error
2 DB

7.3.6 ORU - Unsolicited Pre-Ordered Point-Of-Care Observation (Event R32)

This event trigger instructs the receiver to place the result with the order information included in the message.

From a traditional clinical laboratory perspective, this event trigger's use case is probably the predominant (if not exclusive) one. However, in the POC environment, it is actually uncommon to have an order already generated when a test is performed. It does happen sometimes, though. If it is necessary to pass specific information related to the Patient, responsible Doctor, placing doctor, patient location etc, there is a requirement for the inclusion of a PV1 and PD1 segment in the ORU message type (see also ORU^R30 for description).

ORU^R32^ORU_R30 Unsolicited Pre-ordered Point-Of-Care observation message Status Chapter DB Ref.
MSH Message Header
2 DB
[ { SFT } ] Software Segment
2 DB
PID Patient Identification
3 DB
[ PD1 ] Additional Demographics
3 DB
[ --- VISIT begin


PV1 Patient Visit
3 DB
[ PV2 ] Patient Visit - Additional

DB
] --- VISIT end


ORC Common Order information
4 DB
OBR Observation Request
7 DB
[ { NTE } ] Notes or Comments for order/result
2 DB
[{ --- TIMING_QTY begin


TQ1 Timing/Quantity
4 DB
[ { TQ2 } ] Timing/Quantity Order Sequence
4 DB
}] --- TIMING_QTY end


{ --- OBSERVATION begin


OBX Observation Results, one per reported value
7 DB
[ { NTE } ] Notes or Comments for individual result
2 DB
} --- OBSERVATION end


ACK^R32^ACK Acknowledgment Status Chapter DB Ref.
MSH Message Acknowledgment
2 DB
[ { SFT } ] Software segment
2 DB
MSA Message Acknowledgment
2 DB
[ { ERR } ] Error
2 DB

7.3.7 OUL - Unsolicited Specimen Oriented Observation Message - (Event R22)

Refer to Chapter 13 Laboratory Automation for additional examples of usage of SAC.

OUL^R22^OUL_R22 Unsolicited Specimen Oriented Observation Message Status Chapter DB Ref.
MSH Message Header
2 DB
[ { SFT } ] Software Segment
2 DB
[ NTE ] Notes and Comments
2 DB
[ --- PATIENT begin


PID Patient Identification
3 DB
[ PD1 ] Additional Demographics
3 DB
[ { NTE } ] Notes and Comments (for Patient ID)
2 DB
] --- PATIENT end


[ --- VISIT begin


PV1 Patient Visit
3 DB
[ PV2 ] Patient Visit - Additional Information
3 DB
] --- VISIT end


{ --- SPECIMEN begin


SPM Specimen information
7 DB
[ { OBX } ] Observation Result (for Specimen)
7 DB
[{ --- CONTAINER begin


SAC Container information
13 DB
[ INV ] Detailed Substance information (e.g., id, lot, manufacturer, ... of QC specimen)
13 DB
}] --- CONTAINER end


{ --- ORDER begin


OBR Observation Order
7 DB
[ ORC ] Common Order
4 DB
[ { NTE } ] Notes and Comments (for Detail)
2 DB
[{ --- TIMING_QTY begin


TQ1 Timing/Quantity
4 DB
[ { TQ2 } ] Timing/Quantity Order Sequence
4 DB
}]

--- TIMING_QTY end




[{

--- RESULT begin




OBX Observation Result
7 DB
[ TCD ] Test Code Detail
13 DB
[ { SID } ] Substance Identifier (e.g., reagents used for testing)
13 DB
[ { NTE } ] Notes and Comments
2 DB
}]

--- RESULT end




[ { CTI } ] Clinical Trial Identification
7 DB
}

--- ORDER end




}

--- SPECIMEN end




[ DSC ] Continuation Pointer
2 DB

7.3.8 OUL - Unsolicited Specimen Container Oriented Observation Message - (Event R23)

Refer to Chapter 13 Laboratory Automation for additional examples of usage of SAC.

OUL^R23^OUL_R23 Unsolicited Specimen Container Oriented Observation Message Status Chapter DB Ref.
MSH Message Header
2 DB
[ { SFT } ] Software Segment
2 DB
[ NTE ] Notes and Comments
2 DB
[

--- PATIENT begin




PID Patient Identification
3 DB
[ PD1 ] Additional Demographics
3 DB
[ { NTE } ] Notes and Comments (for Patient ID)
2 DB
]

--- PATIENT end




[

--- VISIT begin




PV1 Patient Visit
3 DB
[ PV2 ] Patient Visit - Additional Information
3 DB
]

--- VISIT end




{

--- SPECIMEN begin




SPM Specimen information
7 DB
[ { OBX } ]

7
{ --- CONTAINER begin


SAC Container information
13 DB
[ INV ] Detailed Substance information (e.g., id, lot, manufacturer, ... of QC specimen)
13 DB
{ --- ORDER begin


OBR Observation Order
7 DB
[ ORC ] Common Order
4 DB
[ { NTE } ] Notes and Comments (for Detail)
2 DB
[{

--- TIMING_QTY begin




TQ1 Timing/Quantity
4 DB
[ { TQ2 } ] Timing/Quantity Order Sequence
4 DB
}]

--- TIMING_QTY end




[{

--- RESULT begin




OBX Observation Result
7 DB
[ TCD ] Test Code Detail
13 DB
[ { SID } ] Substance Identifier (e.g., reagents used for testing)
13 DB
[ { NTE } ] Notes and Comments
2 DB
}]

--- RESULT end




[ { CTI } ] Clinical Trial Identification
7 DB
}

--- ORDER end




}

--- CONTAINER end




}

--- SPECIMEN end




[ DSC ] Continuation Pointer
2 DB

7.3.9 OUL - Unsolicited Order Oriented Observation Message - (Event R24)

Refer to Chapter 13 Laboratory Automation for additional examples of usage of SAC.

OUL^R24^OUL_R24 Unsolicited Specimen Container Oriented Observation Message Status Chapter DB Ref.
MSH Message Header
2 DB
[ { SFT } ] Software Segment
2 DB
[ NTE ] Notes and Comments
2 DB
[

--- PATIENT begin




PID Patient Identification
3 DB
[ PD1 ] Additional Demographics
3 DB
[ { NTE } ] Notes and Comments (for Patient ID)
2 DB
]

--- PATIENT end




[

--- VISIT begin




PV1 Patient Visit
3 DB
[ PV2 ] Patient Visit - Additional Information
3 DB
]

--- VISIT end




{ --- ORDER begin


OBR Observation Order
7 DB
[ ORC ] Common Order
4 DB
[ { NTE } ] Notes and Comments (for Detail)
2 DB
[{

--- TIMING_QTY begin




TQ1 Timing/Quantity
4 DB
[ { TQ2 } ] Timing/Quantity Order Sequence
4 DB
}]

--- TIMING_QTY end




[{

--- SPECIMEN begin




SPM Specimen information
7 DB
[ { OBX } ]

7
[{ --- CONTAINER begin


SAC Container information
13 DB
[ INV ] Detailed Substance information (e.g., id, lot, manufacturer, ... of QC specimen)
13 DB
}]

--- CONTAINER end




}]

--- SPECIMEN end




[{

--- RESULT begin




OBX Observation Result
7 DB
[ TCD ] Test Code Detail
13 DB
[ { SID } ] Substance Identifier (e.g., reagents used for testing)
13 DB
[ { NTE } ] Notes and Comments
2 DB
}]

--- RESULT end




[ { CTI } ] Clinical Trial Identification
7 DB
}

--- ORDER end




[ DSC ] Continuation Pointer
2 DB

7.4 GENERAL SEGMENTS

The full definitions of many segments required for reporting clinical observations are included in other chapters. The patient identifying segment (PID) is provided in Chapter 3. The NTE segment is in Chapter 2.

7.4.1 OBR - Observation Request Segment

In the reporting of clinical data, the OBR serves as the report header. It identifies the observation set represented by the following atomic observations. It includes the relevant ordering information when that applies. It contains many of the attributes that usually apply to all of the included observations.

When a set of observations is ordered, the order message contains an OBR segment. However, observations can be collected and reported without an antecedent order. When observations are reported, the report message also includes one or more OBR segments. So, the OBR segment is like a turn-around document. Some fields in the OBR segment apply only to the ordering message and some to the reporting message. To those familiar with healthcare procedures, these should be obvious from their names (e.g., transcriptionist or principal result interpreter could only apply to the reporting phase). However, we have also flagged them in the OBR HL7 Attribute Table to indicate whether placer, filler, or both may send data in a given field.

HL7 Attribute Table - OBR - Observation Request

SEQ LEN DT OPT RP/# TBL# ITEM # ELEMENT NAME DB Ref.
1 4 SI O

00237 Set ID - OBR DB
2 22 EI C

00216 Placer Order Number DB
3 22 EI C

00217 Filler Order Number DB
4 250 CE R

00238 Universal Service Identifier DB
5 2 ID X

00239 Priority - OBR DB
6 26 TS X

00240 Requested Date/Time DB
7 26 TS C

00241 Observation Date/Time DB
8 26 TS O

00242 Observation End Date/Time DB
9 20 CQ O

00243 Collection Volume DB
10 250 XCN O Y
00244 Collector Identifier DB
11 1 ID O
0065 00245 Specimen Action Code DB
12 250 CE O

00246 Danger Code DB
13 300 ST O

00247 Relevant Clinical Information DB
14 26 TS B

00248 Specimen Received Date/Time DB
15 300 SPS B

00249 Specimen Source DB
16 250 XCN O Y
00226 Ordering Provider DB
17 250 XTN O Y/2
00250 Order Callback Phone Number DB
18 60 ST O

00251 Placer Field 1 DB
19 60 ST O

00252 Placer Field 2 DB
20 60 ST O

00253 Filler Field 1 DB
21 60 ST O

00254 Filler Field 2 DB
22 26 TS C

00255 Results Rpt/Status Chng - Date/Time DB
23 40 MOC O

00256 Charge to Practice DB
24 10 ID O
0074 00257 Diagnostic Serv Sect ID DB
25 1 ID C
0123 00258 Result Status DB
26 400 PRL O

00259 Parent Result DB
27 200 TQ B Y
00221 Quantity/Timing DB
28 250 XCN O Y
00260 Result Copies To DB
29 200 EIP O

00261 Parent DB
30 20 ID O
0124 00262 Transportation Mode DB
31 250 CE O Y
00263 Reason for Study DB
32 200 NDL O

00264 Principal Result Interpreter DB
33 200 NDL O Y
00265 Assistant Result Interpreter DB
34 200 NDL O Y
00266 Technician DB
35 200 NDL O Y
00267 Transcriptionist DB
36 26 TS O

00268 Scheduled Date/Time DB
37 4 NM O

01028 Number of Sample Containers * DB
38 250 CE O Y
01029 Transport Logistics of Collected Sample DB
39 250 CE O Y
01030 Collector's Comment * DB
40 250 CE O

01031 Transport Arrangement Responsibility DB
41 30 ID O
0224 01032 Transport Arranged DB
42 1 ID O
0225 01033 Escort Required DB
43 250 CE O Y
01034 Planned Patient Transport Comment DB
44 250 CE O N 0088 00393 Procedure Code DB
45 250 CE O Y 0340 01316 Procedure Code Modifier DB
46 250 CE O Y 0411 01474 Placer Supplemental Service Information DB
47 250 CE O Y 0411 01475 Filler Supplemental Service Information DB
48 250 CWE C N 0476 01646 Medically Necessary Duplicate Procedure Reason. DB
49 2 IS O N 0507 01647 Result Handling DB
50 250 CWE O

02286 Parent Universal Service Identifier DB

Note: The OBR segment is documented in its entirety in Chapter 4. The segment definition table is included here for reader convenience and for clarity of items related to Observation Reporting messages.

7.4.1.0 OBR field definitions

The daggered (+) items in this segment are created by the filler, not the placer. They are valued by the filler as needed when the OBR segment is returned as part of a report.

The starred (*) fields are only relevant when an observation is associated with a specimen. These are completed by the placer when the placer obtains the specimen. They are completed by the filler when the filler obtains the specimen.

OBR-7-observation date/time and OBR-8-observation end date/time (flagged with #) are the physiologically relevant times. In the case of an observation on a specimen, they represent the start and end of the specimen collection. In the case of an observation obtained directly from a subject (e.g., BP, Chest X-ray), they represent the start and end time of the observation.

7.4.1.1 OBR-1 Set ID - OBR (SI) 00237

Definition: For the first order transmitted, the sequence number shall be 1; for the second order, it shall be 2; and so on.

7.4.1.2 OBR-2 Placer Order Number (EI) 00216

Components: <Entity Identifier (ST)> ^ <Namespace ID (IS)> ^ <Universal ID (ST)> ^ <Universal ID Type (ID)>

Definition: This field is a case of the Entity Identifier data type (Section 2.16.28). The first component is a string that identifies an individual order (e.g., OBR). A limit of fifteen (15) characters is suggested but not required. It is assigned by the place (ordering application). It identifies an order uniquely among all orders from a particular ordering application. The second through fourth components contain the application ID of the placing application in the same form as the HD data type (Section 2.16.36, ??HD - Hierarchic designator?). The second component, namespace ID, is a user-defined coded value that will be uniquely associated with an application. A limit of six (6) characters is suggested but not required. A given institution or group of intercommunicating institutions should establish a unique list of applications that may be potential placers and fillers and assign unique application IDs. The components are separated by component delimiters.

See ORC-2-placer order number (Section 4.5.1.2) for information on when this field must be valued.

A given institution or group of intercommunicating institutions should establish a list of applications that may be potential placers and fillers of orders and assign each a unique application ID. The application ID list becomes one of the institution's master dictionary lists that is documented in Chapter 8. Since third-party applications (those other than the placer and filler of an order) can send and receive ORM and ORR messages, the placer application ID in this field may not be the same as any sending and receiving application on the network (as identified in the MSH segment).

ORC-2-placer order number is the same as OBR-2-placer order number. If the placer order number is not present in the ORC, it must be present in the associated OBR and vice versa. If both fields, ORC-2-placer order number and OBR-2-placer order number, are valued, they must contain the same value. When results are transmitted in an ORU message, an ORC is not required, and the identifying placer order number must be present in the OBR segments.

These rules apply to the few other fields that are present in both ORC and OBR for upward compatibility (e.g., quantity/timing, parent numbers, ordering provider, and ordering call back numbers).

7.4.1.3 OBR-3 Filler Order Number (EI) 00217

Components: <Entity Identifier (ST)> ^ <Namespace ID (IS)> ^ <Universal ID (ST)> ^ <Universal ID Type (ID)>

Definition: This field is the order number associated with the filling application. This is a permanent identifier for an order and its associated observations. It is a special case of the Entity Identifier data type (Section 2.16.28, ??EI - Entity Identifier?).

The first component is a string that identifies an order detail segment (e.g., OBR). A limit of fifteen (15) characters is suggested but not required. It is assigned by the order filler (receiving) application. This string must uniquely identify the order (as specified in the order detail segment) from other orders in a particular filling application (e.g., clinical laboratory). This uniqueness must persist over time.

The second through fourth components contain the filler application ID, in the form of the HD data type (see Section 2.16.36, ??HD - hierarchic designator?). The second component is a user-defined coded value that uniquely defines the application from other applications on the network. A limit of six (6) characters is suggested but not required. The second component of the filler order number always identifies the actual filler of an order.

A given institution or group of intercommunicating institutions should establish a list of applications that may be potential placers and fillers of orders and assign each a unique application ID. The application ID list becomes one of the institution's master dictionary lists that is documented in Chapter 8. Since third- party applications (those other than the placer and filler of an order) can send and receive ORM and ORR messages, the filler application ID in this field may not be the same as any sending and receiving application on the network (as identified in the MSH segment).

See ORC-3-filler order number for information on when this field must be valued.

ORC-3-filler order number is the same as OBR-3-filler order number. If the filler order number is not present in the ORC, it must be present in the associated OBR. (This rule is the same for other identical fields in the ORC and OBR and promotes upward and ASTM compatibility.) This is particularly important when results are transmitted in an ORU message. In this case, the ORC is not required and the identifying filler order number must be present in the OBR segments.

The filler order number (OBR-3 or ORC-3) also uniquely identifies an order and its associated observations. For example, suppose that an institution collects observations from several ancillary applications into a common database and this common database is queried by yet another application for observations. In this case, the filler order number and placer order number transmitted by the common database application would be that of the original filler and placer, respectively, rather than a new one assigned by the common database application.

Similarly, if a third-party application, not the filler or placer, of an order were authorized to modify the status of an order (say, cancel it), the third-party application would send the filler an ORM message containing an ORC segment with ORC-1-order control equal to ??CA? and containing the original placer order number and filler order number, rather than assign either itself.

7.4.1.4 OBR-4 Universal Service Identifier (CE) 00238

Components: <Identifier (ST)> ^ <Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Coding System (ID)> ^ <Alternate Identifier (ST)> ^ <Alternate Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)>

Definition: This field contains the identifier code for the requested observation/test/battery. This can be based on local and/or ??universal? codes. We recommend the ??universal? procedure identifier. The structure of this CE data type is described in the control section.

7.4.1.5 OBR-5 Priority (ID) 00239

Definition: This field has been retained for backward compatibility only. It is not used. Previously priority (e.g., STAT, ASAP), but that information is carried as the sixth component of OBR-27-quantity/timing.

7.4.1.6 OBR-6 Requested Date/Time (TS) 00240

Components: <Time (DTM)> ^ <DEPRECATED-Degree of Precision (ID)>

Definition: This field has been retained for backward compatibility only. This is not used. Previously requested date/time. That information is now carried in the fourth component of the OBR-27-quantity/timing.

7.4.1.7 OBR-7 Observation Date/Time (TS) 00241

Components: <Time (DTM)> ^ <DEPRECATED-Degree of Precision (ID)>

Definition: This field is the clinically relevant date/time of the observation. In the case of observations taken directly from a subject, it is the actual date and time the observation was obtained. In the case of a specimen-associated study, this field shall represent the date and time the specimen was collected or obtained. (This is a results-only field except when the placer or a third party has already drawn the specimen.) This field is conditionally required. When the OBR is transmitted as part of a report message, the field must be filled in. If it is transmitted as part of a request and a sample has been sent along as part of the request, this field must be filled in because this specimen time is the physiologically relevant date-time of the observation.

7.4.1.8 OBR-8 Observation End Date/Time (TS) 00242

Components: <Time (DTM)> ^ <DEPRECATED-Degree of Precision (ID)>

Definition: This field is the end date and time of a study or timed specimen collection. If an observation takes place over a substantial period of time, it will indicate when the observation period ended. For observations made at a point in time, it will be null. This is a results field except when the placer or a party other than the filler has already drawn the specimen.

7.4.1.9 OBR-9 Collection Volume (CQ) 00243

Components: <Quantity (NM)> ^ <Units (CE)>

Subcomponents for Units (CE): <Identifier (ST)> & <Text (ST)> & <Name of Coding System (ID)> & <Alternate Identifier (ST)> & <Alternate Text (ST)> & <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)>

Definition: For laboratory tests, the collection volume is the volume of a specimen. The default unit is ML. Specifically, units should be expressed in the ISO Standard unit abbreviations (ISO-2955, 1977). This is a results-only field except when the placer or a party has already drawn the specimen. (See Chapter 7 Section 7.4.2.6 for a full discussion regarding units.)

7.4.1.10 OBR-10 Collector Identifier (XCN) 00244

Components: <ID Number (ST)> ^ <Family Name (FN)> ^ <Given Name (ST)> ^ <Second and Further Given Names or Initials Thereof (ST)> ^ <Suffix (e.g., JR or III) (ST)> ^ <Prefix (e.g., DR) (ST)> ^ <DEPRECATED-Degree (e.g., MD) (IS)> ^ <Source Table (IS)> ^ <Assigning Authority (HD)> ^ <Name Type Code (ID)> ^ <Identifier Check Digit (ST)> ^ <Check Digit Scheme (ID)> ^ <Identifier Type Code (ID)> ^ <Assigning Facility (HD)> ^ <Name Representation Code (ID)> ^ <Name Context (CE)> ^ <DEPRECATED-Name Validity Range (DR)> ^ <Name Assembly Order (ID)> ^ <Effective Date (TS)> ^ <Expiration Date (TS)> ^ <Professional Suffix (ST)> ^ <Assigning Jurisdiction (CWE)> ^ <Assigning Agency or Department (CWE)>

Subcomponents for Family Name (FN): <Surname (ST)> & <Own Surname Prefix (ST)> & <Own Surname (ST)> & <Surname Prefix From Partner/Spouse (ST)> & <Surname From Partner/Spouse (ST)>

Subcomponents for Assigning Authority (HD): <Namespace ID (IS)> & <Universal ID (ST)> & <Universal ID Type (ID)>

Subcomponents for Assigning Facility (HD): <Namespace ID (IS)> & <Universal ID (ST)> & <Universal ID Type (ID)>

Subcomponents for Name Context (CE): <Identifier (ST)> & <Text (ST)> & <Name of Coding System (ID)> & <Alternate Identifier (ST)> & <Alternate Text (ST)> & <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)>

Subcomponents for DEPRECATED-Name Validity Range (DR): <Range Start Date/Time (TS)> & <Range End Date/Time (TS)>

Note subcomponent contains sub-subcomponents

Subcomponents for Effective Date (TS): <Time (DTM)> & <DEPRECATED-Degree of Precision (ID)>

Subcomponents for Expiration Date (TS): <Time (DTM)> & <DEPRECATED-Degree of Precision (ID)>

Subcomponents for Assigning Jurisdiction (CWE): <Identifier (ST)> & <Text (ST)> & <Name of Coding System (ID)> & <Alternate Identifier (ST)> & <Alternate Text (ST)> & <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)> & <Coding System Version ID (ST)> & <Alternate Coding System Version ID (ST)> & <Original Text (ST)>

Subcomponents for Assigning Agency or Department (CWE): <Identifier (ST)> & <Text (ST)> & <Name of Coding System (ID)> & <Alternate Identifier (ST)> & <Alternate Text (ST)> & <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)> & <Coding System Version ID (ST)> & <Alternate Coding System Version ID (ST)> & <Original Text (ST)>

Definition: When a specimen is required for the study, this field will identify the person, department, or facility that collected the specimen. Either name or ID code, or both, may be present.

7.4.1.11 OBR-11 Specimen Action Code (ID) 00245

Definition: This field is the action to be taken with respect to the specimens that accompany or precede this order. The purpose of this field is to further qualify (when appropriate) the general action indicated by the order control code contained in the accompanying ORC segment. For example, when a new order (ORC - ??NW?) is sent to the lab, this field would be used to tell the lab whether or not to collect the specimen (??L? or ??O?). Refer to Chapter 4, Section 4.5.3.11, HL7 Table 0065 - Specimen action code for valid values.

7.4.1.12 OBR-12 Danger Code (CE) 00246

Components: <Identifier (ST)> ^ <Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Coding System (ID)> ^ <Alternate Identifier (ST)> ^ <Alternate Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)>

Definition: This field is the code and/or text indicating any known or suspected patient or specimen hazards, e.g., patient with active tuberculosis or blood from a hepatitis patient. Either code and/or text may be absent. However, the code is always placed in the first component position and any free text in the second component. Thus, free text without a code must be preceded by a component delimiter.

7.4.1.13 OBR-13 Relevant Clinical Information (ST) 00247

Definition: This field contains any additional clinical information about the patient or specimen. This field is used to report the suspected diagnosis and clinical findings on requests for interpreted diagnostic studies. Examples include reporting the amount of inspired carbon dioxide for blood gasses, the point in the menstrual cycle for cervical pap tests, and other conditions that influence test interpretations. For some orders this information may be sent on a more structured form as a series of OBX segments (see Chapter 7) that immediately follow the order segment.

7.4.1.14 OBR-14 Specimen Received Date/Time (TS) 00248

Components: <Time (DTM)> ^ <DEPRECATED-Degree of Precision (ID)>

Definition: This field has been retained for backward compatibility only. As of version 2.5, in messages where the SPM segment is present, the use of SPM-18 Specimen Received Date/Time is favored over this field

For observations requiring a specimen, the specimen received date/time is the actual login time at the diagnostic service. This field must contain a value when the order is accompanied by a specimen, or when the observation required a specimen and the message is a report.

7.4.1.15 OBR-15 Specimen Source (SPS) 00249

Components: <Specimen Source Name or Code (CWE)> ^ <Additives (CWE)> ^ <Specimen Collection Method (TX)> ^ <Body Site (CWE)> ^ <Site Modifier (CWE)> ^ <Collection Method Modifier Code (CWE)> ^ <Specimen Role (CWE)>

Subcomponents for Specimen Source Name or Code (CWE): <Identifier (ST)> & <Text (ST)> & <Name of Coding System (ID)> & <Alternate Identifier (ST)> & <Alternate Text (ST)> & <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)> & <Coding System Version ID (ST)> & <Alternate Coding System Version ID (ST)> & <Original Text (ST)>

Subcomponents for Additives (CWE): <Identifier (ST)> & <Text (ST)> & <Name of Coding System (ID)> & <Alternate Identifier (ST)> & <Alternate Text (ST)> & <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)> & <Coding System Version ID (ST)> & <Alternate Coding System Version ID (ST)> & <Original Text (ST)>

Subcomponents for Body Site (CWE): <Identifier (ST)> & <Text (ST)> & <Name of Coding System (ID)> & <Alternate Identifier (ST)> & <Alternate Text (ST)> & <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)> & <Coding System Version ID (ST)> & <Alternate Coding System Version ID (ST)> & <Original Text (ST)>

Subcomponents for Site Modifier (CWE): <Identifier (ST)> & <Text (ST)> & <Name of Coding System (ID)> & <Alternate Identifier (ST)> & <Alternate Text (ST)> & <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)> & <Coding System Version ID (ST)> & <Alternate Coding System Version ID (ST)> & <Original Text (ST)>

Subcomponents for Collection Method Modifier Code (CWE): <Identifier (ST)> & <Text (ST)> & <Name of Coding System (ID)> & <Alternate Identifier (ST)> & <Alternate Text (ST)> & <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)> & <Coding System Version ID (ST)> & <Alternate Coding System Version ID (ST)> & <Original Text (ST)>

Subcomponents for Specimen Role (CWE): <Identifier (ST)> & <Text (ST)> & <Name of Coding System (ID)> & <Alternate Identifier (ST)> & <Alternate Text (ST)> & <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)> & <Coding System Version ID (ST)> & <Alternate Coding System Version ID (ST)> & <Original Text (ST)>

Definition: This field has been retained for backward compatibility only. As of version 2.5, in messages where the SPM segment is present, the use of SPM Specimen segment is favored over this field

This field identifies the site where the specimen should be obtained or where the service should be performed.

Veterinary medicine may choose the tables supported for the components of this field as decided by their industry.

The first component contains the specimen source name or code (as a CWE data type component). (Even in the case of observations whose name implies the source, a source may be required, e.g., blood culture-heart blood.) Refer to HL7 Table 0070 - Specimen Source Codes for valid entries.

The second component should include free text additives to the specimen such as Heparin, EDTA, or Oxlate, when applicable.

The third is a free text component describing the method of collection when that information is a part of the order. When the method of collection is logically an observation result, it should be included as a result segment.

The fourth component specifies the body site from which the specimen was obtained, and the fifth is the site modifier. For example, the site could be antecubital fossa, and the site modifier "right." The components of the CWE fields become subcomponents. Refer to User-Defined Table 0163 - Body Site for valid entries.

The sixth component indicates whether the specimen is frozen as part of the collection method. Suggested values are F (Frozen); R (Refrigerated). If the component is blank, the specimen is assumed to be at room temperature.

Refer to HL7 Table 0070 Specimen Source Codes for valid values.

The 7th component indicates the role of the sample. Refer to User-defined Table 0369 - Specimen Role for suggested values. Each of these values is normally identifiable by the systems and its components and can influence processing and data management related to the specimen.

7.4.1.16 OBR-16 Ordering Provider (XCN) 00226

Components: <ID Number (ST)> ^ <Family Name (FN)> ^ <Given Name (ST)> ^ <Second and Further Given Names or Initials Thereof (ST)> ^ <Suffix (e.g., JR or III) (ST)> ^ <Prefix (e.g., DR) (ST)> ^ <DEPRECATED-Degree (e.g., MD) (IS)> ^ <Source Table (IS)> ^ <Assigning Authority (HD)> ^ <Name Type Code (ID)> ^ <Identifier Check Digit (ST)> ^ <Check Digit Scheme (ID)> ^ <Identifier Type Code (ID)> ^ <Assigning Facility (HD)> ^ <Name Representation Code (ID)> ^ <Name Context (CE)> ^ <DEPRECATED-Name Validity Range (DR)> ^ <Name Assembly Order (ID)> ^ <Effective Date (TS)> ^ <Expiration Date (TS)> ^ <Professional Suffix (ST)> ^ <Assigning Jurisdiction (CWE)> ^ <Assigning Agency or Department (CWE)>

Subcomponents for Family Name (FN): <Surname (ST)> & <Own Surname Prefix (ST)> & <Own Surname (ST)> & <Surname Prefix From Partner/Spouse (ST)> & <Surname From Partner/Spouse (ST)>

Subcomponents for Assigning Authority (HD): <Namespace ID (IS)> & <Universal ID (ST)> & <Universal ID Type (ID)>

Subcomponents for Assigning Facility (HD): <Namespace ID (IS)> & <Universal ID (ST)> & <Universal ID Type (ID)>

Subcomponents for Name Context (CE): <Identifier (ST)> & <Text (ST)> & <Name of Coding System (ID)> & <Alternate Identifier (ST)> & <Alternate Text (ST)> & <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)>

Subcomponents for DEPRECATED-Name Validity Range (DR): <Range Start Date/Time (TS)> & <Range End Date/Time (TS)>

Note subcomponent contains sub-subcomponents

Subcomponents for Effective Date (TS): <Time (DTM)> & <DEPRECATED-Degree of Precision (ID)>

Subcomponents for Expiration Date (TS): <Time (DTM)> & <DEPRECATED-Degree of Precision (ID)>

Subcomponents for Assigning Jurisdiction (CWE): <Identifier (ST)> & <Text (ST)> & <Name of Coding System (ID)> & <Alternate Identifier (ST)> & <Alternate Text (ST)> & <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)> & <Coding System Version ID (ST)> & <Alternate Coding System Version ID (ST)> & <Original Text (ST)>

Subcomponents for Assigning Agency or Department (CWE): <Identifier (ST)> & <Text (ST)> & <Name of Coding System (ID)> & <Alternate Identifier (ST)> & <Alternate Text (ST)> & <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)> & <Coding System Version ID (ST)> & <Alternate Coding System Version ID (ST)> & <Original Text (ST)>

Definition: This field identifies the provider who ordered the test. Either the ID code or the name, or both, may be present. This is the same as ORC-12-Ordering provider.

7.4.1.17 OBR-17 Order Callback Phone Number (XTN) 00250

Components: <DEPRECATED-Telephone Number (ST)> ^ <Telecommunication Use Code (ID)> ^ <Telecommunication Equipment Type (ID)> ^ <Email Address (ST)> ^ <Country Code (NM)> ^ <Area/City Code (NM)> ^ <Local Number (NM)> ^ <Extension (NM)> ^ <Any Text (ST)> ^ <Extension Prefix (ST)> ^ <Speed Dial Code (ST)> ^ <Unformatted Telephone number (ST)>

Definition: This field is the telephone number for reporting a status or a result using the standard format with extension and/or beeper number when applicable.

7.4.1.18 OBR-18 Placer Field 1 (ST) 00251

Definition: This field is user field #1. Text sent by the placer will be returned with the results.

7.4.1.19 OBR-19 Placer Field 2 (ST) 00252

Definition: This field is similar to placer field #1.

7.4.1.20 OBR-20 Filler Field 1 (ST) 00253

Definition: This field is definable for any use by the filler (diagnostic service).

7.4.1.21 OBR-21 Filler Field 2 (ST) 00254

Definition: This field is similar to filler field #1.

7.4.1.22 OBR-22 Results Rpt/Status Chng - Date/Time (TS) 00255

Components: <Time (DTM)> ^ <DEPRECATED-Degree of Precision (ID)>

Definition: This field specifies the date/time results reported or status changed. This field is used to indicate the date and time that the results are composed into a report and released, or that a status, as defined in ORC-5-order status, is entered or changed. (This is a results field only.) When other applications (such as office or clinical database applications) query the laboratory application for untransmitted results, the information in this field may be used to control processing on the communications link. Usually, the ordering service would want only those results for which the reporting date/time is greater than the date/time the inquiring application last received results.

7.4.1.23 OBR-23 Charge to Practice (MOC) 00256

Components: <Monetary Amount (MO)> ^ <Charge Code (CE)>

Subcomponents for Monetary Amount (MO): <Quantity (NM)> & <Denomination (ID)>

Subcomponents for Charge Code (CE): <Identifier (ST)> & <Text (ST)> & <Name of Coding System (ID)> & <Alternate Identifier (ST)> & <Alternate Text (ST)> & <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)>

Definition: This field is the charge to the ordering entity for the studies performed when applicable. The first component is a dollar amount when known by the filler. The second is a charge code when known by the filler (results only).

7.4.1.24 OBR-24 Diagnostic Serv Sect ID (ID) 00257

Definition: This field is the section of the diagnostic service where the observation was performed. If the study was performed by an outside service, the identification of that service should be recorded here. Refer to Chapter 4, Section 4.5.3.24, HL7 Table 0074 - Diagnostic service section ID for valid entries.

7.4.1.25 OBR-25 Result Status (ID) 00258

Definition: This field is the status of results for this order. This conditional field is required whenever the OBR is contained in a report message. It is not required as part of an initial order.

There are two methods of sending status information. If the status is that of the entire order, use ORC-15-order effective date/time and ORC-5-order status. If the status pertains to the order detail segment, use OBR-25-result status and OBR-22-results report/status change - date/time. If both are present, the OBR values override the ORC values.

This field would typically be used in a response to an order status query where the level of detail requested does not include the OBX segments. When the individual status of each result is necessary, OBX-11-observ result status may be used. Refer to Chapter 4, Section 4.5.3.25, HL7 Table 0123 - Result status for valid entries.

7.4.1.26 OBR-26 Parent Result (PRL) 00259

Components: <Parent Observation Identifier (CE)> ^ <Parent Observation Sub-identifier (ST)> ^ <Parent Observation Value Descriptor (TX)>

Subcomponents for Parent Observation Identifier (CE): <Identifier (ST)> & <Text (ST)> & <Name of Coding System (ID)> & <Alternate Identifier (ST)> & <Alternate Text (ST)> & <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)>

Definition: This field is defined to make it available for other types of linkages (e.g., toxicology). This important information, together with the information in OBR-29-parent, uniquely identifies the parent result's OBX segment related to this order. The value of this OBX segment in the parent result is the organism or chemical species about which this battery reports. For example, if the current battery is an antimicrobial susceptibility, the parent result's identified OBX contains a result which identifies the organism on which the susceptibility were run. This indirect linkage is preferred because the name of the organism in the parent result may undergo several preliminary values prior to finalization.

The third component may be used to record the name of the microorganism identified by the parent result directly. The organism in this case should be identified exactly as it is in the parent culture.

We emphasize that this field does not take the entire result field from the parent. It is meant only for the text name of the organism or chemical subspecies identified. This field is included only to provide a method for linking back to the parent result for those systems which could not generate unambiguous Observation IDs and sub-IDs.

This field is present only when the parent result is identified by OBR-29-parent and the parent spawn child orders for each of many results. (See Chapter 7 for more details about this linkage.)

A second mode of conveying this information is to use a standard observation result segment (OBX). If more than one organism is present, OBX-4-observation subID is used to distinguish them. In this case, the first OBX with subID N will contain a value identifying the Nth microorganism, and each additional OBX with subID N will contain susceptibility values for a given antimicrobial test on this organism.

7.4.1.27 OBR-27 Quantity/Timing (TQ) 00221

Components: <Quantity (CQ)> ^ <Interval (RI)> ^ <Duration (ST)> ^ <Start Date/Time (TS)> ^ <End Date/Time (TS)> ^ <Priority (ST)> ^ <Condition (ST)> ^ <Text (TX)> ^ <Conjunction (ID)> ^ <Order Sequencing (OSD)> ^ <Occurrence Duration (CE)> ^ <Total Occurrences (NM)>

Subcomponents for Quantity (CQ): <Quantity (NM)> & <Units (CE)>

Note subcomponent contains sub-subcomponents

Subcomponents for Interval (RI): <Repeat Pattern (IS)> & <Explicit Time Interval (ST)>

Subcomponents for Start Date/Time (TS): <Time (DTM)> & <DEPRECATED-Degree of Precision (ID)>

Subcomponents for End Date/Time (TS): <Time (DTM)> & <DEPRECATED-Degree of Precision (ID)>

Subcomponents for Order Sequencing (OSD): <Sequence/Results Flag (ID)> & <Placer Order Number: Entity Identifier (ST)> & <Placer Order Number: Namespace ID (IS)> & <Filler Order Number: Entity Identifier (ST)> & <Filler Order Number: Namespace ID (IS)> & <Sequence Condition Value (ST)> & <Maximum Number of Repeats (NM)> & <Placer Order Number: Universal ID (ST)> & <Placer Order Number: Universal ID Type (ID)> & <Filler Order Number: Universal ID (ST)> & <Filler Order Number: Universal ID Type (ID)>

Subcomponents for Occurrence Duration (CE): <Identifier (ST)> & <Text (ST)> & <Name of Coding System (ID)> & <Alternate Identifier (ST)> & <Alternate Text (ST)> & <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)>

Definition: This field is retained for backward compatibility only. The reader is referred to the TQ1 and TQ2 segments described in sections 4.5.4 and 4.5.5 respectively.

This field contains information about how many services to perform at one service time and how often the service times are repeated, and to fix duration of the request.

7.4.1.28 OBR-28 Result Copies To (XCN) 00260

Components: <ID Number (ST)> ^ <Family Name (FN)> ^ <Given Name (ST)> ^ <Second and Further Given Names or Initials Thereof (ST)> ^ <Suffix (e.g., JR or III) (ST)> ^ <Prefix (e.g., DR) (ST)> ^ <DEPRECATED-Degree (e.g., MD) (IS)> ^ <Source Table (IS)> ^ <Assigning Authority (HD)> ^ <Name Type Code (ID)> ^ <Identifier Check Digit (ST)> ^ <Check Digit Scheme (ID)> ^ <Identifier Type Code (ID)> ^ <Assigning Facility (HD)> ^ <Name Representation Code (ID)> ^ <Name Context (CE)> ^ <DEPRECATED-Name Validity Range (DR)> ^ <Name Assembly Order (ID)> ^ <Effective Date (TS)> ^ <Expiration Date (TS)> ^ <Professional Suffix (ST)> ^ <Assigning Jurisdiction (CWE)> ^ <Assigning Agency or Department (CWE)>

Subcomponents for Family Name (FN): <Surname (ST)> & <Own Surname Prefix (ST)> & <Own Surname (ST)> & <Surname Prefix From Partner/Spouse (ST)> & <Surname From Partner/Spouse (ST)>

Subcomponents for Assigning Authority (HD): <Namespace ID (IS)> & <Universal ID (ST)> & <Universal ID Type (ID)>

Subcomponents for Assigning Facility (HD): <Namespace ID (IS)> & <Universal ID (ST)> & <Universal ID Type (ID)>

Subcomponents for Name Context (CE): <Identifier (ST)> & <Text (ST)> & <Name of Coding System (ID)> & <Alternate Identifier (ST)> & <Alternate Text (ST)> & <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)>

Subcomponents for DEPRECATED-Name Validity Range (DR): <Range Start Date/Time (TS)> & <Range End Date/Time (TS)>

Note subcomponent contains sub-subcomponents

Subcomponents for Effective Date (TS): <Time (DTM)> & <DEPRECATED-Degree of Precision (ID)>

Subcomponents for Expiration Date (TS): <Time (DTM)> & <DEPRECATED-Degree of Precision (ID)>

Subcomponents for Assigning Jurisdiction (CWE): <Identifier (ST)> & <Text (ST)> & <Name of Coding System (ID)> & <Alternate Identifier (ST)> & <Alternate Text (ST)> & <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)> & <Coding System Version ID (ST)> & <Alternate Coding System Version ID (ST)> & <Original Text (ST)>

Subcomponents for Assigning Agency or Department (CWE): <Identifier (ST)> & <Text (ST)> & <Name of Coding System (ID)> & <Alternate Identifier (ST)> & <Alternate Text (ST)> & <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)> & <Coding System Version ID (ST)> & <Alternate Coding System Version ID (ST)> & <Original Text (ST)>

Definition: This field is the people who are to receive copies of the results. By local convention, either the ID number or the name may be absent.

7.4.1.29 OBR-29 Parent (EIP) 00261

Components: <Placer Assigned Identifier (EI)> ^ <Filler Assigned Identifier (EI)>

Subcomponents for Placer Assigned Identifier (EI): <Entity Identifier (ST)> & <Namespace ID (IS)> & <Universal ID (ST)> & <Universal ID Type (ID)>

Subcomponents for Filler Assigned Identifier (EI): <Entity Identifier (ST)> & <Namespace ID (IS)> & <Universal ID (ST)> & <Universal ID Type (ID)>

Definition: This field is identical to ORC-8-parent. This field relates a child to its parent when a parent/child relationship exists. For example, observations that are spawned by previous observations, e.g., antimicrobial susceptibilities spawned by blood cultures, need to record the parent (blood culture) filler order number here. The parent/child mechanism is described under the order control field notes (see Segment ORC field notes in Section 4.3.1.1.1, ??Table notes for order control codes of ORC.? It is required when the order is a child.

7.4.1.30 OBR-30 Transportation Mode (ID) 00262

Definition: This field identifies how (or whether) to transport a patient, when applicable. Refer to Section 4.5.3.30, HL7 Table 0124 - Transportation mode for valid codes.

7.4.1.31 OBR-31 Reason for Study (CE) 00263

Components: <Identifier (ST)> ^ <Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Coding System (ID)> ^ <Alternate Identifier (ST)> ^ <Alternate Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)>

Definition: This field is the code or text using the conventions for coded fields given in Chapter 2, Control. This is required for some studies to obtain proper reimbursement.

7.4.1.32 OBR-32 Principal Result Interpreter (NDL) 00264

Components: <Name (CNN)> ^ <Start Date/time (TS)> ^ <End Date/time (TS)> ^ <Point of Care (IS)> ^ <Room (IS)> ^ <Bed (IS)> ^ <Facility (HD)> ^ <Location Status (IS)> ^ <Patient Location Type (IS)> ^ <Building (IS)> ^ <Floor (IS)>

Subcomponents for Name (CNN): <ID Number (ST)> & <Family Name (ST)> & <Given Name (ST)> & <Second and Further Given Names or Initials Thereof (ST)> & <Suffix (e.g., JR or III) (ST)> & <Prefix (e.g., DR) (ST)> & <Degree (e.g., MD (IS)> & <Source Table (IS)> & <Assigning Authority - Namespace ID (IS)> & <Assigning Authority - Universal ID (ST)> & <Assigning Authority - Universal ID Type (ID)>

Subcomponents for Start Date/time (TS): <Time (DTM)> & <DEPRECATED-Degree of Precision (ID)>

Subcomponents for End Date/time (TS): <Time (DTM)> & <DEPRECATED-Degree of Precision (ID)>

Subcomponents for Facility (HD): <Namespace ID (IS)> & <Universal ID (ST)> & <Universal ID Type (ID)>

Definition: This field identifies the physician or other clinician who interpreted the observation and is responsible for the report content.

7.4.1.33 OBR-33 Assistant Result Interpreter (NDL) 00265

Components: <Name (CNN)> ^ <Start Date/time (TS)> ^ <End Date/time (TS)> ^ <Point of Care (IS)> ^ <Room (IS)> ^ <Bed (IS)> ^ <Facility (HD)> ^ <Location Status (IS)> ^ <Patient Location Type (IS)> ^ <Building (IS)> ^ <Floor (IS)>

Subcomponents for Name (CNN): <ID Number (ST)> & <Family Name (ST)> & <Given Name (ST)> & <Second and Further Given Names or Initials Thereof (ST)> & <Suffix (e.g., JR or III) (ST)> & <Prefix (e.g., DR) (ST)> & <Degree (e.g., MD (IS)> & <Source Table (IS)> & <Assigning Authority - Namespace ID (IS)> & <Assigning Authority - Universal ID (ST)> & <Assigning Authority - Universal ID Type (ID)>

Subcomponents for Start Date/time (TS): <Time (DTM)> & <DEPRECATED-Degree of Precision (ID)>

Subcomponents for End Date/time (TS): <Time (DTM)> & <DEPRECATED-Degree of Precision (ID)>

Subcomponents for Facility (HD): <Namespace ID (IS)> & <Universal ID (ST)> & <Universal ID Type (ID)>

Definition: This field identifies the clinical observer who assisted with the interpretation of this study.

7.4.1.34 OBR-34 Technician (NDL) 00266

Components: <Name (CNN)> ^ <Start Date/time (TS)> ^ <End Date/time (TS)> ^ <Point of Care (IS)> ^ <Room (IS)> ^ <Bed (IS)> ^ <Facility (HD)> ^ <Location Status (IS)> ^ <Patient Location Type (IS)> ^ <Building (IS)> ^ <Floor (IS)>

Subcomponents for Name (CNN): <ID Number (ST)> & <Family Name (ST)> & <Given Name (ST)> & <Second and Further Given Names or Initials Thereof (ST)> & <Suffix (e.g., JR or III) (ST)> & <Prefix (e.g., DR) (ST)> & <Degree (e.g., MD (IS)> & <Source Table (IS)> & <Assigning Authority - Namespace ID (IS)> & <Assigning Authority - Universal ID (ST)> & <Assigning Authority - Universal ID Type (ID)>

Subcomponents for Start Date/time (TS): <Time (DTM)> & <DEPRECATED-Degree of Precision (ID)>

Subcomponents for End Date/time (TS): <Time (DTM)> & <DEPRECATED-Degree of Precision (ID)>

Subcomponents for Facility (HD): <Namespace ID (IS)> & <Universal ID (ST)> & <Universal ID Type (ID)>

Definition: This field identifies the performing technician.

7.4.1.35 OBR-35 Transcriptionist (NDL) 00267

Components: <Name (CNN)> ^ <Start Date/time (TS)> ^ <End Date/time (TS)> ^ <Point of Care (IS)> ^ <Room (IS)> ^ <Bed (IS)> ^ <Facility (HD)> ^ <Location Status (IS)> ^ <Patient Location Type (IS)> ^ <Building (IS)> ^ <Floor (IS)>

Subcomponents for Name (CNN): <ID Number (ST)> & <Family Name (ST)> & <Given Name (ST)> & <Second and Further Given Names or Initials Thereof (ST)> & <Suffix (e.g., JR or III) (ST)> & <Prefix (e.g., DR) (ST)> & <Degree (e.g., MD (IS)> & <Source Table (IS)> & <Assigning Authority - Namespace ID (IS)> & <Assigning Authority - Universal ID (ST)> & <Assigning Authority - Universal ID Type (ID)>

Subcomponents for Start Date/time (TS): <Time (DTM)> & <DEPRECATED-Degree of Precision (ID)>

Subcomponents for End Date/time (TS): <Time (DTM)> & <DEPRECATED-Degree of Precision (ID)>

Subcomponents for Facility (HD): <Namespace ID (IS)> & <Universal ID (ST)> & <Universal ID Type (ID)>

Definition: This field identifies the report transcriber.

7.4.1.36 OBR-36 Scheduled - Date/Time (TS) 00268

Components: <Time (DTM)> ^ <DEPRECATED-Degree of Precision (ID)>

Definition: This field is the date/time the filler scheduled an observation, when applicable (e.g., action code in OBR-11-specimen action code = ??S?). This is a result of a request to schedule a particular test and provides a way to inform the Placer of the date/time a study is scheduled (result only).

7.4.1.37 OBR-37 Number of Sample Containers (NM) 01028

Definition: This field identifies the number of containers for a given sample. For sample receipt verification purposes; may be different from the total number of samples which accompany the order.

7.4.1.38 OBR-38 Transport Logistics of Collected Sample (CE) 01029

Components: <Identifier (ST)> ^ <Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Coding System (ID)> ^ <Alternate Identifier (ST)> ^ <Alternate Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)>

Definition: This field is the means by which a sample reaches the diagnostic service provider. This information is to aid the lab in scheduling or interpretation of results. Possible answers: routine transport van, public postal service, etc. If coded, requires a user-defined table.

7.4.1.39 OBR-39 Collector's Comment (CE) 01030

Components: <Identifier (ST)> ^ <Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Coding System (ID)> ^ <Alternate Identifier (ST)> ^ <Alternate Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)>

Definition: This field is for reporting additional comments related to the sample. If coded, requires a user-defined table. If only free text is reported, it is placed in the second component with a null in the first component, e.g., ^difficult clotting after venipuncture and ecchymosis.

7.4.1.40 OBR-40 Transport Arrangement Responsibility (CE) 01031

Components: <Identifier (ST)> ^ <Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Coding System (ID)> ^ <Alternate Identifier (ST)> ^ <Alternate Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)>

Definition: This field is an indicator of who is responsible for arranging transport to the planned diagnostic service. Examples: Requester, Provider, Patient. If coded, requires a user-defined table.

7.4.1.41 OBR-41 Transport Arranged (ID) 01032

Definition: This field is an indicator of whether transport arrangements are known to have been made. Refer to Section 4.5.3.41 HL7 Table 0224 - Transport arranged for valid codes.

7.4.1.42 OBR-42 Escort Required (ID) 01033

Definition: This field is an indicator that the patient needs to be escorted to the diagnostic service department. Note: The nature of the escort requirements should be stated in the OBR-43-planned patient transport comment field. See Section 4.5.3.42, HL7 Table 0225 - Escort required for valid values.

7.4.1.43 OBR-43 Planned Patient Transport Comment (CE) 01034

Components: <Identifier (ST)> ^ <Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Coding System (ID)> ^ <Alternate Identifier (ST)> ^ <Alternate Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)>

Definition: This field is the code or free text comments on special requirements for the transport of the patient to the diagnostic service department. If coded, requires a user-defined table.

7.4.1.44 OBR-44 Procedure Code (CE) 00393

Components: <Identifier (ST)> ^ <Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Coding System (ID)> ^ <Alternate Identifier (ST)> ^ <Alternate Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)>

Definition: This field contains a unique identifier assigned to the procedure, if any, associated with the charge. Refer to User-defined Table 0088 - Procedure code for suggested values. This field is a CE data type for compatibility with clinical and ancillary systems.

7.4.1.45 OBR-45 Procedure Code Modifier (CE) 01316

Components: <Identifier (ST)> ^ <Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Coding System (ID)> ^ <Alternate Identifier (ST)> ^ <Alternate Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)>

Definition: This field contains the procedure code modifier to the procedure code reported in OBR-44-procedure code, when applicable. Procedure code modifiers are defined by regulatory agencies such as CMS and the AMA. Multiple modifiers may be reported. The modifiers are sequenced in priority according to user entry. This is a requirement of the UB and the 1500 claim forms. Multiple modifiers are allowed and the order placed on the form affects reimbursement. Refer to User-defined Table 0340 - Procedure code modifier in Chapter 4, Section 4.5.3.46 for suggested values.

Usage Rule: This field can only be used if OBR-44-procedure code contains certain procedure codes that require a modifier in order to be billed or performed. For example HCPCS codes that require a modifier to be precise.

7.4.1.46 OBR-46 Placer Supplemental Service Information (CE) 01474

Components: <Identifier (ST)> ^ <Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Coding System (ID)> ^ <Alternate Identifier (ST)> ^ <Alternate Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)>

Definition: This field contains supplemental service information sent from the placer system to the filler system for the universal procedure code reported in OBR-4 Universal Service ID. This field will be used to provide ordering information detail that is not available in other, specific fields in the OBR segment. Multiple supplemental service information elements may be reported. Refer to User-defined table 0411 - Supplemental service information values in Chapter 4, Section 4.5.3.47 for suggested values.

This field can be used to describe details such as whether study is to be done on the right or left, for example where the study is of the arm and the order master file does not distinguish right from left or whether the study is to be done with or without contrast (when the order master file does not make such distinctions).

7.4.1.47 OBR-47 Filler Supplemental Service Information (CE) 01475

Components: <Identifier (ST)> ^ <Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Coding System (ID)> ^ <Alternate Identifier (ST)> ^ <Alternate Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)>

Definition: This field contains supplemental service information sent from the filler system to the placer system for the procedure code reported in OBR-4 Universal Service ID. This field will be used to report ordering information details that is not available in other, specific fields in the OBR segment. Typically it will reflect the same information as was sent to the filler system in OBR-46-Placer supplemental information unless the order was modified in which case the filler system will report what was actually performed using this field. Multiple supplemental service information elements may be reported. Refer to User-Defined Table 0411 - Supplemental Service Information Values in section 4.5.3.47 for suggested values.

This field can be used to describe details such as whether study is to be done on the right or left, for example where the study is of the arm and the order master file does not distinguish right from left or whether the study is to be done with or without contrast (when the order master file does not make such distinctions).

7.4.1.48 OBR-48 Medically Necessary Duplicate Procedure Reason (CWE) 01646

Components: <Identifier (ST)> ^ <Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Coding System (ID)> ^ <Alternate Identifier (ST)> ^ <Alternate Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)> ^ <Coding System Version ID (ST)> ^ <Alternate Coding System Version ID (ST)> ^ <Original Text (ST)>

Definition: This field is used to document why the procedure found in OBR-44 (Procedure Code) is a duplicate of one ordered/charged previously for the same patient within the same date of service and has been determined to be medically necessary. The reason may be coded or it may be a free text entry.

This field is intended to provide financial systems information on who to bill for duplicate procedures.

Refer to User-defined table 0476 in Chapter 4, Section 4.5.3.48 for suggested values.

7.4.1.49 OBR-49 Result Handling (IS) 01647

Definition: Transmits information regarding the handling of the result. For example, an order may specify that the result (e.g., an x-ray film) should be given to the patient for return to the requestor. Refer to User-defined table 0507 Observation Result Handling in Chapter 4, Section 4.5.3.49 for suggested values. If this field is not populated then routine handling is implied.

7.4.1.50 OBR-50 Parent Universal Service Identifier (CWE) 02286

Components: <Identifier (ST)> ^ <Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Coding System (ID)> ^ <Alternate Identifier (ST)> ^ <Alternate Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)> ^ <Coding System Version ID (ST)> ^ <Alternate Coding System Version ID (ST)> ^ <Original Text (ST)>

Definition: This field contains the identifier code for the parent order, as identified in ORC-8 Parent and/or OBR-29 Parent (if present), which caused this observation/test/battery to be performed. This can be based on local and/or ??universal? codes. HL7 recommends the ??universal? service identifier."

Note that ORC-8 Parent and/or OBR-29 Parent, does not have to be present for OBR-50 to be used.  However, absence of ORC-8 Parent and/or OBR-29 Parent introduces potential ambiguity of the actual order being referenced.

Note that ORC-8 Parent and OBR-29 Parent identify an individual parent order (e.g., OBR) for ORC-31 Parent Universal Service Identifier and OBR-50 Parent Universal Service Identifier.

ORC-31 - parent universal service identifier is the same as OBR-50 - parent universal service identifier.  If both fields are valued, they must contain the same value.

Note that OBR-50 will be deprecated in V2.7 to enable message developers to start to adjust and be prepared for supporting the intended 1:1 relationship between Placer/Filler Order Number and Universal Service Identifier.

7.4.2 OBX - Observation/Result Segment

The OBX segment is used to transmit a single observation or observation fragment. It represents the smallest indivisible unit of a report. The OBX segment can also contain encapsulated data, e.g., a CDA document or a DICOM image.

Its principal mission is to carry information about observations in report messages. But the OBX can also be part of an observation order (see Section 4.4, ??Order Message Definitions?). In this case, the OBX carries clinical information needed by the filler to interpret the observation the filler makes. For example, an OBX is needed to report the inspired oxygen on an order for a blood oxygen to a blood gas lab, or to report the menstrual phase information which should be included on an order for a pap smear to a cytology lab. Appendix 7A includes codes for identifying many of pieces of information needed by observation producing services to properly interpret a test result. OBX is also found in other HL7 messages that need to include patient clinical information.

HL7 Attribute Table - OBX - Observation/Result

SEQ LEN DT OPT RP/# TBL# ITEM# ELEMENT NAME DB Ref.
1 4 SI O

00569 Set ID - OBX DB
2 2 ID C
0125 00570 Value Type DB
3 250 CE R

00571 Observation Identifier DB
4 20 ST C

00572 Observation Sub-ID DB
5 99999 varies C Y
00573 Observation Value DB
6 250 CE O

00574 Units DB
7 60 ST O

00575 References Range DB
8 5 IS O Y 0078 00576 Abnormal Flags DB
9 5 NM O

00577 Probability DB
10 2 ID O Y 0080 00578 Nature of Abnormal Test DB
11 1 ID R
0085 00579 Observation Result Status DB
12 26 TS O

00580 Effective Date of Reference Range Values DB
13 20 ST O

00581 User Defined Access Checks DB
14 26 TS O

00582 Date/Time of the Observation DB
15 250 CE O

00583 Producer's Reference DB
16 250 XCN O Y
00584 Responsible Observer DB
17 250 CE O Y
00936 Observation Method DB
18 22 EI O Y
01479 Equipment Instance Identifier DB
19 26 TS O

01480 Date/Time of the Analysis DB
20





Reserved for harmonization with V2.6 DB
21





Reserved for harmonization with V2.6 DB
22





Reserved for harmonization with V2.6 DB
23 567 XON O N
02283 Performing Organization Name DB
24 631 XAD O N
02284 Performing Organization Address DB
25 3002 XCN O N
02285 Performing Organization Medical Director DB

7.4.2.0 OBX field definitions

7.4.2.1 OBX-1 Set ID - OBX (SI) 00569

Definition: This field contains the sequence number. For compatibility with ASTM.

7.4.2.2 OBX-2 Value Type (ID) 00570

Definition: This field contains the format of the observation value in OBX. It must be valued if OBX-11-Observ result status is not valued with an ??X?. If the value is CE then the result must be a coded entry. When the value type is TX or FT then the results are bulk text. The valid values for the value type of an observation are listed in HL7 Table 0125 - Value Type.

The observation value must be represented according to the format for the data type defined in Chapter 2, Section 2.9, ??Data Types.? For example, a PN consists of 6 components, separated by component delimiters.

Although NM is a valid type, observations which are usually reported as numbers will sometimes have the string (ST) data type because non-numeric characters are often reported as part of the result, e.g., >300 to indicate the result was off-scale for the instrument. In the example, ">300", ">" is a symbol and the digits are considered a numeric value. However, this usage of the ST type should be discouraged since the SN (structured numeric) data type now accommodates such reporting and, in addition, permits the receiving system to interpret the magnitude.

All HL7 data types are valid, and are included in Table 0125 except CM, CQ, SI, and ID. For a CM definition to have meaning, the specifics about the CM must be included in the field definition. OBX-5-observation value is a general field definition that is influenced by the data type OBX-3, so CMs are undefined in this context. CQ is invalid because units for OBX-5-observation value are always specified explicitly in an OBX segment with OBX-6 units. SI is invalid because it only applied to HL7 message segments, and ID because it requires a constant field definition.

The RP value (reference pointer) must be used if the actual observation value is not sent in OBX but exists somewhere else. For example, if the observation consists of an image (document or medical), the image itself cannot be sent in OBX. The sending system may in that case opt to send a reference pointer. The receiving system can use this reference pointer whenever it needs access to the actual image through other interface standards, e.g., DICOM, or through appropriate data base servers.

HL7 Table 0125 - Value type

Value Description Comment
AD Address
CE Coded Entry
CF Coded Element With Formatted Values
CK Composite ID With Check Digit
CN Composite ID And Name
CP Composite Price
CX Extended Composite ID With Check Digit
DT Date
ED Encapsulated Data
FT Formatted Text (Display)
MO Money
NM Numeric
PN Person Name
RP Reference Pointer
SN Structured Numeric
ST String Data.
TM Time
TN Telephone Number
TS Time Stamp (Date & Time)
TX Text Data (Display)
XAD Extended Address
XCN Extended Composite Name And Number For Persons
XON Extended Composite Name And Number For Organizations
XPN Extended Person Name
XTN Extended Telecommunications Number

The full definition of these data types is given in Chapter 2, Section 2.9, ??Data Types.? The structured numeric (SN) data type, new to version 2.3, provides for reporting ranges (e.g., 3-5 or 10-20), titres (e.g., 1:10), and out-of-range indicators (e.g., >50) in a structured and computer interpretable way.

We allow the FT data type in the OBX segment but its use is discouraged. Formatted text usually implies a meaningful structure e.g., a list of three independent diagnoses reported on different lines. But ideally, the structure in three independent diagnostic statements would be reported as three separate OBX segments.

TX should not be used except to send large amounts of text. In the TX data type, the repeat delimiter can only be used to identify paragraph breaks. Use ST to send short, and possibly encodable, text strings.

CDA documents are to be exchanged in the OBX segment in any message that can exchange documents (such as MDM or ORU). Within the OBX segment, the MIME package is encoded as an encapsulated (ED) data type.

7.4.2.3 OBX-3 Observation Identifier (CE) 00571

Components: <Identifier (ST)> ^ <Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Coding System (ID)> ^ <Alternate Identifier (ST)> ^ <Alternate Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)>

Definition: This field contains a unique identifier for the observation. The format is that of the Coded Element (CE). Example: 8625-6^P-R interval^LN.

In most systems the identifier will point to a master observation table that will provide other attributes of the observation that may be used by the receiving system to process the observations it receives. A set of message segments for transmitting such master observation tables is described in Chapter 8. The relation of an observation ID to a master observation table is analogous to the relationship between a charge code (in a billing record) and the charge master.

When local codes are used as the first identifier in this field we strongly encourage sending a universal identifier as well to permit receivers to equivalence results from different providers of the same service (e.g., a hospital lab and commercial lab that provides serum potassium to a nursing home). LOINC® is an HL7 approved code system for the Observation identifier. It covers observations and measurements, such as laboratory tests, physical findings, radiology studies, and claims attachments and can be obtained from www.regenstrief.org/loinc/loinc.htm. One possible universal identifier is LOINC® codes for laboratory and clinical measurements (see HL7 defined Table 0396 and the HL7 www list server) and Appendix X2 of ASTM E1467 for neurophysiology tests.

For a discussion of the use of suffixes as related to narrative reports see Section 7.2.3 and Section 7.2.4.

7.4.2.4 OBX-4 Observation Sub-ID (ST) 00572

Definition: This field is used to distinguish between multiple OBX segments with the same observation ID organized under one OBR. For example, a chest X-ray report might include three separate diagnostic impressions. The standard requires three OBX segments, one for each impression. By putting a 1 in the Sub-ID of the first of these OBX segments, 2 in the second, and 3 in the third, we can uniquely identify each OBX segment for editing or replacement.

The sub-identifier is also used to group related components in reports such as surgical pathology. It is traditional for surgical pathology reports to include all the tissues taken from one surgical procedure in one report. Consider, for example, a single surgical pathology report that describes the examination of gallbladder and appendix tissue. This report would be transmitted roughly as shown in Figure 7-2.

Figure 7-2. Example of sub-identifier usage

OBR|1||1234^LAB|88304&SURG PATH REPORT|...<cr>

OBX|1|CE|88304&ANT|1|T57000^GALLBLADDER^SNM|...<cr>

OBX|2|TX|88304&GDT|1|THIS IS A NORMAL GALLBLADDER|...<cr>

OBX|3|TX|88304&MDT|1|MICROSCOPIC EXAM SHOWS HISTOLOGICALLY

NORMAL GALLBLADDER TISSUE|...<cr>

OBX|4|CE|88304&IMP|1|M-00100^NML^SNM|...<cr>

OBX|5|CE|88304&ANT|2|T66000^APPENDIX^SNM|...<cr>

OBX|6|TX|88304&GDT|2|THIS IS A RED, INFLAMED, SWOLLEN, BOGGY APPENDIX|...<cr>

OBX|7|TX|88304&MDT|2|INFILTRATION WITH MANY PMN's - INDICATING INFLAMATORY CHANGE|...<cr>

OBX|8|CE|88304&IMP|2|M-40000^INFLAMMATION NOS^SNM|...<cr>

The example in Figure 7-2 has two segments for each component of the report, one for each of the two tissues. Thus, there are two 88304&ANT segments; there are two 88304&GDT segments, and there are two 88304&MDT segments. Segments that apply to the gallbladder all have the sub-identifier 1. Segments that apply to the appendix all have sub-identifier 2.

The observation sub ID has other grouping uses. It can be used to organize the reporting of some kinds of fluid intakes and outputs. For example, when intake occurs through multiple intravenous lines, a number of separate observations (OBX segments), the intake volume, the type of intake (Blood, D5W, Plasma, etc.), the site of the IV line, etc. may be needed for each intravenous line, each requiring a separate OBX segment. If more than one IV line is running, we can logically link all of the OBX segments that pertain to the first IV line by assigning them an observation sub ID of 1. We can do the same with the second IV line by assigning them a sub ID 2 and so on. The same would apply to the outputs of surgical drains when there are multiple such drains.

The use of the sub ID to distinguish repeating OBXs for the same observation ID is really a special case of using the sub ID to group, as can be seen if we picture the OBX segments in Figure 7-2 as part of a table where the rows correspond to a particular species of observation and the cells correspond to the sub ID numbers that would be associated with each corresponding OBX.

Distinct Observations 88304&ANT 88304&GDT 80304&MDT 80304&IMP
Sub ID 1st Group 1 1 1 1
Sub ID 2nd Group 2 2 2 2

The use of Sub IDs to group results is equivalent to defining a table, and the use of sub IDs to distinguish repeats is just a special case, represented by one column in this table.

However, this approach introduces ambiguities if we have a set of repeating observations within a group, e.g., if the appendix observations include two impressions as in the 8th and 9th OBXs shown in Figure 7-3. This really represents the existence of a row nested within a single cell of the table given above.

Figure 7-3. Example of sub-identifier usage

OBX|1|CE|880304&ANT|1|T57000^GALLBLADDER^SNM|...<cr>

OBX|2|TX|880304&GDT|1|THIS IS A NORMAL GALL BLADDER|...<cr>

OBX|3|TX|880304&MDT|1|MICROSCOPIC EXAMINATION SHOWS HISTOLOGICALLY

NORMAL GALLBLADDER TISSUE|...<cr>

OBX|4|CE|880304&IMP|1|M-00100^NML^SNM|...<cr>

OBX|5|CE|880304&ANT|2|T57000^APPENDIX^SNM|...<cr>

OBX|6|TX|880304&GDT|2|THIS IS A RED, INFLAMED APPENDIX|...<cr>

OBX|7|TX|880304&MDT|2|INFLAMMATION WITH MANY PUS CELLS-ACUTE INFLAMMATION|...<cr>

OBX|8|CE|880304&IMP|2|M-40000^INFLAMMATION NOS^SNM|...<cr>

OBX|9|CE|880304&IMP|2|M-30280^FECALITH^SNM|...<cr>

The text under OBX-5-observation value provides guidance about dealing with two OBXs with the same observation ID and observation sub IDs. They are sent and replaced as a unit. However, some systems will take this to mean that the set of OBXs is to be combined into one composite observation in the receiving system. We suggest the use of a dot and a string (similar to the Dewey Decimal system) when users wish to distinguish each of the repeats within one type, or results within a cell for editing and correction purposes. Using this system, Figure 7-3 would become 7-4. If there are cases where such nesting occurs at even deeper levels, this approach could be extended.

Figure 7-4. Example of sub-identifier usage

OBX|1|CE|880304&ANT|1|T57000^GALLBLADDER^SNM|...<cr>

OBX|2|TX|880304&GDT|1|THIS IS A NORMAL GALL BLADDER|...<cr>

OBX|3|TX|880304&MDT|1|MICROSCOPIC EXAMINATION SHOWS HISTOLOGICALLY

NORMAL GALLBLADDER TISSUE|...<cr>

OBX|4|CE|880304&IMP|1|M-00100^NML^SNM|...<cr>

OBX|5|CE|880304&ANT|2|T57000^APPENDIX^SNM|...<cr>

OBX|6|TX|880304&GDT|2|THIS IS A RED, INFLAMED APPENDIX|...<cr>

OBX|7|TX|880304&MDT|2|INFLAMMATION WITH MANY PUS CELLS-ACUTE INFLAMMATION|...<cr>

OBX|8|CE|880304&IMP|2.1|M-40000^INFLAMMATION NOS^SNM|...<cr>

OBX|9|CE|880304&IMP|2.2|M-30280^FECALITH^SNM|...<cr>

Use a null or 1 when there is no need for multiples.

If the observation includes a number of OBXs with the same value for the observation ID OBX-3, then one must use different values for the sub-ID. This is in fact the case of the repeats depicted in Figure 7-4, but without any need to group sets of OBXs. Three such OBXs could be distinguished by using sub-IDs 1, 2 etc. alternatively, sub-IDs 1.1, 1.2, 1.3 could be used, as shown in Figure 7-4. Figure 7-5 shows and example of an electrocardiograph chest radiograph report with three diagnostic impressions, using 1,2,3 in the sub-ID field to distinguish the three separate results.

Figure 7-5. Example of Sub-ID used to distinguish three independent results with the same observation ID

OBX|1|CE|8601-7^EKG IMPRESSION ^LN|1|^atrial fibrillation|...<cr>

OBX|2|CE|8601-7^EKG IMPRESSION ^LN|2|^OLD SEPTAL MYOCARDIAL INFARCT|...<cr>

OBX|3|CE|8601-7^EKG IMPRESSION ^LN|3|^poor R wave progression|...<cr>

7.4.2.5 OBX-5 Observation Value (varies) 00573

Definition: This field contains the value observed by the observation producer. OBX-2-value type contains the data type for this field according to which observation value is formatted. It is not a required field because some systems will report only the normalcy/abnormalcy (OBX-8), especially in product experience reporting. The length of the observation field is variable, depending upon OBX-3-value type. This field may repeat for multipart, single answer results with appropriate data types, e.g., CE, TX, and FT data types.

Representation

This field contains the value of OBX-3-observation identifier of the same segment. Depending upon the observation, the data type may be a number (e.g., a respiratory rate), a coded answer (e.g., a pathology impression recorded as SNOMED), or a date/time (the date/time that a unit of blood is sent to the ward). An observation value is always represented as the data type specified in OBX-2-value type of the same segment. Whether numeric or short text, the answer shall be recorded in ASCII text.

Reporting logically independent observations

The main sections of dictated reports, such as radiologic studies or history and physicals, are reported as separate OBX segments. In addition, each logically independent observation should be reported in a separate OBX segment, i.e. one OBX segment should not contain the result of more than one logically independent observation. This requirement is included to assure that the contents of OBX-6-units, OBX-8-abnormal flags, and OBX-9-probability can be interpreted unambiguously. The electrolytes and vital signs batteries, for example, would each be reported as four separate OBX segments. Two diagnostic impressions, e.g., congestive heart failure and pneumonia, would also be reported as two separate OBX segments whether reported as part of a discharge summary or chest X-ray report. Similarly, two bacterial organisms isolated in a single bacterial culture would be reported as two separate OBX segments.

Though two independent diagnostic statements cannot be reported in one OBX segment, multiple categorical responses are allowed (usually as CE data types separated by repeat delimiters), so long as they are fragments (modifiers) that together construct one diagnostic statement. Right upper lobe (recorded as one code) and pneumonia (recorded as another code), for example, could be both reported in one OBX segment. Such multiple ??values? would be separated by repeat delimiters.

Multiple OBX segments with the same observation ID and Sub ID

In some systems, a single observation may include fragments of more than one data type. The most common example is a numeric result followed by coded comments (CE). In this case, the logical observation can be sent in more than one OBX segment. For example, one segment of numeric or string data type for the numeric result and another segment of CE data type for coded comments. If the producer was reporting multiple coded comments they would all be sent in one OBX segment separated by repeat delimiters because they all modified a single logical observation. Multiple OBX segments with the same observation ID and sub ID should always be sent in sequence with the most significant OBX segment (the one that has the normal flag/units and or reference range and status flag) first. The value of OBX-6 through 12 should be null in any following OBX segments with the same OBX-3-observation identifier and OBX-4-observation sub-ID. For the purpose of replacement or deletion, multiple OBX segments with the same observation ID and sub ID are treated as a unit. If any are replaced or deleted, they all are replaced.

Coded values

When an OBX segment contains values of CE data types, the observations are stored as a combination of codes and/or text. In Section 7.8.3, ??CSS - Clinical Study Data Schedule Segment,? examples of results that are represented as CE data types are shown in the first and second OBX segments of OBR 1 and the first and second OBX segments of OBR 2. The observation may be an observation battery ID (for recommended studies), a diagnostic code or finding (for a diagnostic impression), or an anatomic site for a pathology report, or any of the other kinds of coded results.

It is not necessary to always encode the information stored within a coded observation. For example, a chest X-ray impression could be transmitted as pure text even though it has a CE data type. In this case, the test must be recorded as the second component of the result code, e.g.,

OBX|1|CE|71020&IMP|1|^CONGESTIVE HEART FAILURE.|...<cr>

However, separate impressions, recommendations, etc., even if recorded as pure text, should be recorded in separate result segments. That is, congestive heart failure and pneumonia should not be sent as:

OBX|1|CE|71020&IMP|1|^CONGESTIVE HEART FAILURE AND PNEUMONIA|...<cr>

but as:

OBX|1|CE|71020&IMP|1|^CONGESTIVE HEART FAILURE|...<cr>

OBX|2|CE|71020&IMP|2|^PNEUMONIA|....<cr>

Even better would be fully-coded results that include computer understandable codes (component 1) instead of, or in addition to, the text description (component 2). One may include multiple values in a CE value and these can be mixtures of code and text, but only when they are needed to construct one diagnosis, impression, or concept. When text follows codes as an independent value it would be taken as a modifier or addenda to the codes. E.g.,

OBX|1|CE|710120&IMP^CXR|1|428.0^CONGESTIVE HEART FAILURE^I9C~^MASSIVE HEART|...<cr>

The text in component 2 should be an accurate description of the code in component 1. Likewise, if used, the text in component 5 should be an accurate description of the code in component 4.

Insertion of CDA within an OBX:

CDA documents are to be exchanged in the OBX segment. The value of OBX-2-Value Type should be set to 'ED'. OBX-5-Observation Value contains the MIME package encoded as an encapsulated data type. The components should be valued as follows:

7.4.2.6 OBX-6 Units (CE) 00574

Components: <Identifier (ST)> ^ <Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Coding System (ID)> ^ <Alternate Identifier (ST)> ^ <Alternate Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)>

Background: When an observation's value is measured on a continuous scale, one must report the measurement units within the units field of the OBX segment. Since HL7 Version 2.2 of the specification, all fields that contain units are of data type CE. The default coding system for the units codes consists of the ISO abbreviation for a single case unit (ISO 2955-83) plus extensions that do not collide with ISO abbreviations. We designate this coding system as ISO+ (see Figure 7-9). Both the ISO unit's abbreviations and the extensions are defined in Section 7.4.2.6.2, ??ISO and ANSI customary units abbreviations.? The ISO+ abbreviations are the codes for the default coding system. Consequently, when ISO+ units are being used, only ISO+ abbreviations need be sent, and the contents of the units field will be backward compatible to HL7 Version 2.1.

7.4.2.6.1 Identifying reporting units

We strongly encourage observation producers to use ISO+ abbreviated units exclusively, but permit the use of other code systems, including US customary units (ANSI X3.50) and locally defined codes where necessary. Local units are designated L or 99zzz where z is an alphanumeric character (see Figures 7-2 and 73). ANSI X3.50 - 1986 provides an excellent description of these standards, as well as a table of single case abbreviations for US customary units such as foot or gallon.

We had originally intended to include the ANSI X3.50 - 1986 US customary units in the default ISO+ coding system. However, there are overlaps between ISO's abbreviations and the abbreviations for US customary units. For example, ft is the abbreviation for foot in US customary units and for femtotesla in ISO; pt is the abbreviation for pint in US customary and for picotesla in ISO. (Be aware that the ANSI document also differs from the ISO document regarding the abbreviation of a few ISO units, as well.) In order to avoid potential ambiguity, we have defined another coding system, designated ANS+ (see Figure 7.7). It includes the U.S. customary units (e.g., feet, pounds) and ISO abbreviations defined in ANSI X3.50 - 1986, as well as other non-metric units listed in Figure 7-7 and the ISO combinations of these units. Be aware that a few of the ANSI ISO unit abbreviations differ from their abbreviations in ISO (see note at bottom of Figure 7-7).

Because the ANS+ specification includes both ISO and US customary units, as well as miscellaneous non-metric units, some of the abbreviations are ambiguous. Although there should be little confusion, in the context of a particular observation, this ambiguity is a good reason for avoiding ANS+ unit codes when possible.

When ANS+ units codes (abbreviations) are being transmitted, ANS+ must be included in the third (sixth) component of the field. If the units of distance were transmitted as meters (ISO+) it would be transmitted as m because ISO+ is the default coding system for units. However, if transmitted in the US customary units of feet, the units would be transmitted as ft^^ANS+. When required, the full text of the units can be sent as the second component in keeping with the CE data type conventions.

Both ISO and ANSI also provide a set of mixed case abbreviations, but these abbreviations cannot be translated to single case without loss of meaning, and should not be used in this specification whose content is required to be case insensitive.

7.4.2.6.2 ISO and ANSI customary units abbreviations

ISO builds its units from seven base dimensions measured as meters, kilograms, seconds, amperes, kelvins, moles and candelas (see Figure 7-6). Other units can be derived from these by adding a prefix to change the scale and/or by creating an algebraic combination of two or more base or derived units. However, some derived units have acquired their own abbreviations (see Figure 7-6). Abbreviations for U.S. customary units are given in Figure 7-6.

The ISO rules, well explained in ANSI X3.50, provide a way to create units of different scales by adding multiplier prefixes. These prefixes can be expressed as words or abbreviations. In this Standard we are only concerned with the abbreviations.

Figure 7-6. ISO single case units abbreviations

Units Abbreviation Units Abbreviation Units Abbreviation
Base units code/abbreviations
ampere a kelvin k meter m
candela cd Kilogram kg mole mol




second s
Derived units with specified name and abbreviation
coulomb c hour Hr pascal pal
day d joule J volt v
degree Celsius cel minute (ti) Min watt w
farad f newton N weber wb
hertz hz ohm Ohm year ann
Other units
atomic mass unit u grey gy minute of arc mnt
Bel b henry h radian rad
Decibel db liter l siemens sie
Degree deg lumen Lm steradian sr
Gram g lux Lx tesla t
See ISO 2955-1983 for full set

The ISO abbreviations for multiplier prefixes are given in Figure 7-12. Prefixes ranging from 10-24 (1/billion billionth) to 1024 (a billion billion) are available. The single case abbreviation for kilo (x1000) is k. A unit consisting of 1000 seconds would be abbreviated as ks, 1000 grams as kg, 1000 meters as km, and so on. Some prefixes share the abbreviation of a base unit. Farad and femto, for example, (10-18) both have the abbreviation of f. To avoid confusion, ISO forbids the use of solitary prefixes. It also deprecates the use of two prefixes in one complex unit. Thus, f always means farad, ff would mean 1 million billionth of a farad. Compound prefixes are not allowed.

A unit can be raised to an exponential power. Positive exponents are represented by a number immediately following a unit's abbreviation, i.e., a square meter would be denoted by m2. Negative exponents are signified by a negative number following the base unit, e.g., 1/m2 would be represented as m-2. Fractional exponents are expressed by a numeric fraction in parentheses: the square root of a meter would be expressed as m(1/2). The multiplication of units is signified by a period (.) between the units, e.g., meters X seconds would be denoted m.s. Notice that spaces are not permitted. Division is signified by a slash (/) between two units, e.g. meters per second would be denoted as m/s. Algebraic combinations of ISO unit abbreviations constructed by dividing, multiplying, or exponentiating base ISO units, are also valid ISO abbreviations units. Exponentiation has precedence over multiplication or division. For example, microvolts squared per hertz (a unit of spectral power) would be denoted uv2/hz and evaluated as uv 2/hz while microvolts per square root of hertz (a unit of spectral amplitude) would be denoted uv/hz(1/2) and evaluated as uv/hz½. If more than one division operator is included in the expression the associations should be parenthesized to avoid any ambiguity, but the best approach is to convert a/(b/c) to a.c/b or a.c.b-1 to simplify the expression.

The ISO code is a grammar for building units. The rules for building these units are found in Figures 7-6 and 7-8. Figure 7-7 should be used only with English units and should not be used in conjunction with Figure 7-8. The ISO+ table (Figure 7-9) includes the most common such units constructed from this grammar (as well as important non-ISO units). Other ISO units derived from the grammar are valid as well.

Figure 7-7. ANSI+ unit codes for some U.S. customary units

Units Abbreviation Units Abbreviation Units Abbreviation
LENGTH VOLUME TIME
inch in cubic foot cft year yr
foot ft cubic inch cin month mo
mile (statute) mi cubic yard cyd week wk
nautical mile nmi tablespoon tbs day d
rod rod teaspoon tsp hour hr
yard yd pint pt minute min


quart qt second sec


gallon gal



ounce (fluid) foz

AREA MASS

square foot sqf dram dr

square inch sin grain gr (avoir)

square yard syd ounce (weight) oz



pound lb

Other ANSI units, derived units, and miscellaneous
**British thermal unit btu **degrees Fahrenheit degf **millirad mrad
cubic feet/minute cft/min **feet/minute ft/min **RAD rad
Note: The abbreviations for conventional U.S. units of time are the same as ISO, except for year. ISO = ANN, AMSI = yr. The metric units in X3.50 are the same as ISO, except for: pascal ("pa" in ANSI, "pal" in ISO); ANSI uses "min" for both time and arc while ISO uses "mnt" for minutes of arc; and in ISA seconds are abbreviated "s", in ANSI, "sec".
Caution: Because the ANS+ specification includes both ISO and US customary units, as well as miscellaneous non-metric units, some of the abbreviations are ambiguous. Although there should be little confusion, in the context of a particular observation, this ambiguity is a good reason for a voiding ANS+ unit codes when possible.
This list is not exhaustive. Refer to ANSI X3.50-1986, Table 1, for other metric and standard U.S. units.
**Non-metric units not explicitly listed in ANSI

Figure 7-8. Single case ISO abbreviations for multiplier prefixes

Prefix
Code Prefix
Code
yotta* 1024 ya yocto 10-24 y
zetta* 1021 za zepto 10-21 z
exa 1018 ex atto 10-18 a
peta 1015 pe femto 10-15 f
tera 1012 t pico 10-12 p
giga 109 g nano 10-9 n
mega 106 ma micro 10-6 u
kilo 103 k milli 10-3 m
hecto 102 h centi 10-2 c
deca 101 da deci 10-1 d
*These abbreviations are not defined in the ISO specification for single case abbreviations.

Figure 7-9 lists the abbreviations for common ISO derived units. It also includes standard unit abbreviations for common units, e.g., Milliequivalents, and international units, mm(Hg), and for counting per which we denote by a division sign, a denominator, but no numerator, e.g., /c, that are not part of the above referenced ISO standards. We have extended the units table to better accommodate drug routes and physiologic measures, and otherwise fill in gaps in Version 2.2.

We have generally followed the IUPAC 1995 Silver Book2 in the definitions of units. However, IUPAC specifies standards for reporting or displaying units and employs 8-bit data sets to distinguish them. This Standard is concerned with the transmission of patient information. Therefore, we have restricted ourselves to case insensitive alphabetic characters and a few special characters (e.g., ".", "/", "(", ")", "*", and "_") to avoid any possible confusion in the transmission. Therefore, we use ISO 2955-1983 (Information processing -- representation of SI and other units in systems with limited character sets) and ANSI X3.50-1986 (Representations for U.S. customary, SI, and other units to be used in systems with limited character sets) case insensitive units abbreviations where they are defined. This means that in some cases, IUPAC abbreviations have different abbreviations in ISO+ even when the IUPAC abbreviations use only standard alphabetic characters. For example, Pascal is abbreviated Pa in IUPAC but PAL in ISO+ (following ISO 2955) because Pa in a case insensitive context also means Picoampere. However, the requirements for transmission do not preclude usage of IUPAC standards for presentation on paper or video display reports to end-users.

All unit abbreviations are case insensitive. One could write milliliters as ML, ml, or mL. In this table we have used lower case for all of the abbreviations except for the letter L which we represent in upper case so that readers will not confuse it with the numeral one (1). This is just a change in presentation, not a change in the Standard. Systems should continue to send the codes as upper or lower case as they always have.

Refer to section 7.18.3 for the contents of figure 7-9 - Common ISO derived units & ISO+ extensions.

7.4.2.6.3 Local unit codes

Local codes can be used for the units by indicating the code source of 99zzz in the third component (where 99zzz is an alpha-numeric string). In the case of local codes, the text name of the codes or the description of the units should also be transmitted (in the second component), so that the receiving system can compare the results with results for the same measurement sent by another service (refer to Chapter 2, Section 2.9, ??Data Types?). An "L" should be stored in the third component to indicate that the code is locally defined. More specialized local code designations, as specified in the CE data type definition, can also be employed.

7.4.2.7 OBX-7 References Range (ST) 00575

Components: for numeric values in the format:

  1. lower limit-upper limit (when both lower and upper limits are defined, e.g., for potassium 3.5 - 4.5)

  2. > lower limit (if no upper limit, e.g., >10)

  3. < upper limit (if no lower limit, e.g., <15)

alphabetical values: the normal value may be reported in this location

Definition: When the observation quantifies the amount of a toxic substance, then the upper limit of the range identifies the toxic limit. If the observation quantifies a drug, the lower limits identify the lower therapeutic bounds and the upper limits represent the upper therapeutic bounds above which toxic side effects are common.

7.4.2.8 OBX-8 Abnormal Flags (IS) 00576

Definition: This field contains a table lookup indicating the normalcy status of the result. We strongly recommend sending this value when applicable. (See ASTM 1238 - review for more details). Refer to User-defined Table 0078 - Abnormal flags for valid entries.

When the laboratory can discern the normal status of a textual report, such as chest X-ray reports or microbiologic culture, these should be reported as N when normal and A when abnormal. Multiple codes, e.g., abnormal and worse, would be separated by a repeat delimiter, e.g., A~W.

User-defined Table 0078 - Abnormal flags

Value Description Comment
L Below low normal
H Above high normal
LL Below lower panic limits
HH Above upper panic limits
< Below absolute low-off instrument scale
> Above absolute high-off instrument scale
N Normal (applies to non-numeric results)
A Abnormal (applies to non-numeric results)
AA Very abnormal (applies to non-numeric units, analogous to panic limits for numeric units)
null No range defined, or normal ranges don't apply
U Significant change up
D Significant change down
B Better--use when direction not relevant
W Worse--use when direction not relevant
S Susceptible. Indicates for microbiology susceptibilities only.
R Resistant. Indicates for microbiology susceptibilities only.
I Intermediate. Indicates for microbiology susceptibilities only.
MS Moderately susceptible. Indicates for microbiology susceptibilities only.
VS Very susceptible. Indicates for microbiology susceptibilities only.

Results may also be reported in shorthand by reporting the normalcy status without specifying the exact numeric value of the result. Such shorthand is quite common in clinical notes, where physicians will simply say that the glucose result was normal. Such shorthand reporting is also seen in drug experience reporting. In such cases, the result can be reported in the OBX by reporting the normalcy code in OBX-8-abnormal flags without specifying any value in OBX-5-observation value.

7.4.2.9 OBX-9 Probability (NM) 00577

Definition: This field contains the probability of a result being true for results with categorical values. It mainly applies to discrete coded results. It is a decimal number represented as an ASCII string that must be between 0 and 1, inclusive.

7.4.2.10 OBX-10 Nature of abnormal test (ID) 00578

Definition: This field contains the nature of the abnormal test. Refer to HL7 Table 0080 - Nature of abnormal testing for valid values. As many of the codes as apply may be included, separated by repeat delimiters. For example, normal values based on age, sex, and race would be codes as A~S~R.

The constraints on the use of the codes in this table must be consistent with those defined in the PID segment, specifically PID-35-Species Code, PID-36-Breed Code and PID-37-Strain.

HL7 Table 0080 - Nature of Abnormal Testing

Value Description Comment
A An age-based population
N None - generic normal range
R A race-based population
S A sex-based population
SP Species
B Breed
ST Strain

7.4.2.11 OBX-11 Observation Result Status (ID) 00579

Definition: This field contains the observation result status. Refer to HL7 table 0085 - Observation result status codes interpretation for valid values. This field reflects the current completion status of the results for one Observation Identifier.

It is a required field. Previous versions of HL7 stated this implicitly by defining a default value of ??F.? Code F indicates that the result has been verified to be correct and final. Code W indicates that the result has been verified to be wrong (incorrect); a replacement (corrected) result may be transmitted later. Code C indicates that data contained in the OBX-5-observation value field are to replace previously transmitted (verified and) final result data with the same observation ID (including suffix, if applicable) and observation sub-ID usually because the previous results were wrong. Code D indicates that data previously transmitted in a result segment with the same observation ID (including suffix) and observation sub-ID should be deleted. When changing or deleting a result, multiple OBX segments with the same observation ID and observation sub-ID are replaced or deleted as a unit. Normal progression of results through intermediate (e.g., ??gram positive cocci') to final (e.g., ??staphylococcus aureus') should not be transmitted as C (correction); they should be transmitted as P or S (depending upon the specific case) until they are final.

There are situations where the observation battery required for the order needs to be dynamically specified at the time of ordering. That is, this battery is then defined by the set of OBX segments transmitted along with the order and generated by the placing system. For example, timed measurements of serum glucose challenge tests may vary among laboratories. One institution may report them at -30, -15, 0, 30, 60, and 120 minutes, while another may report them at -30, 0, 30, 60, 90, and 120 minutes. Master file entries may exist for each individual element of the battery but not for the battery itself. Another example may be Renin Studies where the specification may be done upon ordering without having a master file definition for each permutation of the possible element. The OBX segments in the ORM message can be used to create dynamic specifications to accommodate these permutations without defining pre-existing master file definitions for the battery itself. The result status field in the OBX can be used to indicate whether the OBX in the ORM message is used to provide a dynamic specification or is used to communicate a result as context to the order. The status of O shall be used to indicate that the OBX segment is used for a dynamic specification of the required result. An OBX used for a dynamic specification must contain the detailed examination code, units, etc., with OBX-11 valued with O, and OBX-2 and OBX-5 valued with null.

HL7 Table 0085 - Observation result status codes interpretation

Value Description Comment
C Record coming over is a correction and thus replaces a final result
D Deletes the OBX record
F Final results; Can only be changed with a corrected result.
I Specimen in lab; results pending
N Not asked; used to affirmatively document that the observation identified in the OBX was not sought when the universal service ID in OBR-4 implies that it would be sought.
O Order detail description only (no result)
P Preliminary results
R Results entered -- not verified
S Partial results
X Results cannot be obtained for this observation
U Results status change to final without retransmitting results already sent as ??preliminary.' E.g., radiology changes status from preliminary to final
W Post original as wrong, e.g., transmitted for wrong patient

7.4.2.12 OBX-12 Effective Date of Reference Range (TS) 00580

Components: <Time (DTM)> ^ <DEPRECATED-Degree of Precision (ID)>

Definition: This field contains the date (and, optionally, the time) on which the values in OBX-7-reference range went into effect.

Usage Rule: This field can be valued only if OBX-7-reference range is populated.

When this field is present, it facilitates comparison between identical results with different reference ranges. Reference range values may vary because of changes in laboratory practice over time. Such variances could reflect updated practice in laboratory medicine, or the use of updated instrumentation.

7.4.2.13 OBX-13 User Defined Access Checks (ST) 00581

Definition: This field permits the producer to record results-dependent codes for classifying the observation at the receiving system. This field should be needed only rarely, because most classifications are fixed attributes of the observation ID and can be defined in the associated observation master file (see description in Chapter 8).

However, there are a few cases when such controls vary with the value of the observation in a complex way that the receiving system would not want to re-calculate. An example is an antimicrobial susceptibility result. Some systems prefer to display only the susceptibility results of inexpensive antimicrobials depending upon the organism, the source of the specimen and the patient's allergy status. The sending service wants to send all of the susceptibilities so that certain privileged users (e.g., Infectious Disease specialists) can review all of the results but nonprivileged users would see only the ??preferred? antimicrobials to which the organism was susceptible. We expect that other cases also occur.

7.4.2.14 OBX-14 Date/Time of the Observation (TS) 00582

Components: <Time (DTM)> ^ <DEPRECATED-Degree of Precision (ID)>

Definition: This field is required in two circumstances. The first is when the observations reported beneath one report header (OBR) have different dates/times. This could occur in the case of queries, timed test sequences, or clearance studies where one measurement within a battery may have a different time than another measurement.

It is also needed in the case of OBX segments that are being sent by the placer to the filler, in which case the date of the observation being transmitted is likely to have no relation to the date of the requested observation. In France, requesting services routinely send a set of the last observations along with the request for a new set of observations. The date of these observations is important to the filler laboratories.

In all cases, the observation date-time is the physiologically relevant date-time or the closest approximation to that date-time. In the case of tests performed on specimens, the relevant date-time is the specimen's collection date-time. In the case of observations taken directly on the patient (e.g., X-ray images, history and physical), the observation date-time is the date-time that the observation was performed.

7.4.2.15 OBX-15 Producer's Reference (CE) 00583

Components: <Identifier (ST)> ^ <Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Coding System (ID)> ^ <Alternate Identifier (ST)> ^ <Alternate Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)>

Definition: This field contains a unique identifier of the responsible producing service. It should be reported explicitly when the test results are produced at outside laboratories, for example. When this field is null, the receiving system assumes that the observations were produced by the sending organization. This information supports CLIA regulations in the US. The code for producer ID is recorded as a CE data type. In the US, the Medicare number of the producing service is suggested as the identifier.

7.4.2.16 OBX-16 Responsible Observer (XCN) 00584

Components: <ID Number (ST)> ^ <Family Name (FN)> ^ <Given Name (ST)> ^ <Second and Further Given Names or Initials Thereof (ST)> ^ <Suffix (e.g., JR or III) (ST)> ^ <Prefix (e.g., DR) (ST)> ^ <DEPRECATED-Degree (e.g., MD) (IS)> ^ <Source Table (IS)> ^ <Assigning Authority (HD)> ^ <Name Type Code (ID)> ^ <Identifier Check Digit (ST)> ^ <Check Digit Scheme (ID)> ^ <Identifier Type Code (ID)> ^ <Assigning Facility (HD)> ^ <Name Representation Code (ID)> ^ <Name Context (CE)> ^ <DEPRECATED-Name Validity Range (DR)> ^ <Name Assembly Order (ID)> ^ <Effective Date (TS)> ^ <Expiration Date (TS)> ^ <Professional Suffix (ST)> ^ <Assigning Jurisdiction (CWE)> ^ <Assigning Agency or Department (CWE)>

Subcomponents for Family Name (FN): <Surname (ST)> & <Own Surname Prefix (ST)> & <Own Surname (ST)> & <Surname Prefix From Partner/Spouse (ST)> & <Surname From Partner/Spouse (ST)>

Subcomponents for Assigning Authority (HD): <Namespace ID (IS)> & <Universal ID (ST)> & <Universal ID Type (ID)>

Subcomponents for Assigning Facility (HD): <Namespace ID (IS)> & <Universal ID (ST)> & <Universal ID Type (ID)>

Subcomponents for Name Context (CE): <Identifier (ST)> & <Text (ST)> & <Name of Coding System (ID)> & <Alternate Identifier (ST)> & <Alternate Text (ST)> & <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)>

Subcomponents for DEPRECATED-Name Validity Range (DR): <Range Start Date/Time (TS)> & <Range End Date/Time (TS)>

Note subcomponent contains sub-subcomponents

Subcomponents for Effective Date (TS): <Time (DTM)> & <DEPRECATED-Degree of Precision (ID)>

Subcomponents for Expiration Date (TS): <Time (DTM)> & <DEPRECATED-Degree of Precision (ID)>

Subcomponents for Assigning Jurisdiction (CWE): <Identifier (ST)> & <Text (ST)> & <Name of Coding System (ID)> & <Alternate Identifier (ST)> & <Alternate Text (ST)> & <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)> & <Coding System Version ID (ST)> & <Alternate Coding System Version ID (ST)> & <Original Text (ST)>

Subcomponents for Assigning Agency or Department (CWE): <Identifier (ST)> & <Text (ST)> & <Name of Coding System (ID)> & <Alternate Identifier (ST)> & <Alternate Text (ST)> & <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)> & <Coding System Version ID (ST)> & <Alternate Coding System Version ID (ST)> & <Original Text (ST)>

Definition: When required, this field contains the identifier of the individual directly responsible for the observation (i.e., the person who either performed or verified it). In a nursing service, the observer is usually the professional who performed the observation (e.g., took the blood pressure). In a laboratory, the observer is the technician who performed or verified the analysis. The code for the observer is recorded as a CE data type. If the code is sent as a local code, it should be unique and unambiguous when combined with OBX-15-producer ID.

7.4.2.17 OBX-17 Observation Method (CE) 00936

Components: <Identifier (ST)> ^ <Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Coding System (ID)> ^ <Alternate Identifier (ST)> ^ <Alternate Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)>

This optional field can be used to transmit the method or procedure by which an observation was obtained when the sending system wishes to distinguish among one measurement obtained by different methods and the distinction is not implicit in the test ID. Chemistry laboratories do not usually distinguish between two different methods used to measure a given serum constituent (e.g., serum potassium) as part of the test name. See the LOINC® Users Manual for a more complete discussion of these distinctions. If an observation producing service wanted to report the method used to obtain a particular observation, and the method was NOT embedded in the test name, they can use this field.

The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) Method Code (CDCM) (see Figure 7-3) is one candidate code system for reporting methods/instruments. EUCLIDES method codes are another. User-defined tables are an alternative.

7.4.2.18 OBX-18 Equipment Instance Identifier (EI) 01479

Components: <Entity Identifier (ST)> ^ <Namespace ID (IS)> ^ <Universal ID (ST)> ^ <Universal ID Type (ID)>

Definition: This field identifies the Equipment Instance (e.g., Analyzer, Analyzer module, group of Analyzers,...) responsible for the production of the observation. This is the identifier from an institution's master list of equipment, where the institution is specified by the namespace ID or if it is blank, then by the ??Producer's ID? (OBX-15). It should be possible to retrieve from this master list the equipment type, serial number, etc., however it is not planned to transfer this information with every OBX. The repeating of this field allows for the hierarchical representation of the equipment (lowest level first), e.g., module of an instrument, instrument consisting of modules, cluster of multiple instruments, etc.

7.4.2.19 OBX-19 Date/Time of the Analysis (TS) 01480

Components: <Time (DTM)> ^ <DEPRECATED-Degree of Precision (ID)>

Definition: This field is used to transfer the time stamp associated with generation of the analytical result by the instrument specified in Equipment Instance Identifier (see above).

7.4.2.20 OBX-20 Reserved for harmonization with V2.6

7.4.2.21 OBX-21 Reserved for harmonization with V2.6

7.4.2.22 OBX-22 Reserved for harmonization with V2.6

7.4.2.23 OBX-23 Performing Organization Name (XON) 02283

Components: <Organization Name (ST)> ^ <Organization Name Type Code (IS)> ^ <DEPRECATED-ID Number (NM)> ^ <Check Digit (NM)> ^ <Check Digit Scheme (ID)> ^ <Assigning Authority (HD)> ^ <Identifier Type Code (ID)> ^ <Assigning Facility (HD)> ^ <Name Representation Code (ID)> ^ <Organization Identifier (ST)>

Subcomponents for Assigning Authority (HD): <Namespace ID (IS)> & <Universal ID (ST)> & <Universal ID Type (ID)>

Subcomponents for Assigning Facility (HD): <Namespace ID (IS)> & <Universal ID (ST)> & <Universal ID Type (ID)>

Definition: This field contains the name of the organization/service responsible for performing the service. When this field is null, the receiving system assumes that the observations were produced by the sending organization. The information for performing organization is recorded as an XON data type. In the US, the Medicare number of the performing organization is suggested as the identifier (component 10).

For lab, this field specifies the laboratory that produced the test result described in this OBX segment. It should be reported explicitly when the test results are produced at outside laboratories, for example. This information supports CLIA regulations in the US. For the US producing laboratories, which are CLIA certified, the CLIA identifier should be used for the organization identifier (component 10).

7.4.2.24 OBX-24 Performing Organization Address (XAD) 02284

Components: <Street Address (SAD)> ^ <Other Designation (ST)> ^ <City (ST)> ^ <State or Province (ST)> ^ <Zip or Postal Code (ST)> ^ <Country (ID)> ^ <Address Type (ID)> ^ <Other Geographic Designation (ST)> ^ <County/Parish Code (IS)> ^ <Census Tract (IS)> ^ <Address Representation Code (ID)> ^ <DEPRECATED-Address Validity Range (DR)> ^ <Effective Date (TS)> ^ <Expiration Date (TS)>

Subcomponents for Street Address (SAD): <Street or Mailing Address (ST)> & <Street Name (ST)> & <Dwelling Number (ST)>

Subcomponents for DEPRECATED-Address Validity Range (DR): <Range Start Date/Time (TS)> & <Range End Date/Time (TS)>

Note subcomponent contains sub-subcomponents

Subcomponents for Effective Date (TS): <Time (DTM)> & <DEPRECATED-Degree of Precision (ID)>

Subcomponents for Expiration Date (TS): <Time (DTM)> & <DEPRECATED-Degree of Precision (ID)>

Definition: This field contains the address of the organization/service responsible for performing the service.

For labs, this field specifies the address of the laboratory that produced the test result described in this OBX segment. It should be reported explicitly when the test results are produced at outside laboratories, for example. This information supports CLIA regulations in the US.

7.4.2.25 OBX-25 Performing Organization Medical Director (XCN) 02285

Components: <ID Number (ST)> ^ <Family Name (FN)> ^ <Given Name (ST)> ^ <Second and Further Given Names or Initials Thereof (ST)> ^ <Suffix (e.g., JR or III) (ST)> ^ <Prefix (e.g., DR) (ST)> ^ <DEPRECATED-Degree (e.g., MD) (IS)> ^ <Source Table (IS)> ^ <Assigning Authority (HD)> ^ <Name Type Code (ID)> ^ <Identifier Check Digit (ST)> ^ <Check Digit Scheme (ID)> ^ <Identifier Type Code (ID)> ^ <Assigning Facility (HD)> ^ <Name Representation Code (ID)> ^ <Name Context (CE)> ^ <DEPRECATED-Name Validity Range (DR)> ^ <Name Assembly Order (ID)> ^ <Effective Date (TS)> ^ <Expiration Date (TS)> ^ <Professional Suffix (ST)> ^ <Assigning Jurisdiction (CWE)> ^ <Assigning Agency or Department (CWE)>

Subcomponents for Family Name (FN): <Surname (ST)> & <Own Surname Prefix (ST)> & <Own Surname (ST)> & <Surname Prefix From Partner/Spouse (ST)> & <Surname From Partner/Spouse (ST)>

Subcomponents for Assigning Authority (HD): <Namespace ID (IS)> & <Universal ID (ST)> & <Universal ID Type (ID)>

Subcomponents for Assigning Facility (HD): <Namespace ID (IS)> & <Universal ID (ST)> & <Universal ID Type (ID)>

Subcomponents for Name Context (CE): <Identifier (ST)> & <Text (ST)> & <Name of Coding System (ID)> & <Alternate Identifier (ST)> & <Alternate Text (ST)> & <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)>

Subcomponents for DEPRECATED-Name Validity Range (DR): <Range Start Date/Time (TS)> & <Range End Date/Time (TS)>

Note subcomponent contains sub-subcomponents

Subcomponents for Effective Date (TS): <Time (DTM)> & <DEPRECATED-Degree of Precision (ID)>

Subcomponents for Expiration Date (TS): <Time (DTM)> & <DEPRECATED-Degree of Precision (ID)>

Subcomponents for Assigning Jurisdiction (CWE): <Identifier (ST)> & <Text (ST)> & <Name of Coding System (ID)> & <Alternate Identifier (ST)> & <Alternate Text (ST)> & <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)> & <Coding System Version ID (ST)> & <Alternate Coding System Version ID (ST)> & <Original Text (ST)>

Subcomponents for Assigning Agency or Department (CWE): <Identifier (ST)> & <Text (ST)> & <Name of Coding System (ID)> & <Alternate Identifier (ST)> & <Alternate Text (ST)> & <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)> & <Coding System Version ID (ST)> & <Alternate Coding System Version ID (ST)> & <Original Text (ST)>

Definition: This field contains the medical director of the organization/service responsible for performing the service.

For labs, this field specifies the medical director of the laboratory that produced the test result described in this OBX segment. This field is different than OBX-16 in that OBX-16 identifies the individual who performed the lab test (made the observation) whereas this field identifies the individual who is the medical director of the organization responsible for the result. It should be reported explicitly when the test results are produced at outside laboratories, for example. This information supports CLIA regulations in the US.

7.4.3 SPM - Specimen Segment

The intent of this segment is to describe the characteristics of a specimen. It differs from the intent of the OBR in that the OBR addresses order-specific information. It differs from the SAC segment in that the SAC addresses specimen container attributes. An advantage afforded by a separate specimen segment is that it generalizes the multiple relationships among order(s), results, specimen(s) and specimen container(s).

A specimen is defined as ??A physical entity that is an individual, a group, an item, or a part representative of a larger group, class or whole that is the target of an observation or analysis for the purpose of drawing conclusions about the group, class, or whole.? Note that any physical entity in the universe has the potential to become a specimen

A specimen is collected or obtained from a source and may be representative of the source, or may represent a deviation within the source. A specimen may be wholly or partially consumed during an observation and any remaining portion of the specimen is persistent and can be stored.

This segment may also be used in limited cases to describe a "virtual" specimen. In particular, to identify the characteristics required for a specimen in the context of a specific observation or test.

In summary, SPM represents the attributes specific and unique to a specimen.

HL7 Attribute Table - SPM - Specimen

SEQ LEN DT OPT RP/# TBL# ITEM # ELEMENT NAME DB Ref.
1 4 SI O

01754 Set ID - SPM DB
2 80 EIP O

01755 Specimen ID DB
3 80 EIP O Y
01756 Specimen Parent IDs DB
4 250 CWE R
0487 01900 Specimen Type DB
5 250 CWE O Y 0541 01757 Specimen Type Modifier DB
6 250 CWE O Y 0371 01758 Specimen Additives DB
7 250 CWE O
0488 01759 Specimen Collection Method DB
8 250 CWE O

01901 Specimen Source Site DB
9 250 CWE O Y 0542 01760 Specimen Source Site Modifier DB
10 250 CWE O
0543 01761 Specimen Collection Site DB
11 250 CWE O Y 0369 01762 Specimen Role DB
12 20 CQ O

01902 Specimen Collection Amount DB
13 6 NM C

01763 Grouped Specimen Count DB
14 250 ST O Y
01764 Specimen Description DB
15 250 CWE O Y 0376 01908 Specimen Handling Code DB
16 250 CWE O Y 0489 01903 Specimen Risk Code DB
17 26 DR O

01765 Specimen Collection Date/Time DB
18 26 TS O

00248 Specimen Received Date/Time DB
19 26 TS O

01904 Specimen Expiration Date/Time DB
20 1 ID O
0136 01766 Specimen Availability DB
21 250 CWE O Y 0490 01767 Specimen Reject Reason DB
22 250 CWE O
0491 01768 Specimen Quality DB
23 250 CWE O
0492 01769 Specimen Appropriateness DB
24 250 CWE O Y 0493 01770 Specimen Condition DB
25 20 CQ O

01771 Specimen Current Quantity DB
26 4 NM O

01772 Number of Specimen Containers DB
27 250 CWE O

01773 Container Type DB
28 250 CWE O
0544 01774 Container Condition DB
29 250 CWE O
0494 01775 Specimen Child Role DB

7.4.3.0 SPM field definitions

7.4.3.1 SPM -1 Set ID - SPM (SI) 01754

Definition: This field contains the sequence number. This field is used to identify SPM segment instances in message structures where the SPM segment repeats.

7.4.3.2 SPM-2 Specimen ID (EIP) 01755

Components: <Placer Assigned Identifier (EI)> ^ <Filler Assigned Identifier (EI)>

Subcomponents for Placer Assigned Identifier (EI): <Entity Identifier (ST)> & <Namespace ID (IS)> & <Universal ID (ST)> & <Universal ID Type (ID)>

Subcomponents for Filler Assigned Identifier (EI): <Entity Identifier (ST)> & <Namespace ID (IS)> & <Universal ID (ST)> & <Universal ID Type (ID)>

Definition: This field contains a unique identifier for the specimen as referenced by the Placer application, the Filler application, or both.

This field is not required, as there are use cases in which a unique specimen identifier may not exist. In the first scenario, a placer application may initiate an observation request against an existing specimen without uniquely identifying the specimen. Additionally, in the case of the TCU_U10 message structure, used in Automated equipment test code settings messages, the SPM segment is used to define required characteristics of the specimen. As such, TCU_U10 uses SPM to define a virtual specimen, and a specific specimen ID would not exist. Filler applications would be expected to assign a Specimen ID and populate this field accordingly.

7.4.3.3 SPM-3 Specimen Parent IDs (EIP) 01756

Components: <Placer Assigned Identifier (EI)> ^ <Filler Assigned Identifier (EI)>

Subcomponents for Placer Assigned Identifier (EI): <Entity Identifier (ST)> & <Namespace ID (IS)> & <Universal ID (ST)> & <Universal ID Type (ID)>

Subcomponents for Filler Assigned Identifier (EI): <Entity Identifier (ST)> & <Namespace ID (IS)> & <Universal ID (ST)> & <Universal ID Type (ID)>

Definition: This field contains the identifiers for the specimen or specimens that contributed to the specimen that is described by the segment instance.

If this field repeats, then SPM-11-Specimen Role should be valued with "L" (pooled). The repetitions of this field then carry the specimen IDs of the parent specimens contributing to the pool.

7.4.3.4 SPM-4 Specimen Type (CWE) 01900

Components: <Identifier (ST)> ^ <Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Coding System (ID)> ^ <Alternate Identifier (ST)> ^ <Alternate Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)> ^ <Coding System Version ID (ST)> ^ <Alternate Coding System Version ID (ST)> ^ <Original Text (ST)>

Definition: This field describes the precise nature of the entity that will be the source material for the observation.

Any physical entity that may have observations made about it may qualify as a specimen. The entry in this attribute describes the specific entity as precisely as possible, whether that is a complex organism (e.g., an ostrich) or a specific cellular mass (e.g., a specific muscle biopsy).

This attribute corresponds to the first component of OBR.15 - Specimen Source and SAC.6 - Specimen Source component 1 - Specimen source name or code. These components, and the SPS data type, were deprecated upon the development of this segment.

A nationally recognized coding system is to be used for this field. Valid coding sources for this field include:

HL7 Table 0487 - Specimen Type

Value Description Comment



7.4.3.5 SPM-5 Specimen Type Modifier (CWE) 01757

Components: <Identifier (ST)> ^ <Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Coding System (ID)> ^ <Alternate Identifier (ST)> ^ <Alternate Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)> ^ <Coding System Version ID (ST)> ^ <Alternate Coding System Version ID (ST)> ^ <Original Text (ST)>

Definition: This field contains modifying or qualifying description(s) about the specimen type

The use of this attribute is to modify, qualify or further specify, the entity described by SPM-4 -Specimen Type. This is particularly useful when the code set used in SPM-4-Specimen Type does not provide the precision required to fully describe the specimen. For example, if the specimen was precisely described as ??capillary venous blood' but the code set employed only provided ??venous blood,' this attribute could be employed to add the modifier ??capillary.'

Refer to User-Defined Table 0541 Specimen Type Modifier for suggested values.

User-defined Table 0541 - Specimen Type Modifier

Value Description Comment

No suggested values

7.4.3.6 SPM-6 Specimen Additives (CWE) 01758

Components: <Identifier (ST)> ^ <Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Coding System (ID)> ^ <Alternate Identifier (ST)> ^ <Alternate Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)> ^ <Coding System Version ID (ST)> ^ <Alternate Coding System Version ID (ST)> ^ <Original Text (ST)>

Definition: This field identifies any additives introduced to the specimen before or at the time of collection. These additives may be introduced in order to preserve, maintain or enhance the particular nature or component of the specimen. Refer to HL7 Table 0371 - Additive for valid values.

7.4.3.7 SPM-7 Specimen Collection Method (CWE) 01759

Components: <Identifier (ST)> ^ <Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Coding System (ID)> ^ <Alternate Identifier (ST)> ^ <Alternate Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)> ^ <Coding System Version ID (ST)> ^ <Alternate Coding System Version ID (ST)> ^ <Original Text (ST)>

Definition: Describes the procedure or process by which the specimen was collected.

Any nationally recognized coding system might be used for this field including SNOMED; alternatively the HL7 defined table 0488 may be used. Veterinary medicine may choose the tables supported for the components of this field as decided by their industry.

7.4.3.8 SPM-8 Specimen Source Site (CWE) 01901

Components: <Identifier (ST)> ^ <Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Coding System (ID)> ^ <Alternate Identifier (ST)> ^ <Alternate Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)> ^ <Coding System Version ID (ST)> ^ <Alternate Coding System Version ID (ST)> ^ <Original Text (ST)>

Definition: specifies the source from which the specimen was obtained. For example, in the case where a liver biopsy is obtained via a percutaneous needle, the source would be ??liver.'

Any nationally recognized coding system might be used for this field including SNOMED; alternatively the HL7 defined table 0070 may be used. Veterinary medicine may choose the tables supported for the components of this field as decided by their industry.

7.4.3.9 SPM-9 Specimen Source Site Modifier (CWE) 01760

Components: <Identifier (ST)> ^ <Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Coding System (ID)> ^ <Alternate Identifier (ST)> ^ <Alternate Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)> ^ <Coding System Version ID (ST)> ^ <Alternate Coding System Version ID (ST)> ^ <Original Text (ST)>

Definition: This field contains modifying or qualifying description(s) about the specimen source site

The use of this attribute is to modify, qualify or further specify, the entity described by SPM-8 - Specimen Source Site. This is particularly useful when the code set used in SPM-8 does not provide the precision required to fully describe the site from which the specimen originated. For example, if the specimen source site was precisely described as ??left radial vein' but the code set employed only provided ??radial vein,' this attribute could be employed to add the modifier ??left.'

Veterinary medicine may choose the tables supported for the components of this field as decided by their industry.

Refer to User-Defined Table 0542 - Specimen Source Type Modifier for suggested values.

User-defined Table 0542 - Specimen Source Type Modifier

Value Description Comment

No suggested values

7.4.3.10 SPM-10 Specimen Collection Site (CWE) 01761

Components: <Identifier (ST)> ^ <Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Coding System (ID)> ^ <Alternate Identifier (ST)> ^ <Alternate Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)> ^ <Coding System Version ID (ST)> ^ <Alternate Coding System Version ID (ST)> ^ <Original Text (ST)>

Definition: This field differs from SPM-8-Specimen Source Site in those cases where the source site must be approached via a particular site (e.g., anatomic location). For example, in the case where a liver biopsy is obtained via a percutaneous needle, the collection site would be the point of entry of the needle. For venous blood collected from the left radial vein, the collection site could be ??antecubital fossa?.

Veterinary medicine may choose the tables supported for the components of this field as decided by their industry.

Refer to User-Defined Table 0543 - Specimen Collection Site for suggested values.

User-defined Table 0543 - Specimen Collection Site

Value Description Comment

No suggested values

7.4.3.11 SPM-11 Specimen Role (CWE) 01762

Components: <Identifier (ST)> ^ <Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Coding System (ID)> ^ <Alternate Identifier (ST)> ^ <Alternate Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)> ^ <Coding System Version ID (ST)> ^ <Alternate Coding System Version ID (ST)> ^ <Original Text (ST)>

This field indicates the role of the sample. Refer to User-defined Table 0369 - Specimen role for suggested values. Each of these values is normally identifiable by the systems and its components and can influence processing and data management related to the specimen.

If this field is not populated, then the specimen described has no special, or specific, role other than serving as the focus of the observation. Such specimens include patient, environmental and other specimens that are intended for analysis.

A grouped specimen consists of identical specimen types from multiple individuals that do not have individual identifiers and upon which the same services will be performed. If the specimen role value is ??G? then the Grouped Specimen Count (SPM-13) must be valued with the total number of specimens contained in the group.

If the specimen role is ??L?, the repetitions of Parent Specimen ID (SPM-4) represent the individual parent specimens that contribute to the pooled specimen.

Refer to User-defined Table 0369 - Specimen Role for suggested values.

User-defined Table 0369 - Specimen Role

Value Description Comment
B Blind Sample
C Calibrator, used for initial setting of calibration
E Electronic QC, used with manufactured reference providing signals that simulate QC results
F Specimen used for testing proficiency of the organization performing the testing (Filler)
G Group (where a specimen consists of multiple individual elements that are not individually identified)
L Pool (aliquots of individual specimens combined to form a single specimen representing all of the components.)
O Specimen used for testing Operator Proficiency
P Patient
Q Control specimen
R Replicate
V Verifying Calibrator, used for periodic calibration checks

7.4.3.12 SPM-12 Specimen Collection Amount (CQ) 01902

Components: <Quantity (NM)> ^ <Units (CE)>

Subcomponents for Units (CE): <Identifier (ST)> & <Text (ST)> & <Name of Coding System (ID)> & <Alternate Identifier (ST)> & <Alternate Text (ST)> & <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)>

Definition: This field specifies the volume or mass of the collected specimen. For laboratory tests, the collection volume is the volume of a specimen. Specifically, units should be expressed in the ISO Standard unit abbreviations (ISO-2955, 1977). This is a results-only field except when the placer or a party has already drawn the specimen. (See Chapter 7 for full details about units.)

7.4.3.13 SPM-13 Grouped Specimen Count (NM) 01763

Definition: This field refers to the number of individual specimens of a particular type represented by this instance of a specimen. The use of this field is restricted to specimens upon which all specimen related attributes are identical. This field would only be valued if the specimen role attribute has the value ??G?.

7.4.3.14 SPM-14 Specimen Description (ST) 01764

Definition: This is a text field that allows additional information specifically about the specimen to be sent in the message

7.4.3.15 SPM-15 Specimen Handling Code (CWE) 01908

Components: <Identifier (ST)> ^ <Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Coding System (ID)> ^ <Alternate Identifier (ST)> ^ <Alternate Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)> ^ <Coding System Version ID (ST)> ^ <Alternate Coding System Version ID (ST)> ^ <Original Text (ST)>

Definition: This describes how the specimen and/or container need to be handled from the time of collection through the initiation of testing. As this field is not required, no assumptions can be made as to meaning when this field is not populated.

Refer to User-defined Table 0376 - Special Handling Code for suggested values.

User-defined Table 0376 - Special Handling Code

Code Description Comment/Usage Note/Definition
C37 Body temperature Critical to keep at body temperature: 36 - 38( C.
AMB Ambient temperature Keep at ambient (room) temperature, approximately 22 ( 2 degrees C. Accidental refrigeration or freezing is of little consequence
CAMB Critical ambient temperature Critical ambient - must not be refrigerated or frozen.
REF Refrigerated temperature Keep at refrigerated temperature: 4-8( C. Accidental warming or freezing is of little consequence
CREF Critical refrigerated temperature Critical refrigerated - must not be allowed to freeze or warm until immediately prior to testing
FRZ Frozen temperature Keep at frozen temperature: -4( C. Accidental thawing is of little consequence
CFRZ Critical frozen temperature Critical frozen - must not be allowed to thaw until immediately prior to testing
DFRZ Deep frozen Deep frozen: -16 to -20( C.
UFRZ Ultra frozen Ultra cold frozen: ~ -75 to -85( C. (ultra cold freezer is typically at temperature of dry ice).
NTR Liquid nitrogen Keep in liquid nitrogen.
PRTL Protect from light Protect from light (e.g., wrap in aluminum foil).
CATM Protect from air Critical. Do not expose to atmosphere. Do not uncap.
DRY Dry Keep in a dry environment.
PSO No shock Protect from shock.
PSA Do not shake Do not shake.
UPR Upright Keep upright. Do not turn upside down.
MTLF Metal Free Container is free of heavy metals including lead.

7.4.3.16 SPM-16 Specimen Risk Code (CWE) 01903

Components: <Identifier (ST)> ^ <Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Coding System (ID)> ^ <Alternate Identifier (ST)> ^ <Alternate Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)> ^ <Coding System Version ID (ST)> ^ <Alternate Coding System Version ID (ST)> ^ <Original Text (ST)>

Definition: This field contains any known or suspected specimen hazards, e.g., exceptionally infectious agent or blood from a hepatitis patient. Either code and/or text may be absent. However, the code is always placed in the first component position and any free text in the second component. Thus, a component delimiter must precede free text without a code. Refer to User-defined Table 0489 - Risk Codes for suggested entries

User-defined Table 0489 - Risk Codes

Code Description Comment/Usage Note/Definition
BIO Biological The dangers associated with normal biological materials. I.e. potential risk of unknown infections. Routine biological materials from living subjects.
COR Corrosive Material is corrosive and may cause severe injury to skin, mucous membranes and eyes. Avoid any unprotected contact.
ESC Escape Risk The entity is at risk for escaping from containment or control.
AGG Aggressive A danger that can be associated with certain living subjects, including humans.
IFL MaterialDangerInflammable Material is highly inflammable and in certain mixtures (with air) may lead to explosions. Keep away from fire, sparks and excessive heat.
EXP Explosive Material is an explosive mixture. Keep away from fire, sparks, and heat.
INF MaterialDangerInfectious Material known to be infectious with human pathogenic microorganisms. Those who handle this material must take precautions for their protection.
BHZ Biohazard Material contains microorganisms that is an environmental hazard. Must be handled with special care.
INJ Injury Hazard Material is solid and sharp (e.g., cannulas.) Dispose in hard container.
POI Poison Material is poisonous to humans and/or animals. Special care must be taken to avoid incorporation, even of small amounts.
RAD Radioactive Material is a source for ionizing radiation and must be handled with special care to avoid injury of those who handle it and to avoid environmental hazards.

7.4.3.17 SPM-17 Specimen Collection Date/Time (DR) 01765

Components: <Range Start Date/Time (TS)> ^ <Range End Date/Time (TS)>

Subcomponents for Range Start Date/Time (TS): <Time (DTM)> & <DEPRECATED-Degree of Precision (ID)>

Subcomponents for Range End Date/Time (TS): <Time (DTM)> & <DEPRECATED-Degree of Precision (ID)>

Definition: The date and time when the specimen was acquired from the source. The use of the Date Range data type allows for description of specimens collected over a period of time, for example, 24-hour urine collection. For specimens collected at a point in time, only the first component (start date/time) will be populated.

7.4.3.18 SPM-18 Specimen Received Date/Time (TS) 00248

Components: <Time (DTM)> ^ <DEPRECATED-Degree of Precision (ID)>

Definition: The specimen received date/time is the time that the specimen is received at the diagnostic service. The actual time that is recorded is based on how specimen receipt is managed and may correspond to the time the sample is logged in. This is fundamentally different from SPM-xx Specimen Collection date/time.

7.4.3.19 SPM-19 Specimen Expiration Date/Time (TS) 01904

Components: <Time (DTM)> ^ <DEPRECATED-Degree of Precision (ID)>

Definition: This field is the date and time the specimen can no longer be used for the purpose implied by the order. For example, in the Blood Banking environment the specimen can no longer be used for pre-transfusion compatibility testing. The specimen segment will include an SPM-21-Specimen Reject Reason of 'EX' indicating 'Expired' for message instances created after this date and time.

7.4.3.20 SPM-20 Specimen Availability (ID) 01766

Definition: This describes whether the specimen, as it exists, is currently available to use in an analysis. Refer to HL7 Table 0136 Yes/No Indicator for valid values

7.4.3.21 SPM-21 Specimen Reject Reason (CWE) 01767

Components: <Identifier (ST)> ^ <Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Coding System (ID)> ^ <Alternate Identifier (ST)> ^ <Alternate Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)> ^ <Coding System Version ID (ST)> ^ <Alternate Coding System Version ID (ST)> ^ <Original Text (ST)>

Definition: This describes one or more reasons the specimen is rejected for the specified observation/result/analysis. Refer to HL7 Table 0490 - Specimen Reject Reason for valid values.

HL7 Table 0490 - Specimen Reject Reason

Value Description Comment
EX Expired
QS Quantity not sufficient
RB Broken container
RC Clotting
RD Missing collection date
RA Missing patient ID number
RE Missing patient name
RH Hemolysis
RI Identification problem
RM Labeling
RN Contamination
RP Missing phlebotomist ID
RR Improper storage
RS Name misspelling

7.4.3.22 SPM-22 Specimen Quality (CWE) 01768

Components: <Identifier (ST)> ^ <Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Coding System (ID)> ^ <Alternate Identifier (ST)> ^ <Alternate Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)> ^ <Coding System Version ID (ST)> ^ <Alternate Coding System Version ID (ST)> ^ <Original Text (ST)>

Definition: The degree or grade of excellence of the specimen at receipt. The filler populates this attribute. Refer to User-defined Table 0491 - Specimen Quality for suggested entries.

User-defined Table 0491 - Specimen Quality

Value Description Comment
E Excellent
G Good
F Fair
P Poor

7.4.3.23 SPM-23 Specimen Appropriateness (CWE) 01769

Components: <Identifier (ST)> ^ <Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Coding System (ID)> ^ <Alternate Identifier (ST)> ^ <Alternate Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)> ^ <Coding System Version ID (ST)> ^ <Alternate Coding System Version ID (ST)> ^ <Original Text (ST)>

Definition: The suitability of the specimen for the particular planned use as determined by the filler. Refer to User-defined Table 0492 - Specimen Appropriateness for suggested entries.

User-defined Table 0492 - Specimen Appropriateness

Value Description Comment
P Preferred
A Appropriate
I Inappropriate
?? Inappropriate due to ...

7.4.3.24 SPM-24 Specimen Condition (CWE) 01770

Components: <Identifier (ST)> ^ <Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Coding System (ID)> ^ <Alternate Identifier (ST)> ^ <Alternate Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)> ^ <Coding System Version ID (ST)> ^ <Alternate Coding System Version ID (ST)> ^ <Original Text (ST)>

Definition: A mode or state of being that describes the nature of the specimen. Refer to User-defined Table 0493 - Specimen Condition for suggested entries.

User-defined Table 0493 - Specimen Condition

Value Description Comment
AUT Autolyzed
CLOT Clotted
CON Contaminated
COOL Cool
FROZ Frozen
HEM Hemolyzed
LIVE Live
ROOM Room temperature
SNR Sample not received

7.4.3.25 SPM-25 Specimen Current Quantity (CQ) 01771

Components: <Quantity (NM)> ^ <Units (CE)>

Subcomponents for Units (CE): <Identifier (ST)> & <Text (ST)> & <Name of Coding System (ID)> & <Alternate Identifier (ST)> & <Alternate Text (ST)> & <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)>

Definition: This attributes contains the amount of specimen that currently exists or is available for use in further testing.

7.4.3.26 SPM-26 Number of Specimen Containers (NM) 01772

Definition: This field identifies the number of containers for a given sample. For sample receipt verification purposes; may be different from the total number of samples that accompany the order.

7.4.3.27 SPM-27 Container Type (CWE) 01773

Components: <Identifier (ST)> ^ <Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Coding System (ID)> ^ <Alternate Identifier (ST)> ^ <Alternate Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)> ^ <Coding System Version ID (ST)> ^ <Alternate Coding System Version ID (ST)> ^ <Original Text (ST)>

Definition: The container in or on which a specimen is transported

7.4.3.28 SPM-28 Container Condition (CWE) 01774

Components: <Identifier (ST)> ^ <Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Coding System (ID)> ^ <Alternate Identifier (ST)> ^ <Alternate Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)> ^ <Coding System Version ID (ST)> ^ <Alternate Coding System Version ID (ST)> ^ <Original Text (ST)>

Definition: In chain of custody cases where specimens are moved from lab to lab, the status of the container that the specimen is shipped in must be recorded at each receipt. If the container is compromised in any way (seal broken, container cracked or leaking, etc) then this needs to be recorded for legal reasons.

Refer to User-defined Table 0544 - Container Condition for suggested values.

User-defined Table 0544 - Container Condition

Value Description Comment

No suggested values

7.4.3.29 SPM-29 Specimen Child Role (CWE) 01775

Components: <Identifier (ST)> ^ <Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Coding System (ID)> ^ <Alternate Identifier (ST)> ^ <Alternate Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)> ^ <Coding System Version ID (ST)> ^ <Alternate Coding System Version ID (ST)> ^ <Original Text (ST)>

Definition: For child specimens, this field identifies the relationship between this specimen and the parent specimen. If this field is populated, then SPM-3-Specimen Parent ID must be populated. This field differs from SPM-15-Specimen Role in that this field refers to the role of this specimen relative to a parent role rather than the role of this specimen to the ordered service.

Refer to HL7 Table 0494 - Specimen Child Role for valid values.

HL7 Table 0494 - Specimen Child Role

Value Description Comment
A Aliquot
C Component
M Modified from original specimen

7.5 EXAMPLES OF USE

7.5.1 Query/response

The following is a query of the EKG system for the data for a particular patient number 0123456-1 for reports that have been modified or created since 1/1/88. These examples use LOINC® clinical codes. The response ends with a continuation pointer. A continuation query follows, in reply to which a continuation response is sent.

Query (QRY)

MSH|^~\&|CBD||EKG||198905201200||QRY^R02|CDB22222|P|...<cr>

QRD|198904180943|R|I|Q4412|||10|RD|0123456-1|RES|...<cr>

QRF|EKG||198801010000|...<cr>

Response

MSH|^~\&|EKG||CDB||198905201201||ORF^R04|X981672|P|...<cr>

MSA|AA|CDB22222|P|...<cr>

QRD|198904180943|R|I|Q4412|||10|RD|0123456-1|RES|...<cr>

QRF|EKG||198804010000|...<cr>

PID|1||0123456-1||EVERYMAN^ADAM^H||||||||555-2004|...<cr>

OBR|1|43215^OE|98765^EKG|93000^EKG REPORT| ||198801111330|||||||

||P030||||||198801120930||||||P011^SEVEN^HENRY^L^^^MD|43214^OE|...<cr>

OBX|1|ST|8897-1^QRS COMPLEX^LN||91|/MIN|60-100||||F|...<cr>

OBX|2|ST|8894-8^P WAVE^LN||92|/MIN|60-100||||F|...<cr>

OBX|3|ST|8625-6^P-R INTERVAL^LN||0|/MSEC|1.06-.10||||F|...<cr>

OBX|4|ST|8633-0^QRS DURATION^LN||.368|/MSEC|.18-.22||||F|...<cr>

...

...

...

OBX|8|CE|8601-7^EKG IMPRESSION^LN|1|^ATRIAL FIBRILATION||||||F|...<cr>

OBX|9|CE|8601-7^EKG IMPRESSION^LN|2|^ST DEPRESSION||||||F|...<cr>

OBX|10|FT|93000&ADT^EKG COMMENT||\.in+4\\.ti-4\ 1. When compared with EKG of

31-oct-88 ventricular rate has increased by 30 bpm.\.sp\\.ti-4\

2. Criteria for Lateral infarct are no longer present.|||||F|...<cr>

OBR|2|43217^OE|98767^EKG|93000^EKG REPORT|||198810311004|||||||||P030||||||198810311744||||||

P011^SEVEN^HENRY^L^^^MD |43213^OE |...<cr>

...

...

...

DSC|1896X22;0123456-1|...<cr>

Continuation query

MSH|^~\&|CDB||EKG||198905201204||QRY^R02|CDB22289|P|...<cr>

QRD|198904180943|R|I|Q4412|||10|RD|0123456-1|RES|...<cr>

QRF|EKG||1988040100000|...<cr>

DSC|1896X22;0123456-1|...<cr>

Continuation response

MSH|^~\&|EKG||CDB||198905201205||ORF^R04|X981672|P|...<cr>

MSA|AA|CDB22289|P|...<cr>

QRD|198904180943|R|I|Q4412|||10|RD|0123456-1|RES|...<cr>

QRF|EKG||198804010000|...<cr>

PID|1||0123456-1||EVERYMAN^ADAM^H||||||||555-2004|...<cr>

OBR| ...<cr>

7.5.2 Unsolicited

The following is an unsolicited transmission of radiology data.

MSH|^~\&|XRAY||CDB||200006021411||ORU^R01|K172|P|...<cr>

PID|...<cr>

OBR|1|X89-1501^OE|78912^RD|71020^CHEST XRAY AP \T\ LATERAL|||19873290800||||...<cr>

OBX|1|CE|71020&IMP^RADIOLOGIST'S IMPRESSION|4|^MASS LEFT LOWER LOBE|||A|||F|...<cr>

OBX|2|CE|71020&IMP|2|^INFILTRATE RIGHT LOWER LOBE|||A|||F|...<cr>

OBX|3|CE|71020&IMP|3|^HEART SIZE NORMAL|||N|||F|...<cr>

OBX|4|FT|71020&GDT|1|circular density (2 x 2 cm) is seen in the posterior segment of

the LLL. A second, less well-defined infiltrated circulation density is

seen in the R mid lung field and appears to cross the minor fissure#||||||F|...<cr>

OBX|5|CE|71020&REC|5|71020^Follow up CXR 1 month||30-45||||F|...<cr>

7.5.3 Laboratory

Laboratory message: electrolytes, CBC, sed rate, blood cultures and susceptibilities

MSH|...<cr>

PID|...<cr>

Electrolytes:

OBR|1|870930010^OE|CM3562^LAB|2432-6^ELECTROLYTES HCFA 98 PANEL^LN| ||198703290800|||

401-0^INTERN^IRVING^^^^MD^L| ||||SER|^HIPPOCRATES^HAROLD^H.^^^DR.|(319)377-4400|

This is requestor field #1.|Requestor field #2|Diag.serv.field #1.|

Diag.serv.field #2.|198703311400|||F|...<cr>

OBX|1|NM|2951-2^SODIUM^LN||150|mmol/L|136-148|H||A|F|19850301|...<cr>

OBX|2|NM|2823-3^POTASSIUM^LN||4.5|mmol/L|3.5-5|N||N|F|19850301|...<cr>

OBX|3|NM|2075-0^CHLORIDE^LN||102|mmol/L|94-105|N||N|F|19850301|...<cr>

OBX|4|NM|2028-9^CARBON DIOXIDE^LN||27|mmol/L|24-31|N||N|F|19850301|...<cr>

CBC:

OBR|2|870930011^OE|HEM3268^LAB|24359-2HEMOGRAM+DIFFERENTIAL PANEL^LN| ||198703290800|||401-0 ^

INTERN^IRVING^I^^^MD^L|||||BLDV|^HIPPOCRATES^HAROLD^H.^^^DR.|(319)377-4400|This is requestor field #1.|This is Requestor field #2.|This is lab field #1.|Lab field #2.|198703311400|||F|...<cr>

OBX|1|NM|718-7^HEMOGLOBIN^LN||13.4|GM/DL|14-18|N||S|F|19860522|...<cr>

OBX|2|NM|4544-3^HEMATOCRIT^LN||40.3|%|42-52|L||S|F|19860522|...<cr>

OBX|3|NM|789-8^ERYTHROCYTES^LN||4.56|10*6/ml|4.7-6.1|L||S|F|19860522|...<cr>

OBX|4|NM|787-2^ERYTHROCYTE MEAN CORPUSCULAR VOLUME:^LN

||88|fl|80-94|N||S|F|19860522|...<cr>

OBX|5|NM|785-6^ERYTHROCYTE MEAN CORPUSCULAR HEMOGLOBIN:^LN

||29.5|pg|27-31|N||N|F|19860522|...<cr>

OBX|6|NM|786-4^ERYTHROCYTE MEAN CORPUSCULAR HEMOGLOBIN CONCENTRATION:^LN

||33|%|33-37|N||N|F|19860522|...<cr>

OBX|7|NM|6690-2^LEUKOCYTES^LN||10.7|10*3/ml|4.8-10.8|N||N|F|19860522|...<cr>

OBX|8|NM|770-8^NEUTROPHILS/100 LEUKOCYTES^LN/100 LEUKOCYTES:^LN||68|%|||||F|...<cr>

OBX|9|NM|736-9^LYMPHOCYTES/100 LEUKOCYTES:^LN||29|%|||||F|...<cr>

OBX|10|NM|5905-5^MONOCYTES/100 LEUKOCYTES:^LN||1|%|||||F|...<cr>

OBX|11|NM|713-8^EOSINOPHILS/100 LEUKOCYTES:^LN||2|%|||||F|...<cr>

Sed rate:

OBR|3|870930011^OE|HEM3269^LAB|4537-7^ERYTHROCYTE SEDIMENTATION RATE^LN

|||198703290800|||

401-0^INTERN^IRVING^I^^^MD^L|||||BLDV|^HIPPOCRATES^HAROLD^W.^^^DR.|(319)377-4400|

This is requestor field #1.|This is Requestor field #2.|This is lab field

#1.|Lab field #2.|198703311400|||F|...<cr>

OBX|1|NM|4537-7^ERYTHROCYTE SEDIMENTATION RATE:^LN|

|7|MM/HR|0-10|N||S|F|19860522|...<cr>

Parent micro result, identifies organism

OBR|4|2740X^OE|BC376^MIC|87040^Blood culture| ||198703290800|||

99-2^SPINNER^SAM^S||^Hepatitis risk||198703290830|BLDV|

4010^INTERN^IRVING^I^^^MD^L|555-1022 X3472^^^^^^^3472|Requestor field 1|Requestor field 2|

Producer's field 1|Producer's field 2|198703301000|35.00|MB|F|...<cr>

OBX|1|CE|600-7^MICROORGANISM IDENTIFIED^LN|1|^E Coli|||A|||F|...<cr>

OBX|2|CE|600-7^MICROORGANISM IDENTIFIED^LN|2|^S Aureus|||A|||F|...<cr>

Child micro result, gives antimicrobials susceptibilities for organism identified in first OBX of parent

OBR|5|2740X^OE|BC402^MIC|87186^Antibiotic MIC||

|198703290800||||G|^Hepatitis Risk||198703290830|BLDB

|401.0^INTERN^IRVING^I^^^MD^L|555-1022 X3472^^^^^^^3472|||||198703310900|40.00

|MB|F|600-7&MICROORGANISM IDENTIFIED&LN^1|||2740X&OE^BC376&MIC|...<cr>

OBX|1|ST|28-1^AMIPICILLIN:SUSC:PT:ISLT:QN:MIC^LN||<2|ug/ml||S|||F|...<cr>

OBX|2|ST|60-4^CARBENICILLIN:SUSC:PT:ISLT:QN:MIC^LN||<16|ug/ml||S|||F|...<cr>

OBX|3|ST|267-5^GENTAMICIN:SUSC:PT:ISLT:QN:MIC^LN||<2|ug/ml||S|||F|...<cr>

OBX|4|ST|496-0^TETRACYCLINE:SUSC:PT:ISLT:QN:MIC^LN||<1|ug/ml||S|||F|...<cr>

OBX|5|ST|408-5^PIPERACILLIN:SUSC:PT:ISLT:QN:MIC^LN||<8|ug/ml||S|||F|...<cr>

OBX|6|ST|145-3^CEFUROXIME:SUSC:PT:ISLT:QN:MIC^LN||<2|ug/ml||S|||F|...<cr>

OBX|7|ST|161-0^CEPHALOTHIN:SUSC:PT:ISLT:QN:MIC^LN||<8|ug/ml||S|||F|...<cr>

OBX|8|ST|20-8^AMOXICILLIN+CLAVULANATE:SUSC:PT:ISLT:QN:MIC^LN

||<4|ug/ml||S|||F|...<cr>

OBX|9|ST|173-5^CHLORAMPHENICOL:SUSC:PT:ISLT:QN:MIC^LN||<4|ug/ml||S|||F|...<cr>

OBX|10|ST|508-2^TOBRAMYCIN:SUSC:PT:ISLT:QN:MIC^LN||<2|ug/ml||S|||F|...<cr>

OBX|11|ST|12-5^AMIKACIN:SUSC:PT:ISLT:QN:MIC^LN||<4|ug/ml||S|||F|...<cr>

OBX|12|ST|516-5^TRIMETHOPRIM+SULFMOETHOXAZOLE:SUSC:PT:ISLT:QN:MIC^LN|

|<2/38|ug/ml||S|||F|...<cr>

OBX|13|ST|76-0^CEFAZOLIN:SUSC:PT:ISLT:QN:MIC^LN||<2|ug/ml||S|||F|...<cr>

OBX|14|ST|116-4^CEFOXITIN:SUSC:PT:ISLT:QN:MIC^LN||<2|ug/ml||S|||F|...<cr>

OBX|15|ST|141-2^CEFTRIAXONE:SUSC:PT:ISLT:QN:MIC^LN||<4|ug/ml||S|||F|...<cr>

OBX|16|ST|133-9^CEFTAZIDIME:SUSC:PT:ISLT:QN:MIC^LN||<2|ug/ml||S|||F|...<cr>

OBX|17|ST|185-9^CIPROFLOXACIN:SUSC:PT:ISLT:QN:MIC^LN||<1|ug/ml||S|||F|...<cr>

Second micro child result, gives susceptibilities or organism identified by Second OBX of parent

OBR|6|2740X^OE|BC403^MIC|87186^Antibiotic MIC| ||198703290800||||G|

^Hepatitis risk||198703290830|BLDV|401.0^INTERN^IRVING^I^^^MD^L|555-1022 X3472^^^^^^^3472|||||

198703310900|40.00|MB|F|600-7&MICROORGANISM IDENTIFIED &LN^2|

||2740X&OE^BC376&MIC|...<cr>

OBX|1|ST|28-1^AMPICILLIN:SUSC:PT:ISLT:QN:MIC^LN||<8|ug/ml||R|||F|...<cr>

OBX|2|ST|193-3^CLINDAMYCIN:SUSC:PT:ISLT:QN:MIC^LN||<.25|ug/ml||S|||F|...<cr>

OBX|3|ST|267-5^GENTAMICIN:SUSC:PT:ISLT:QN:MIC^LN||<1|ug/ml||S|||F|...<cr>

OBX|4|ST|233-7^ERYTHROMYCIN:SUSC:PT:ISLT:QN:MIC^LN||<.5|ug/ml||S|||F|...<cr>

OBX|5|ST|383-0^OXACILLIN:SUSC:PT:ISLT:QN:MIC^LN||<.5|ug/ml||S|||F|...<cr>

OBX|6|ST|524-9^VANCOMYCIN:SUSC:PT:ISLT:QN:MIC^LN||<2|ug/ml||S|||F|...<cr>

OBX|7|ST|6932-8^PENICILLIN:SUSC:PT:ISLT:QN:MIC^LN||<8|ug/ml||R|||F|...<cr>

OBX|8|ST|161-0^CEPHALOTHIN:SUSC:PT:ISLT:QN:MIC^LN||<2|ug/ml||S|||F|...<cr>

OBX|9|ST|173-5^CHLORAMPHENICOL:SUSC:PT:ISLT:QN:MIC^LN||<4|ug/ml||S|||F|...<cr>

OBX|10|ST|12-5^AMIKACIN:SUSC:PT:ISLT:QN:MIC^LN||<16|ug/ml||S|||F|...<cr>

OBX|11|ST|185-9^CIPROFLOXACIN:SUSC:PT:ISLT:QN:MIC^LN||<1|ug/ml||S|||F|...<cr>

OBX|12|ST|428-3^RIFAMPIN:SUSC:PT:ISLT:QN:MIC^LN||<1|ug/ml||S|||F|...<cr>

7.5.4 Narrative report messages

This example of the body of reports shows the following observation from what are usually free text reports. The text within these examples that begins with **-- and ends with --** are explanatory comments, not a formal part of the message. The following outline shows the segments that are included in this example message.

  1. patient identifying record (PID)

  2. order record for chest x-ray (OBR)

  3. two diagnostic impressions for CXR (OBX)

  4. description record for CXR (OBX)

  5. a recommendation record for CXR (OBX)

  6. an order record for surgical pathology (OBR)

  7. a gross description record for pathology showing use of anatomy fields (OBX)

  8. a microscopic description record for pathology (OBX)

  9. vital signs request (OBR)

  10. six vital signs (OBX)

  11. part of the physical history (OBR & OBX)

  12. end record

MSH|...<cr>

PID|...<cr>

Order record for CXR

OBR|2|P8754^OE|XR1501^XR|24646-2^CXR PA+LAT^LN|||198703290800|||

401-0^INTERN^IRVING^I^^^MD^L|...<cr>

Two CXR diagnostic impressions

OBX|1|CE|24646-2&IMP^CXR PA+LAT^LN

|1|.61^RUL^ACR~.212^Bronchopneumonia^ACR|||A|||F|...<cr>

OBX|2|CE|24646-2&IMP^CXR PA+LAT^LN |2|51.71^Congestive heart failure^ACR|||A|||F|...<cr>

CXR Description with continuation records

OBX|3|TX|24646-2&GDT^CXR PA+LAT^LN||Infiltrate probably representing bronchopneumonia in the right

lower lobe. Also pulmonary venous congestion cardiomegaly and cephalization, indicating early congestive heart failure.|...<cr>

Recommendations about CXR report to follow up one month with a repeat CXR

OBX|4|CE|24646-2&REC^CXR PA+LAT^LN||71020^Followup CXR 1 month^AS4||||||F|...<cr>

Order record for pathology report

OBR|3|P8755^OE|SP89-739^SP|11529-5^Surgical Path

Report^LN|||198703290800|||401-0^INTERN^IRVING^I^^^MD^L|...<cr>

OBX|1|CE|11529-5&ANT^Surgical Path Report^LN|1|Y0480-912001^orbital region^SNM||||||F|...<cr>

Gross description record (with overflow) for pathology

OBX|2|TX|11529-5&GDT^Surgical Path Report^LN1|The specimen is received in four containers. The first is labeled with the patient's name and consists of three fragments of reddish-brown tissue each of which measures 2 mm in greatest dimension. They are wrapped in tissue paper and submitted in toto in a single cassette|...<cr>

Microscopic description record for pathology

OBX|3|TX|11529-5&MDT^Surgical Path Report^LN|1|Sections of the first specimen received for frozen section diagnosis reveal thick walled, ramifying vessels lined by a single layer of flattened endothelial cells. The thick smooth muscle walls exhibit no malignant cytologic features nor do the endothelial lining cells. Within the same specimen are also found fragments of fibrous connective tissue, bone, and nerve which are histologically unremarkable||||||F|...<cr>

Vital signs using LOINC® codes as observation identifiers

OBR|4|P8756^OE|N2345^NR|29274-8^VITAL SIGNS^LN| ||198703290800|||401-0^INTERN^IRVING^I^^^MD^L|...<cr>

OBX|1|NM|8462-4^INTRAVASCULAR DIASTOLIC:PRES^LN||90|mm(hg)|60-90||||F|...<cr>

OBX|2|NM|8479-8^INTRAVASCULAR SYSTOLIC:PRES^LN||120|mm(hg)

|100-160||||F|...<cr>

OBX|3|NM|8478-0^INTRAVASCULAR MEAN:PRES^LN||100|mm(hg)|80-120|N|||F|...<cr>

OBX|4|NM|8867-4^HEART BEAT RATE^LN||74|/min|60-100|N|||F|...<cr>

OBX|5|ST|8357-6^BLOOD PRESSURE METHOD^LN||MANUAL BY CUFF||||||F|...<cr>

OBX|6|ST|8886-4^HEART RATE METHOD^LN||MANUAL BY PALP||||||F|...<cr>

Part of the patient's history

OBR|5|P8568^OE|HX2230^CLN||2000^HISTORY| ||198703290800||401

0^INTERN^IRVING^I^^^MD^L||...<cr>

OBX|1|CE|8661-1^CHIEF COMPLAINT^LN||...<cr>

OBX|2|ST|8674-4^HISTORY SOURCE^LN||PATIENT||||||F|...<cr>

OBX|3|TX|8684-3^PRESENT ILLNESS^LN||SUDDEN ONSET OF CHEST PAIN. 2 DAYS,

PTA ASSOCIATED WITH NAUSEA, VOMITING \T\ SOB. NO RELIEF WITH ANTACIDS

OR NTG. NO OTHER SX. NOT PREVIOUSLY ILL.||||||F|...<cr>

.

.

and so on.

7.5.5 Reporting Cultures and Susceptibilities

7.5.5.0 dlkfj

7.5.5.1 Culture battery/report representation

Organisms and other observations/tests are reported using multiple OBX segments. The granularity expected for HL7culture reports is one observation per organism.

All OBX segments which have the same observation ID and sub-ID are part of a single observation.

Each organism in a culture battery is assigned a unique OBX-4-observation sub-ID (and is therefore a separate observation). The organism name is given in OBX-5-observation value (results). It is recommended, but not required, that the organism name may change over time, but the corresponding observation sub-ID never changes. (The observation ID will be identical for all organisms reported.)

Recommended:

OBX|1|CE|600-7^Micro Organism Identified^LN|1|^E. Coli||||||F|...<cr>

OBX|2|CE|600-7^Micro Organism Identified^LN |2|^S. Aureus||||||F|...<cr>

Not recommended:

OBX|1|CE|600-7^Micro Organism Identified^LN |1|^E. Coli||||||F|...<cr>

OBX|2|CE|600-7^Micro Organism Identified^LN |1|^S. Aureus||||||F|...<cr>

7.5.5.2 Susceptibility battery/report representation

Each antimicrobial should be reported as a separate (OBX) observation where the Observation ID is a code for the antimicrobial. (OBXs for non-antimicrobials observations and related information may be present in the same battery.)

MIC and disk diffusion (Kirby Bauer) susceptibility results can be combined in the same OBX segment. An OBX can contain a MIC value (in OBX-5-observation value (results)) and OBX-8-abnormal flag that indicates whether the organism is sensitive, resistant, or intermediate (see user-defined table 0078- Abnormal flags under abnormal flag fields).

Or, an OBX can contain a disk diffusion result string (e.g., sensitive) in the Observation Results field and the disk diffusion interpretation in OBX-8-abnormal flags (e.g., S).

A susceptibility battery may only contain results corresponding to a single organism that has been previously reported in a culture battery.

7.5.5.3 Identification of the organism for a susceptibility battery

The following is the preferred, but not required method of organizing data about antimicrobial susceptibility.

A susceptibility battery may only contain results corresponding to a single organism that has been previously reported in a culture battery.

A susceptibility battery is always a child order to a culture battery. OBR-29-parent (parent's filler order number) in the susceptibility OBR is equal to OBR-3-filler order number in the parent culture OBR and is used to link the two batteries logically.

The susceptibility battery also contains a linkage back to a particular organism in the culture battery. OBR-26-parent result of the susceptibility OBR contains two components--OBX-3-observation identifier (code only) and OBX-4-observation sub-ID of the OBX in the culture battery which contains the organism name.

The identity of an organism/isolate is expected to be refined over time. When an organism identification changes, the parent culture battery can be resent without resending the child susceptibility battery.

The case may occur where a susceptibility battery is reported on an organism which has not yet been identified. In this case, it is required that a placeholder OBX for the organism name be reported in the corresponding culture battery so that OBR-26-parent result in the susceptibility OBR will point to a valid organism OBX in the culture battery. Transmission of an organism OBX (in the culture battery) with the Sub-ID field valued must precede the susceptibility battery which uses the identical Sub-ID in OBR-26-parent result.

Discussion and examples:

Order micro results (blood culture)

MSH|^~\&|LAB1||DESTINATION||19910127105114||ORU^R01|LAB1003929|...<cr>

PID|...<cr>

PV1|...<cr>

ORC|NW|...<cr>

OBR|1|A485388^OE|H29847^LAB1|17928-3^BLOOD CULTURE^LN|||...<cr>

Result for culture

ORC|RE|...<cr>

OBR|1|A485388^OE|H29847^LAB1|17928-3^BLOOD CULTURE ^LN||...<cr>

OBX|1|FT|SDES^SOURCE||BLOOD-RAPID||||||F|...<cr>

OBX|2|FT|664-3^GRAM STAIN SMEAR^LN||GRAM POSITIVE COCCI IN GROUPS||||||F|...<cr>

OBX|3|FT|600-7^MICROORGANISM IDENTIFIED^LN|1|ISOLATE 1||||||F|...<cr>

Result for susceptibility

ORC|RE|...<cr>

OBR|1|A485388^OE|H29848^LAB1|BT1^SUSCEPTIBILITY BATTERY||||||123^SPINNER^SAM^S| ||||||||||||||||600-7&MICROORGANISM IDENTIFIED&LN ^1|||A485388&OE^H29847&LAB1|...<cr>

OBX|1|NM|6932-8^PENICILLIN MIC^LN||0.5|||R|||F|...<cr>

OBX|2|NM|347-5^NAFCILLIN MIC^LN||1|||R|||F|...<cr>

OBX|3|ST|193-3^CLINDAMYCIN MIC^LN||<=0.1|||S|||F|...<cr>

Result for Culture ID

ORC|RE|...<cr>

OBR|1|A485388^OE|H29847^LAB1|17928-3^BLOOD CULTURE ^LN||...<cr>

OBX|1|FT|600-7^ MICROORGANISM IDENTIFIED^LN |1|STAPH EPI||||||F|...<cr>

New result for culture ID

ORC|RE|...<cr>

OBR|1|A485388^OE|H29847^LAB1|17928-3^BLOOD CULTURE ^LN||...<cr>

OBX|1|FT|600-7^MICROORGANISM IDENTIFIED^LN|1|STAPH EPI SERO TYPE 3||||||F|...<cr>

Assumptions

  1. All OBXs in the parent order must employ the same coding scheme.

  2. The Sub-ID of the parent OBXs (result) cannot change.

7.5.6 EKG Results Reporting

Suppose an order has been placed to the EKG system for three EKGs to be performed on successive days. These results can be reported in various ways.

  1. The EKG application needs to communicate to anyone the results of the 1st EKG:

ORU message:

MSH|...<cr>

PID|...<cr>

Order record for EKG

OBR|1|P8753^OE|EK5230^EKG|8601-7^EKG impression^LN|||198703290800|||401

0^INTERN^IRVING^I^^^MD^L|...<cr>

Two interpretation records for EKG

OBX|1|CE|8601-7^EKG impression^LN|1|^Sinus bradycardia|||A|||F|...<cr>

OBX|2|CE|8601-7^EKG impression^LN |2|^Occasional PVCs|||A|||F|...<cr>

Four numeric results for EKG

OBX|3|NM|8897-1^QRS COMPLEX RATE ^LN|

|80|/min|60-100|||||F|...<cr>

OBX|4|NM|8894-8^PULSE RATE^LN||80|/min

|60-100||||F|...<cr>

OBX|5|NM|8633-0^QRS DURATION ^LN||.08|msec

|.06-.10||||F|...<cr>

OBX|6|NM|8625-6^P-R INTERVAL ^LN||.22|msec

|.18-.22||||F|...<cr>

ORU message:

MSH|...<cr>

PID|...<cr>

ORC|PA|A226677^OE|89-450^EKG|...<cr> // original order's ORC.

OBR|1|||8601-7^EKG REPORT|...<cr> // original order segment

ORC|CH|A226677^OE|89-451^EKG|...<cr> // 1st child ORC.

OBR|1|||8601-7^EKG REPORT|...<cr> // 1st EKG child OBR.

OBX|1|ST|...<cr> // 1st EKG report

OBX|2|ST|...<cr>

...

OBX|14|FT|...<cr>

ORC|CH|A226677^OE|89-452^EKG|...<cr> // 2nd child ORC.

OBR|1|||8601-7^EKG REPORT|...<cr> // 2nd EKG child OBR.

OBX|1|ST|...<cr> // 2nd EKG report

OBX|2|ST|...<cr>

...

OBX|14|FT|...<cr>

ORC|CH|A226677^OE|89-453^EKG|...<cr> // 3rd child ORC.

OBR|1|||8601-7^EKG REPORT|...<cr> // 3rd EKG child OBR.

OBX|1|ST|...<cr> // 3rd EKG report

OBX|2|ST|...<cr>

...

OBX|14|FT|...<cr>

... // Other parts of message might follow.

In this case, we are transmitting the information about the fact of child spin off, the original order and the results all at the same time. Thus, this form of the ORU message reports not only the results of an order, but all of its associated ordering information including the original OBR for three EKGs that was replaced by three separate OBR EKG segments.

7.5.7 Patient-Specific Clinical Data With An Order

Reporting body weight and height with a creatinine clearance.

MSH|...<cr>

PID|...<cr>

ORC|NW|...<cr> // New order.

OBR|1|P42^PC||2164-2^CREATININE RENAL CLEARANCE: QN^LN|...<cr>

OBX|1|NM|3141-9^BODY WEIGHT^LN||62|kg|...<cr>

OBX|2|NM|3137-7^BODY HEIGHT^LN||190|cm|...<cr>

ORC|NW|...<cr> // Next order.

7.5.8 Unsolicited Laboratory Observation Message

Analysis results related to a particular container with patient sample.

MSH|^~\&|INSTPROG|AUTINST|LASPROG|LASSYS|19980630080040|SECURITY |OUL^R21|MSG00001|P|2.5.1|<cr>

PID|1||28514753||Everywoman^Eve||196303241225|F<CR>

SAC|991912376^EXTLAB|01039421^THISLAB|092321A^LAS|092321^LAS||SER |19980620080037|R^PROCESS COMPLETED<cr>

ORC|RE|5212498721A|||||^^^^^R<CR>

OBR|1|5212498721A||2951-2^SODIUM^LN|||199807240826||||||||SER<CR>

OBX|1|NM|2951-2^SODIUM^LN||24.3|ug/g||N<CR>

Analysis results related to a particular container with QC sample and the lot and manufacturer information about this sample (see use of SAC-SID segments).

MSH|^~\&|INSTPROG|AUTINST|LASPROG|LASSYS|19980630080040|SECURITY |OUL^R21|MSG00001|P|2.5.1|<cr>

SAC|||Q092321^LAS|||SER^^^^^^Q |19980620080037|R^PROCESS COMPLETED<cr>

SID|2951-2^SODIUM^LN|NA-01234567890|9099|MAN_ABC^^Z99<cr>

ORC|RE|5212498721A|||||^^^^^R<CR>

OBR|1|5212498721A||2951-2^SODIUM^LN|||199807240826||||||||SER^^^^^^Q<CR>

OBX|1|NM|2951-2^SODIUM^LN||24.3|ug/g||N<CR>

Analysis results of a reflex test for a patient sample with basic identification data (lot, manufacturer, etc.) of the reagent involved in the results generation (see TCD-SID segments).

MSH|^~\&|INSTPROG|AUTINST|LASPROG|LASSYS|19980630080040|SECURITY |OUL^R21|MSG00001|P|2.5.1|<cr>

PID|1||28514753||Everywoman^Eve^J||196303241225|F<CR>

SAC|991912376^EXTLAB|01039421^THISLAB|092321A^LAS|092321^LAS||SER |19980620080037|R^PROCESS COMPLETED<cr>

ORC|RE|5212498721A|||||^^^^^R<CR>

OBR|1|5212498721A||2951-2^SODIUM^LN|||199807240826||||||||SER<CR>

OBX|1|NM|2951-2^SODIUM^LN||24.3|ug/g||N<CR>

TCD|2951-2^SODIUM^LN|||||||F

SID|2951-2^SODIUM^LN|NA-01234567890|9099|MAN_ABC^^Z99<cr>

7.6 CLINICAL TRIALS

Academic medical institutions, academic research coordinating centers, and industry-based research organizations often have computer systems that support registration, compliance and safety monitoring, and outcomes analysis for clinical trials. Patients on these trials may receive their treatment and evaluation at one research facility or at many different medical facilities. Clinical trials systems could message other applications that a patient is registered on a clinical trial. Several functional examples follow: (1) Some of the data required to monitor or analyze outcomes on the trial are generated in other medical computer systems, such as pharmacy, laboratory, or clinical applications. These applications may tag patients on clinical trials so that data may be sent back to the clinical trials system. (2) Order entry systems could also use patient registration information: they could display standard order sets for the protocol or particular treatment/evaluation phases of a complex protocol. They could pass the clinical trials status on to service provider applications to initiate a results report to the clinical trials system. It could also be passed to billing applications that may use specialized procedures for research-related costs. (3) Nursing and pharmacy systems can use information on patients' clinical trials status for care plans or dispensing authorization (auxiliary to the physician's prescription), respectively. There could be many other uses of this message since a patient's involvement on a clinical trial affects all concurrent medical care.

To meet monitoring and analysis requirements, patient registration, treatment, diagnostic, and study summary data are reported to study sponsors like pharmaceutical or medical device companies, regulatory agencies, and data management centers for collaborative studies. Automated procedures must be used to transfer these voluminous data among the participant computer systems in a cost-efficient and timely manner. The following additions to HL7 aim to specify standard messaging transactions to automate such reporting as well as to enable communication of clinical trials registration data to relevant medical applications as described above.

The objectives of the clinical trials messages and segments are to identify that patients are registered on clinical trials, have entered a study-specific phase of treatment or evaluation, or to indicate the study protocol's data schedule. Messages include OBR (Section 4.5.1, ??OBR - observation request segment?), OBX (Section 7.4.2, ??OBX - Observation/Result Segment?), RXA (Section 4.8.14, ??RXA - pharmacy /treatment administration segment?), and RXR (Section 4.8.3, ??RXR - pharmacy/treatment route Segment?) segments to report observations or drug administration that are relevant to the study. In addition to study-related clinical data, OBX segments may contain the results of study variables according to master code tables such as the Health Outcomes Variables (HL7 Implementation Guide). There are also master segments to describe the clinical trial, its treatment phases, and its scheduled date-time points for message recipients. These are analogous to the Test/Observation Master Segments (Chapter 8), with the trials, phases, or scheduled time points treated as the OMX treats observation identifiers.

7.6.1 Glossary

7.6.1.0

7.6.1.1 Clinical trial:

A scientifically rigorous study of individual outcomes to some process of healthcare intervention. Clinical trials usually involve medical treatments so this document will use the term treatment, rather than the broader term intervention. A clinical trial design may randomly assign and compare one treatment approach with another, or generate safety and efficacy data on a single treatment approach. The clinical trial has a protocol for the patient's course of treatment and/or evaluation. There is usually a schedule for collection of data to measure compliance, safety, and outcomes.

7.6.1.2 Phase of a clinical trial:

A treatment and/or observation interval of a clinical trial. A phase may represent an interval with a specific treatment regimen assigned randomly or otherwise, with each regimen of a progression of treatments, or with an evaluation component only. Generally, for each phase, there is an explicit patient management, evaluation, and data collection schedule. Each of these phases may have associated safety, outcome, and quality-control variables. A simpler study design need not use the phase structures.

The phase structure serves several purposes in the clinical trials messages. Other computer systems may need to know that the patient has begun a phase with a particular treatment regimen or diagnostic schedule, such as the pharmacy or order entry systems. When reporting study data, observations and variables often describe particular phase instances. For example, each course of treatment may have its own values for the same set of observations or variables. Phase instances may also have distinct data schedules that need to be linked to submitted data.

Several examples follow with each line depicting a phase.

7.6.1.2.1 Example 1

Alternating treatment plus observation intervals:

__________> _________> _________> _________> ...

Rx A Rx B Rx A Rx B

7.6.1.2.2 Example 2

Random assignment to two courses each of treatment A or B, all responding patients to treatment C, continue with observation and a diagnostic regimen after all treatment phases are completed. Treatment phases include the evaluation component for that course of treatment:

___________> __________

Rx A Crs 1 Rx A Crs 2

\> __________> __________> _______

/ Rx C Crs 1 Rx C Crs 2

Observe

___________> __________/

Rx B Crs 1 Rx B Crs 2

7.6.1.2.3 Example 3

Random assignment to placebo or treatment A, both taken daily and evaluated monthly.

___________> __________> __________> __________> . . .

Month 1 Month 2 Month 3 Month 4

7.6.1.3 Data schedule:

The treatment, diagnostic, and procedural requirements, as well as data collection due dates, scheduled on a timeline for most clinical trials. As data are reported, they may need to reflect the scheduled time point that they satisfy. Clinical trials quality control requires attention to compliance between the protocol's schedule and patient data records.

The data schedule will be keyed by time points relative to the study. Some data may be due prior to and at the conclusion of the study and/or one or more of its phases. Some are interim within the study or its phases depending on protocol events such as administration of treatment, arbitrary time intervals instated to make and record assessments, or some clinical milestone such as relapse of disease. Often, multiple data parameters are scheduled at the same time point. Several examples follow:

7.6.1.3.1 Schedule for a randomized cancer prevention trial
Treatment 1st - 3rd Years

Reg Rand Months



3 6 9 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84
Disease Staging X
















H & P X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
Assess Adverse Events and Outcome Variables X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
Chest PAL X-ray X

X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
CBC, Diff, Plt X

X X X X X X X
X
X
X
X
SMA 12 X
X X X X X X X X
X
X
X
X
Cholesterol and Triglyceride X
X X X X X X X X







Electrolytes X
















Plasma Retinoic Acid X X















Cotinine Level (nonsmokers)
X















7.6.1.3.2 Schedule for a cancer chemotherapy trial

Prestudy Prior to Each Cycle During Cycle Every 3 Cycles End Study
Informed Consent X X


H & P Neurologic X1


X
Vital Signs X1
X2
X
Disease Staging X X3

X
ECG X1
X4

Radiology*
X
X5 X
Chest X-ray X X

X
Bone Marrow Bx. X6



HCG X1



Assess Adverse Events
X

X
CBC, Diff, Plt X1

X7 X
UA, PT, PTT X1


X
SMA12, Mg, CEA X1 X

X

  1. Within 3 days prior to start of infusion.

  2. At 0,10,30, and 60 minutes after start of drug administration and one-half hour after test drug infusion ends for cycles 1 and 2. For subsequent cycles at 0 and 10 minutes after start of drug administration, and at the end of infusion.

  3. Record tumor measurements at the end of every cycle if assessable clinically by physical examination or with simple X-ray.

  4. Continuous ECG monitoring during infusion if necessary, due to bradycardia (<50 beats/min) or other significant cardiac findings.

  5. When measurable disease requires complex radiologic studies such as CT or radionucleide scans.

  6. To be done at baseline (if clinically indicated) at the option of the investigator and also during study if patient has prolonged myelosuppression (WBC<2000 cells/mm3>14 days).

  7. Blood counts will be done twice weekly during cycles 1 and 2, then weekly.

  8. * Radionucleide scan and X-ray of the bones, CT scans of the chest, pelvis, and brain only when clinically indicated.

7.6.1.3.3 Schedule for a randomized pain medication trial

Day 1 Before RX Day 1 After RX Daily Day 30
H & P X

X
Creat, Bili, SGOT X


Urinalysis X


Pain Diagnosis X


Opioid Dose Strand X X X X
Non-opioid Analgesic
X X X
Medications for Side Effects
X X X
Phone Report: Pain and Side Effects

X
Visual Analog Scales X X X X
Pain Evaluation Form X

X

7.7 CLINICAL TRIALS - TRIGGER EVENTS AND MESSAGE DEFINITIONS

The event type will be carried in the message header segment.

7.7.1 CRM - Clinical Study Registration Message (Events C01-C08)

The data are entered in a clinical trials or other patient data system and broadcast to other facility systems such as order entry, pharmacy, accounting, and nursing systems. They can be transmitted in batch mode or broadcast to outside-facility computer systems, including diagnostic and patient management systems. It is assumed that proper routing and security mechanisms are in place.

Event Description
C01 Register a patient on a clinical trial
C02 Cancel a patient registration on clinical trial (for clerical mistakes since an intended registration should not be canceled)
C03 Correct/update registration information
C04 Patient has gone off a clinical trial
C05 Patient enters phase of clinical trial
C06 Cancel patient entering a phase (clerical mistake)
C07 Correct/update phase information
C08 Patient has gone off phase of clinical trial

CRM^C01-C08^CRM_C01 Clinical Study Registration Message Status Chapter DB Ref.
MSH Message Header
2 DB
[ { SFT } ]

Software Segment


2 DB
{ --- PATIENT begin


PID Patient Identification
3 DB
[ PV1 ] Patient Visit
3 DB
CSR Clinical Study Registration
7 DB
[ { CSP } ] Clinical Study Phase
7 DB
} --- PATIENT end


7.7.2 CSU - Unsolicited Study Data Message (Events C09-C12)

Data are entered in the clinical trials system or may reside in laboratory, pathology, radiology, pharmacy and/or other clinical applications. Most clinical trials data - clinical observations and study variables - will be communicated in OBR and OBX segments. The CSR, CSP, and CSS segments will identify the specific association these OBR and OBX have to the clinical trial. Data can be broadcast or transmitted in batch mode to study sponsors or the data management center for collaborative studies.

Event Description
C09 Automated time intervals for reporting, like monthly
C10 Patient completes the clinical trial
C11 Patient completes a phase of the clinical trial
C12 Update/correction of patient order/result information

CSU^C09-C12^CSU_C09 Unsolicited Study Data Message Status Chapter DB Ref.
MSH Message Header
2 DB
[ { SFT } ]

Software Segment


2 DB
{ --- PATIENT begin


PID Patient Identification
3 DB
[ PD1 ] Additional Demographics
3 DB
[ { NTE } ] Notes and comments
2 DB
[ --- VISIT begin


PV1 Patient Visit
3 DB
[ PV2 ] Patient Visit - Additional Info
3 DB
] --- VISIT End


CSR Clinical Study Registration
7 DB
{ --- STUDY_PHASE begin


[ CSP ] Clinical Study Phase
7 DB
{ --- STUDY_SCHEDULE begin


[ CSS ] Clinical Study Data Schedule
7 DB
{ --- STUDY_OBSERVATION begin


[ ORC ] Common Order
4 DB
OBR Observation Battery
7 DB
[{ --- TIMING_QTY begin


TQ1 Timing/Quantity
4 DB
[ { TQ2 } ] Timing/Quantity Order Sequence
4 DB
}] --- TIMING_QTY end


{ OBX } Observation Results
7 DB
}

--- STUDY_OBSERVATION end




{

--- STUDY_PHARM begin




[ ORC ] Common Order
4 DB
{

--- RX_ADMIN begin




RXA Pharmacy Administration
4 DB
RXR Pharmacy Route
4 DB
}

--- RX_ADMIN end




}

--- STUDY_PHARM end




}

--- STUDY_SCHEDULE end




}

--- STUDY_PHASE end




} --- PATIENT end


7.8 CLINICAL TRIALS - SEGMENT DEFINITIONS

7.8.1 CSR - Clinical Study Registration Segment

The CSR segment will contain fundamental administrative and regulatory information required to document a patient's enrollment on a clinical trial. This segment is all that is required if one needs to message another system that an enrollment has taken place, i.e., from clinical trials to pharmacy, accounting, or order entry systems. The CSR segment may also be used to identify that OBR, OBX, RXA, and RXR segments that follow represent data applicable to the identified study.

HL7 Attribute Table - CSR - Clinical Study Registration

SEQ LEN DT OPT RP/# TBL# ITEM# ELEMENT NAME DB Ref.
1 60 EI R

01011 Sponsor Study ID DB
2 60 EI O

01036 Alternate Study ID DB
3 250 CE O

01037 Institution Registering the Patient DB
4 30 CX R

01038 Sponsor Patient ID DB
5 30 CX O

01039 Alternate Patient ID - CSR DB
6 26 TS R

01040 Date/Time Of Patient Study Registration DB
7 250 XCN O Y
01041 Person Performing Study Registration DB
8 250 XCN R Y
01042 Study Authorizing Provider DB
9 26 TS C

01043 Date/time Patient Study Consent Signed DB
10 250 CE C

01044 Patient Study Eligibility Status DB
11 26 TS O Y/3
01045 Study Randomization Date/time DB
12 250 CE O Y/3
01046 Randomized Study Arm DB
13 250 CE O Y/3
01047 Stratum for Study Randomization DB
14 250 CE C

01048 Patient Evaluability Status DB
15 26 TS C

01049 Date/time Ended Study DB
16 250 CE C

01050 Reason Ended Study DB

7.8.1.0 CSR field definitions

7.8.1.1 CSR-1 Sponsor Study ID (EI) 01011

Components: <Entity Identifier (ST)> ^ <Namespace ID (IS)> ^ <Universal ID (ST)> ^ <Universal ID Type (ID)>

Definition: The field contains the universal identifier for the clinical trial. Since many clinical trials are collaborative and multi-centered, and since one goal of these standards is to promote automated data exchange among sites, the primary identifier should come from the sponsor. The coding system component may reference the sponsor. Example:

T93-0807^NCI (where NCI refers to the National Cancer Institute).

7.8.1.2 CSR-2 Alternate Study ID (EI) 01036

Components: <Entity Identifier (ST)> ^ <Namespace ID (IS)> ^ <Universal ID (ST)> ^ <Universal ID Type (ID)>

Definition: This field contains an alternate identifier that may be used as agreed upon by messaging parties. For example, the sending application may code its internal study number here.

7.8.1.3 CSR-3 Institution Registering the Patient (CE) 01037

Components: <Identifier (ST)> ^ <Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Coding System (ID)> ^ <Alternate Identifier (ST)> ^ <Alternate Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)>

Definition: This field distinguishes the institution where registration occurred. The legal approval to give patients access to a trial lies with the Internal Review Board for the institution. Universal healthcare provider facility codes should be used when they exist. Currently coding systems must be devised by users.

7.8.1.4 CSR-4 Sponsor Patient ID (CX) 01038

Components: <ID Number (ST)> ^ <Check Digit (ST)> ^ <Check Digit Scheme (ID)> ^ <Assigning Authority (HD)> ^ <Identifier Type Code (ID)> ^ <Assigning Facility (HD)> ^ <Effective Date (DT)> ^ <Expiration Date (DT)> ^ <Assigning Jurisdiction (CWE)> ^ <Assigning Agency or Department (CWE)>

Subcomponents for Assigning Authority (HD): <Namespace ID (IS)> & <Universal ID (ST)> & <Universal ID Type (ID)>

Subcomponents for Assigning Facility (HD): <Namespace ID (IS)> & <Universal ID (ST)> & <Universal ID Type (ID)>

Subcomponents for Assigning Jurisdiction (CWE): <Identifier (ST)> & <Text (ST)> & <Name of Coding System (ID)> & <Alternate Identifier (ST)> & <Alternate Text (ST)> & <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)> & <Coding System Version ID (ST)> & <Alternate Coding System Version ID (ST)> & <Original Text (ST)>

Subcomponents for Assigning Agency or Department (CWE): <Identifier (ST)> & <Text (ST)> & <Name of Coding System (ID)> & <Alternate Identifier (ST)> & <Alternate Text (ST)> & <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)> & <Coding System Version ID (ST)> & <Alternate Coding System Version ID (ST)> & <Original Text (ST)>

Definition: This field contains the main patient identification for the study. The sponsor patient ID allows automation of records on patients treated at various institutions. The sponsor patient ID should be unique for each patient participating on the study identified in CSR-1-sponsor study ID.

7.8.1.5 CSR-5 Alternate Patient ID - CSR (CX) 01039

Components: <ID Number (ST)> ^ <Check Digit (ST)> ^ <Check Digit Scheme (ID)> ^ <Assigning Authority (HD)> ^ <Identifier Type Code (ID)> ^ <Assigning Facility (HD)> ^ <Effective Date (DT)> ^ <Expiration Date (DT)> ^ <Assigning Jurisdiction (CWE)> ^ <Assigning Agency or Department (CWE)>

Subcomponents for Assigning Authority (HD): <Namespace ID (IS)> & <Universal ID (ST)> & <Universal ID Type (ID)>

Subcomponents for Assigning Facility (HD): <Namespace ID (IS)> & <Universal ID (ST)> & <Universal ID Type (ID)>

Subcomponents for Assigning Jurisdiction (CWE): <Identifier (ST)> & <Text (ST)> & <Name of Coding System (ID)> & <Alternate Identifier (ST)> & <Alternate Text (ST)> & <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)> & <Coding System Version ID (ST)> & <Alternate Coding System Version ID (ST)> & <Original Text (ST)>

Subcomponents for Assigning Agency or Department (CWE): <Identifier (ST)> & <Text (ST)> & <Name of Coding System (ID)> & <Alternate Identifier (ST)> & <Alternate Text (ST)> & <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)> & <Coding System Version ID (ST)> & <Alternate Coding System Version ID (ST)> & <Original Text (ST)>

Definition: This field may be the sending application's patient identification. Coding conventions may be used as agreed upon by users.

7.8.1.6 CSR-6 Date/Time Patient of Patient Study Registration (TS) 01040

Components: <Time (DTM)> ^ <DEPRECATED-Degree of Precision (ID)>

Definition: This field contains the date of the patient registration is mandatory. The time component is optional. The time stamp for a registration may be useful. For example, patients may be randomized at the pharmacy according to the order in which they were registered.

7.8.1.7 CSR-7 Person Performing Study Registration (XCN) 01041

Components: <ID Number (ST)> ^ <Family Name (FN)> ^ <Given Name (ST)> ^ <Second and Further Given Names or Initials Thereof (ST)> ^ <Suffix (e.g., JR or III) (ST)> ^ <Prefix (e.g., DR) (ST)> ^ <DEPRECATED-Degree (e.g., MD) (IS)> ^ <Source Table (IS)> ^ <Assigning Authority (HD)> ^ <Name Type Code (ID)> ^ <Identifier Check Digit (ST)> ^ <Check Digit Scheme (ID)> ^ <Identifier Type Code (ID)> ^ <Assigning Facility (HD)> ^ <Name Representation Code (ID)> ^ <Name Context (CE)> ^ <DEPRECATED-Name Validity Range (DR)> ^ <Name Assembly Order (ID)> ^ <Effective Date (TS)> ^ <Expiration Date (TS)> ^ <Professional Suffix (ST)> ^ <Assigning Jurisdiction (CWE)> ^ <Assigning Agency or Department (CWE)>

Subcomponents for Family Name (FN): <Surname (ST)> & <Own Surname Prefix (ST)> & <Own Surname (ST)> & <Surname Prefix From Partner/Spouse (ST)> & <Surname From Partner/Spouse (ST)>

Subcomponents for Assigning Authority (HD): <Namespace ID (IS)> & <Universal ID (ST)> & <Universal ID Type (ID)>

Subcomponents for Assigning Facility (HD): <Namespace ID (IS)> & <Universal ID (ST)> & <Universal ID Type (ID)>

Subcomponents for Name Context (CE): <Identifier (ST)> & <Text (ST)> & <Name of Coding System (ID)> & <Alternate Identifier (ST)> & <Alternate Text (ST)> & <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)>

Subcomponents for DEPRECATED-Name Validity Range (DR): <Range Start Date/Time (TS)> & <Range End Date/Time (TS)>

Note subcomponent contains sub-subcomponents

Subcomponents for Effective Date (TS): <Time (DTM)> & <DEPRECATED-Degree of Precision (ID)>

Subcomponents for Expiration Date (TS): <Time (DTM)> & <DEPRECATED-Degree of Precision (ID)>

Subcomponents for Assigning Jurisdiction (CWE): <Identifier (ST)> & <Text (ST)> & <Name of Coding System (ID)> & <Alternate Identifier (ST)> & <Alternate Text (ST)> & <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)> & <Coding System Version ID (ST)> & <Alternate Coding System Version ID (ST)> & <Original Text (ST)>

Subcomponents for Assigning Agency or Department (CWE): <Identifier (ST)> & <Text (ST)> & <Name of Coding System (ID)> & <Alternate Identifier (ST)> & <Alternate Text (ST)> & <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)> & <Coding System Version ID (ST)> & <Alternate Coding System Version ID (ST)> & <Original Text (ST)>

Definition: This field contains the healthcare facility employee who actually phoned, submitted a form, or interactively registered the patient on the clinical trial. This is generally done under authorization from the attending physician or a principal or collaborating investigator.

7.8.1.8 CSR-8 Study Authorizing Provider (XCN) 01042

Components: <ID Number (ST)> ^ <Family Name (FN)> ^ <Given Name (ST)> ^ <Second and Further Given Names or Initials Thereof (ST)> ^ <Suffix (e.g., JR or III) (ST)> ^ <Prefix (e.g., DR) (ST)> ^ <DEPRECATED-Degree (e.g., MD) (IS)> ^ <Source Table (IS)> ^ <Assigning Authority (HD)> ^ <Name Type Code (ID)> ^ <Identifier Check Digit (ST)> ^ <Check Digit Scheme (ID)> ^ <Identifier Type Code (ID)> ^ <Assigning Facility (HD)> ^ <Name Representation Code (ID)> ^ <Name Context (CE)> ^ <DEPRECATED-Name Validity Range (DR)> ^ <Name Assembly Order (ID)> ^ <Effective Date (TS)> ^ <Expiration Date (TS)> ^ <Professional Suffix (ST)> ^ <Assigning Jurisdiction (CWE)> ^ <Assigning Agency or Department (CWE)>

Subcomponents for Family Name (FN): <Surname (ST)> & <Own Surname Prefix (ST)> & <Own Surname (ST)> & <Surname Prefix From Partner/Spouse (ST)> & <Surname From Partner/Spouse (ST)>

Subcomponents for Assigning Authority (HD): <Namespace ID (IS)> & <Universal ID (ST)> & <Universal ID Type (ID)>

Subcomponents for Assigning Facility (HD): <Namespace ID (IS)> & <Universal ID (ST)> & <Universal ID Type (ID)>

Subcomponents for Name Context (CE): <Identifier (ST)> & <Text (ST)> & <Name of Coding System (ID)> & <Alternate Identifier (ST)> & <Alternate Text (ST)> & <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)>

Subcomponents for DEPRECATED-Name Validity Range (DR): <Range Start Date/Time (TS)> & <Range End Date/Time (TS)>

Note subcomponent contains sub-subcomponents

Subcomponents for Effective Date (TS): <Time (DTM)> & <DEPRECATED-Degree of Precision (ID)>

Subcomponents for Expiration Date (TS): <Time (DTM)> & <DEPRECATED-Degree of Precision (ID)>

Subcomponents for Assigning Jurisdiction (CWE): <Identifier (ST)> & <Text (ST)> & <Name of Coding System (ID)> & <Alternate Identifier (ST)> & <Alternate Text (ST)> & <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)> & <Coding System Version ID (ST)> & <Alternate Coding System Version ID (ST)> & <Original Text (ST)>

Subcomponents for Assigning Agency or Department (CWE): <Identifier (ST)> & <Text (ST)> & <Name of Coding System (ID)> & <Alternate Identifier (ST)> & <Alternate Text (ST)> & <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)> & <Coding System Version ID (ST)> & <Alternate Coding System Version ID (ST)> & <Original Text (ST)>

Definition: This field contains the healthcare provider, generally the attending physician, who is accountable that the patient is eligible for the trial and has signed an informed consent. National standard healthcare provider codes should be used when they exist. This field is required for the patient registration trigger event (C01).

7.8.1.9 CSR-9 Date/Time Patient Study Consent Signed (TS) 01043

Components: <Time (DTM)> ^ <DEPRECATED-Degree of Precision (ID)>

Definition: This field contains the consent form signing date is collected to provide a checkpoint that the consent form was obtained. Since many trials involve unapproved drugs and other treatment modalities, the consent form is highly important to document and store. This field is required for the patient registration trigger event (C01). The time component is optional.

7.8.1.10 CSR-10 Patient Study Eligibility Status (CE) 01044

Components: <Identifier (ST)> ^ <Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Coding System (ID)> ^ <Alternate Identifier (ST)> ^ <Alternate Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)>

Definition: This field indicates whether the patient was an appropriate candidate for the trial. It is important for quality control and data analysis. The code set will vary among clinical trials. An example answer set is: Yes, No, By Approval, Not Assessed, Unknown. This field is required for the patient registration trigger event (C01).

7.8.1.11 CSR-11 Study randomization date/time (TS) 01045

Components: <Time (DTM)> ^ <DEPRECATED-Degree of Precision (ID)>

Definition: This field contains the date the patient was randomized. The time component is optional. Up to three randomizations are supported. Sequential randomizations are listed in chronological order.

7.8.1.12 CSR-12 Randomized Study Arm (CE) 01046

Components: <Identifier (ST)> ^ <Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Coding System (ID)> ^ <Alternate Identifier (ST)> ^ <Alternate Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)>

Definition: This field contains codes that must be developed by users. The blind treatment assignment may be communicated as a dummy text: ^blind or if a coded treatment assignment must also be communicated: 1^blind^local_code. If more than one randomization occurs, the second and third repetitions will correspond to the second and third repetitions of CSR-11-study randomization date/time, if they exist.

7.8.1.13 CSR-13 Stratum for Study Randomization (CE) 01047

Components: <Identifier (ST)> ^ <Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Coding System (ID)> ^ <Alternate Identifier (ST)> ^ <Alternate Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)>

Definition: Many studies have stratified randomization schemas. The strata codes must be developed for each clinical trial. This field is important for statistical analysis of the study results. The second and third repetitions will correspond to the second and third repetitions of CSR-11-study randomization date/time and CSR-12-randomized study arm, if they exist.

7.8.1.14 CSR-14 Patient Evaluability Status (CE) 01048

Components: <Identifier (ST)> ^ <Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Coding System (ID)> ^ <Alternate Identifier (ST)> ^ <Alternate Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)>

Definition: This field categorizes the inclusion of this patient's data for various analyses. The patient's data may be evaluable for analysis of adverse events but not for outcomes. Or it may be evaluable for some outcomes and not others. The coding systems will vary among trials. This field is required for the off-study trigger event (C04).

7.8.1.15 CSR-15 Date/Time Ended Study (TS) 01049

Components: <Time (DTM)> ^ <DEPRECATED-Degree of Precision (ID)>

Definition: This field contains the date the patient completes or is otherwise removed from the study. This field is required for the off-study event (C04). The time component is optional.

7.8.1.16 CSR-16 Reason Ended Study (CE) 01050

Components: <Identifier (ST)> ^ <Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Coding System (ID)> ^ <Alternate Identifier (ST)> ^ <Alternate Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)>

Definition: This information is important for quality control and data analysis. The coding systems will vary among trials. An example answer set is: Adverse Events, Completed Trial, Death, Drug Resistance, Intercurrent Illness, Lost to Follow up, No Response to Therapy, Noncompliance, Progression of Disease, Protocol Violation, Refused Further Therapy. This field is required for the off-study trigger event (C04).

7.8.2 CSP - Clinical Study Phase Segment

The CSP segment contains information on a patient's status for a particular phase of the study. This segment is optional and is useful when a study has different evaluation intervals within it. (See Section 0, ??HL7 Attribute Table - CSR - Clinical Study RegistrationPhase of a Clinical Trial.? The CSP segment is implemented on a study-specific basis for messaging purposes. The fact that the patient has entered a phase of the study that represents a certain treatment approach may need to be messaged to other systems, like pharmacy, nursing, or order entry. It is also important to sponsors and data management centers for tracking patient progress through the study and monitoring the data schedule defined for each phase. It may subsume OBR and OBX segments that follow it to indicate that these data describe the phase.

HL7 Attribute Table - CSP - Clinical Study Phase

SEQ LEN DT OPT RP/# TBL# ITEM# ELEMENT NAME DB Ref.
1 250 CE R

01022 Study Phase Identifier DB
2 26 TS R

01052 Date/time Study Phase Began DB
3 26 TS O

01053 Date/time Study Phase Ended DB
4 250 CE C

01054 Study Phase Evaluability DB

7.8.2.0 CSP field definitions

7.8.2.1 CSP-1 Study phase Identifier (CE) 01022

Components: <Identifier (ST)> ^ <Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Coding System (ID)> ^ <Alternate Identifier (ST)> ^ <Alternate Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)>

Definition: This field identifies the phase of the study that a patient has entered. The set of codes will generally be developed for each clinical trial, although there are patterns that trials in particular disease or prevention categories may follow. The phase structure will be based on data collation and reporting needs for the study. It is an operational structure and need not be discussed in the clinical trial protocol documentation or even made known to patient care or data collection personnel. The coding system will usually be developed by the sponsor for multicentered clinical trials to standardize the receipt of automated data. Local codes could be added if an additional local message is desired. Otherwise, local coding conventions will be used. Example: 2^Init Rx, Crs 1^NCI T93-0807 Phases

7.8.2.2 CSP-2 Date/Time Study Phase Began (TS) 01052

Components: <Time (DTM)> ^ <DEPRECATED-Degree of Precision (ID)>

Definition: This field contains the date the patient began this phase interval. The time is optional.

7.8.2.3 CSP-3 Date/Time Study Phase Ended (TS) 01053

Components: <Time (DTM)> ^ <DEPRECATED-Degree of Precision (ID)>

Definition: This field contains the date the patient ended this phase interval.

7.8.2.4 CSP-4 Study Phase Evaluability (CE) 01054

Components: <Identifier (ST)> ^ <Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Coding System (ID)> ^ <Alternate Identifier (ST)> ^ <Alternate Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)>

Definition: This field contains the disposition of the patient's data for this phase interval for quality control and data analysis purposes. The set of codes will vary across clinical trials. An example answer set: Complete, Adverse Events Only, Outcome Only, None, Unknown.

7.8.3 CSS - Clinical Study Data Schedule Segment

The Clinical Study Data Schedule (CSS) segment is optional depending on whether messaging of study data needs to be linked to the scheduled data time points for the study. (See Section 7.6.1.3, ??data schedule.?) The CSS segment enables communication of data schedules and adherence that ranges from the basic to the elaborate. Use of the segment must be planned for each implementation. Each CSS segment will subsume observation and drug administration segments that follow, indicating that they satisfy this scheduled time point.

HL7 Attribute Table - CSS - Clinical Study Data Schedule Segment

SEQ LEN DT OPT RP/# TBL# ITEM# ELEMENT NAME DB Ref.
1 250 CE R

01055 Study Scheduled Time Point DB
2 26 TS O

01056 Study Scheduled Patient Time Point DB
3 250 CE O Y/3
01057 Study Quality Control Codes DB

7.8.3.0 CSS field definitions

7.8.3.1 CSS-1 Study Scheduled Time Point (CE) 01055

Components: <Identifier (ST)> ^ <Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Coding System (ID)> ^ <Alternate Identifier (ST)> ^ <Alternate Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)>

Definition: This field contains the time point for which some instance of data for the clinical trial was scheduled. The time point may be expressed in any coded format. Some examples of time point values are: Prestudy, Pretreatment, 4 times/day, Weekly, Every 3 days, Every course, At Relapse, At Off Study. Alternatively, frequency values from Section 2.A.81.2, ??Interval component (RI),? (the Interval component of the TQ Timing/Quantity data type could be used; however, note that as of version 2.5, the TQ data type is retained only for backward compatibility). Time point naming conventions and usage must be specified by implementers.

7.8.3.2 CSS-2 Study Scheduled Patient Time Point (TS) 01056

Components: <Time (DTM)> ^ <DEPRECATED-Degree of Precision (ID)>

Definition: This field contains the date/time that the scheduled time point should occur for this patient. The date/time may be used for a reference in reviewing the actual dates on which scheduled items that follow in OBR segments occur for the patient. The time component is optional.

7.8.3.3 CSS-3 Study Quality Control Codes (CE) 01057

Components: <Identifier (ST)> ^ <Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Coding System (ID)> ^ <Alternate Identifier (ST)> ^ <Alternate Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)>

Definition: In clinical settings, the actual date of a treatment or procedure may vary considerably from the due date. Various coding systems may be used to evaluate the adherence to the schedule or acceptability of the data. Coding systems will vary among trials.

7.8.4 CTI - Clinical Trial Identification Segment

The CTI segment is an optional segment that contains information to identify the clinical trial, phase and time point with which an order or result is associated.

HL7 Attribute Table - CTI - Clinical Trial Identification

SEQ LEN DT OPT RP/# TBL# ITEM# ELEMENT NAME DB Ref.
1 60 EI R

01011 Sponsor Study ID DB
2 250 CE C

01022 Study Phase Identifier DB
3 250 CE O

01055 Study Scheduled Time Point DB

7.8.4.0 CTI field definitions

7.8.4.1 CTI-1 Sponsor Study ID (EI) 01011

Components: <Entity Identifier (ST)> ^ <Namespace ID (IS)> ^ <Universal ID (ST)> ^ <Universal ID Type (ID)>

Definition: This field contains the universal identifier for the clinical trial. The coding system is as described in CSR-1-sponsor study ID.

7.8.4.2 CTI-2 Study Phase Identifier (CE) 01022

Components: <Identifier (ST)> ^ <Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Coding System (ID)> ^ <Alternate Identifier (ST)> ^ <Alternate Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)>

Definition: This field identifies the phase of the study that a patient has entered. See CSP-1-study phase identifier for details of coding systems.

7.8.4.3 CTI-3 Study Scheduled Time Point (CE) 01055

Components: <Identifier (ST)> ^ <Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Coding System (ID)> ^ <Alternate Identifier (ST)> ^ <Alternate Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)>

Definition: This field identifies a time point in the clinical trial phase. CTI-2-study phase identifier must be valued if CTI-3-study scheduled time point is valued. Should correspond to CSS-1-study scheduled time point.

7.8.5 CM0 Clinical Study Master Segment

The clinical study master segment (CMO) is described in Chapter 8 section 8.11.2.

7.8.6 CM1 Clinical Study Phase Master Segment

The clinical study phase master segment (CMI) is described in Chapter 8, section 8.11.3.

7.8.7 CM2 Clinical Study Schedule Master Segment

The clinical study schedule master segment is described in Chapter 8, section 8.11.4.

7.9 CLINICAL TRIALS - EXAMPLES OF USE

7.9.1 CRM - Message When Patient Registered on a Clinical Trial

MSH|^~\&|PDMS|MDACC|ORDER ENTRY|MDACC|200006021649||CRM^C01|...<cr>

PID|1||223892||Everywoman^Eve||19530117|...<cr>

CSR|DM94-004^MDACC||MDACC|3||19941013||342^^^^^^^PDMS| |||||1005^^^^^^^MDACC|19941013|Y^Meets All Requirements^PDMS|...<cr>

7.9.2 CRM - Message When Patient Begins a Phase of a Clinical Trial

MSH|^~\&|PDMS|MDACC|PHARM|MDACC|200006050925||CRM^C05|...<cr>

PID|1||352352||Everwoman^Eve^L.||19230213|...<cr>

CSR|ID91-025^MDACC||MDACC|301||19941005||342^^^^^^^PDMS |||19941201|2^blind^PDMS| 12^Smoker,Stage II,<60^PDMS|...<cr>

CSP|2^Treatment^PDMS|19941201|...<cr>

7.9.3 CSU - Message Reporting Monthly Patient Data Updates to the Sponsor

MSH|^~\&|PDMS|MDACC|CTMS|NCI|200006050927||CSU^C09|...<cr>

PID|1||235925||J^F^M||19350616|...<cr> [note:anonymous]

CSR|T93-080^NCI|ID93-030^^MDACC|MDACC|14||19941205|...<cr>

CSS|^Prestudy|19941204|C^compliant^NCI<cr>

OBR|1|1234|1234|3^EligibilChecklist^StudyFormsList|||19941205|...<cr>

Note: The clinical trials section probably needs its own definition of OBR. OBR-2&3 have condition rules indicating that the placer and filler numbers must be present in either the ORC or the OBR. Since an ORC is not present, then these fields must be populated in the OBR. My guess is that clinical trials aren't interested in the placer and filler number.

OBX|1|CE|ELIG1^Elig Crit 1^NCI|Text Elig Crit 1|Y|...<cr>

OBX|2|CE|ELIG2^Elig Crit 2^NCI||Y|...<cr>

OBR|2|1235|1235|4^Prestudy Form^StudyFormsList|||19941205|...<cr>

OBX|1|CE|QOL^Quality of Life^NCI||2\T\3\T\2\T\4\T\2^SPITZER|...<cr>

OBX|2|CE|PRICHEM^Prior Chemo^NCI||Yes|...<cr>

OBX|3|CE|PRIBIOL^Prior Biologics^NCI||No|...<cr>

OBX|4|NM|NUMREM^Number Prior Remissions^NCI||2|...<cr>

OBR|3|932^OE|243789^LAB|88304^SURG PATH REPORT|||19940101|...<cr>

OBX|1|CE|88304&ANT|1|9999^PANCREAS^SNM|...<cr>

OBX|2|CE|88304&IMP|2|9999^ADENOCARCINOMA^SNM|...<cr>

OBR|4|933^OE|243790^LAB|85022^CBC|||199412050800|...<cr>

OBX|1|NM|718-7^HEMOGLOBIN:^LN||13.4|GM/DL|14-18|N||S|F|19860522|...<cr>

[cbc values]

OBX|2|NM|4544-3^HEMATOCRIT:^LN||40.3|%|42-52|L||S|F|19860522|...<cr>

OBX|3|NM|789-8^ERYTHROCYTES:^LN||4.56|10*6/ml|4.7-6.1|L||S|F|19860522|...<cr>

OBX|4|NM|787-22^ERYTHROCYTE MEAN CORPUSCULAR VOLUME:^LN||88|fl |80-94|N||S|F|19860522|...<cr>

OBX|5|NM|785-6^ERYTHROCYTE MEAN CORPUSCULAR HEMOGLOBIN:^LN||29.5|pg |27-31|N||N|F|19860522|...<cr>

OBX|6|NM|786-4^ERYTHROCYTE MEAN CORPUSCULAR HEMOGLOBIN CONCENTRATION:^LN||33|%|33-37|N||N|F|19860522|...<cr>

OBX|7|NM|6690-2^LEUKOCYTES:^LN||10.7|10*3/ml|4.8-10.8|N||N|F|19860522|...<cr>

OBX|8|NM|764-1^NEUTROPHILS BAND FORM/100 LEUKOCYTES:^LN||2|%|||||F|...<cr>

OBX|9|NM|769-0^NEUTROPHILS SEGMENTED/100 LEUKOCYTES:^LN||67|%|||||F |...<cr>

OBX|10|NM|736-9^LYMPHOCYTES/100 LEUKOCYTES:^LN||29|%|||||F|...<cr>

OBX|11|NM|5905-5^MONOCYTES/100 LEUKOCYTES:^LN||1|%|||||F|...<cr>

OBX|12|NM|713-8^EOSINOPHILS/100 LEUKOCYTES:^LN||2|%|||||F|...<cr>

OBR|5|934^OE|243791^LAB|80004^ELECTROLYTES|||199412050800|...<cr>

OBX|1|NM|2947-0^SODIUM:^LN||150|mmol/l|136-148|H||A|F|19850301 |...<cr>

OBX|2|NM|2823-3^POTASSIUM:^LN||4.5|mmol/l|3.5-5|N||N|F|19850301|...<cr>

[electrolytes values]

OBX|3|NM|2069-3^CHLORIDE:^LN||102|mmol/l|94-105|N||N|F|19850301|...<cr>

OBX|4|NM|2028-9^CARBON DIOXIDE.TOTAL:^LN||27|mmol/l|24-31|N||N|F |19850301|...<cr>

CSP|^Course 1|19941205|19950120|Y^Toxicity and Response^NCI |...<cr>

CSS|^Course Completion|19950120|...<cr>

OBR|1|935^OE|243791^LAB|2039-6^CARCINOEMBRYONIC AG:^LN|||19941008|...<cr>

OBX|1|NM|2039-6^CARCINOEMBRYONIC AG:^LN||15.2|IU |...<cr>

OBR|2|1236|1236|10^Course Completion Form^StudyPhaseFormsList|||19950120 |...<cr>

OBX|1|CE|CRSRESP^Course Response^NCI||4^Partial Response|...<cr>

OBX|2|NM|DRUGDISP^Capsules Dispensed^NCI||60|...<cr>

OBX|3|NM|DRUGRETN^Capsules Returned^NCI||5|...<cr>

OBX|4|ID|DXCOMP^Diagnostic Tests Compliance^NCI||Y|...<cr>

OBX|5|CE|PERSTAT^Performance Status^NCI||3^ZUBRODS|...<cr>

OBR|3|1237|1237|9999^Adverse Events|...<cr>

OBX|1|CE|9999&EVENT|1|45^Vomiting^NCI|...<cr>

OBX|2|DT|9999&ONSET|1|19941215|...<cr>

OBX|3|DT|9999&RESOLUTION|1|19941217|...<cr>

[Note: Needs to maintain compatibility with ongoing product experience message efforts.]

OBX|4|CE|9999&GRADE|1|M^MODERATE|...<cr>

OBX|5|CE|9999&RELATION_TO_RX|1|L^LIKELY|...<cr>

OBX|6|CE|9999&EVENT|2|303^Dyspnea^NCI|...<cr>

OBX|7|DT|9999&ONSET|2|19941231|...<cr>

OBX|8|DT|9999&RESOLUTION|2|...<cr>

OBX|9|CE|9999&GRADE|2|MI^MILD|...<cr>

OBX|10|CE|9999&RELATION_TO_RX|2|U^UNLIKELY|...<cr>

[Note2: There are other possible OBX suffixes defined by FDA: APEX/ NADIR, ACTION, THERAPY, OUTCOME, RECHALLENGE.]

7.10 PRODUCT EXPERIENCE

Patients experience symptoms, manifest signs or develop diseases or syndromes while exposed to medical devices and/or drugs. Evidence suggests that some of these symptoms, signs, diseases or syndromes may develop as a consequence of the products used. Examples include the development of clear cell adenocarcinoma of the vagina in the daughters of mothers treated with diethylstilbestrol during pregnancy and gastrointestinal bleeding in patients treated with non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs. While it is difficult to prove causality, strong evidence exists in many cases.

It is important to document such experiences during the development and testing of products to identify potential adverse effects but also during routine use of the product to identify serious adverse effects which occur infrequently. The latter is the realm of pharmacoepidemiology and post-marketing surveillance.

Adverse events are important for product manufacturers as signal generating hypotheses concerning drug kinetics or dynamics, often in special populations of patients. Adverse events are important for regulators in ensuring that manufacturers protect the public health in assessments of risk and benefits, including special populations, and that they promptly and thoroughly investigate individual events and clusters of events. Adverse events are especially important for practitioners and patients who always deal with a special population of one individual who may be having an event and a practitioner seeking information about related events seen with the same or similar products.

Reporting has usually focused on serious and unexpected events. Serious, if defined unambiguously, focuses attention on those events of most importance to the patient and practitioner. Expected events are those which prior experience has demonstrated to be probabilistically linked to the product and are generally included in product labeling.

Because of the risks associated with the uses of drugs and medical devices, a system of surveillance has been established in most developed countries. With globalization of the marketplace, the need to share this information across national boundaries has increased. Currently most reporting is performed using a series of forms, including CIOMS, yellow cards, the FDA's 1639 and MedWatch forms and the Japanese form, which are sent:

Figure 7-8. - Flow of product experience information

Regardless of who originates a drug experience report, documentation of the experience eventually reaches the regulatory agencies. The manufacturer is mandated to alert the regulatory agency.

Electronic interchange of these data would reduce errors, decrease costs and speed communications.

7.10.1 Glossary

7.10.1.0

7.10.1.1 Drug:

Any chemical compound that may be used on or administered to humans or animals as an aid in the diagnosis, treatment or prevention of disease or other abnormal condition, for the relief of pain or suffering, or to control or improve any physiological condition (Dorland's Illustrated Medical Dictionary 27th edition).

7.10.1.2 Medical device:

Something contrived for or used in the diagnosis (vascular catheters), treatment (thermotherapy units) or prevention of disease or other abnormal condition, for the relief of pain or suffering or to control or improve any physiologic condition, including instrumentation and implanted devices (prosthetic cardiac valves, pacemakers, hip prostheses).

7.10.1.3 Product:

A drug or medical device.

7.10.1.4 Non-proprietary (generic) name:

Drug name that is not protected by a trademark, usually descriptive of its chemical structure; sometimes called a public name. In the US, most generic drug names are assigned by the US Adopted Name Council (USAN). Other generic names in common use are the National Formulary (NF) and the US Pharmacopoeia (USP) names. Figure 7-3 lists other available drug coding systems.

7.10.1.5 Trade (brand) name:

Proprietary names that are registered to protect the name for the sole use of the manufacturer holding the trademark.

7.10.1.6 Adverse event/adverse experience:

7.10.1.7 Adverse drug reaction:

7.10.1.8 Causation:

An exposure which truly does increase or decrease the probability of a certain outcome.

7.10.1.9 Causal relationship:

When an event occurs a product may be suspected as causing the event but rarely can it be proven particularly at an early stage of the product's life. Certain information about the relationship between the product and the event can reinforce the belief in a causal relationship between the product and the event while others can decrease the probability that there is a causal relationship.

7.10.1.10 Regulatory agency:

Many geopolitical entities have established agencies/authority responsible for regulating products used in health care. The agencies are collectively referred to as regulatory agencies.

7.10.1.11 Product manufacturer:

The organization which is responsible for the manufacture of a product. This will usually be the entity, which holds the marketing authorization for the product.

7.10.1.12 Holder of marketing authorization:

The organization which holds the authority to market a product. This will often be the organization, which manufactures the product.

7.10.1.13 Serious adverse product reaction:

An adverse product reaction which:

Medical and scientific judgment should be exercised in deciding whether expedited reporting is appropriate in other situations, such as important medical events that may not be immediately life threatening or result in hospitalization but may jeopardize the patient or may require intervention to prevent one of the other outcomes listed in the definition above. These should also be considered serious.

7.10.1.14 Expected adverse product reaction:

Expected events are those which prior experience has demonstrated to be probabilistically linked to the product and are generally included in product labeling.

Pre-marketing: An adverse reaction, the nature or severity of which is not consistent with the applicable product information (e.g., Investigator's Brochure for an unapproved investigational product).

Post-marketing/European Union: This relates to an adverse reaction which is not mentioned in any EC summary of product characteristics (SPC). In the absence of any European SPC, an international document prepared by the marketing authorization holder containing all relevant safety information which the marketing authorization holder considers should be listed for the medicinal product in all countries where the medicinal product is marketed (Care Data Sheet).

Post-marketing/US current: Unexpected means an adverse drug experience that is not listed in the current labeling for the drug product and includes an event that may be symptomatically and pathophysiologically related to an event listed in the labeling but differs from the event because of greater severity or specificity.

Post-marketing/US (proposed): The applicant's core safety data sheet shall be a document prepared by the applicant that contains all relevant safety information, including adverse drug experiences, which the applicant believes should e listed for the drug in all countries where the drug is marketed. It may be used by the applicant as the reference document by which an adverse drug experience is judged to be expected or unexpected for purposes of this post-marketing periodic report.

Post-marketing/WHO: An adverse reaction, the nature or severity of which is not consistent with domestic labeling or market authorization, or expected from characteristics of the drug.

7.10.2 References

Gabrielli ER. Standard specification for drug therapy documentation. ASTM Committee E31.12 July (1993).

Kessler DA. Introducing MEDWatch. JAMA 269: 2765-2768(1993).

Kurata JH, Overhage JM, Gabrielli E, Jones JK. International Data Standards for Hospital-based Drug Surveillance. M.D. Computing 12(1) 50-57 (1995).

Moore N, Montera d, Coulson R, DeAbajo F, Kreft-Jais C, Biron A, Monteaugudo J. The single case format: proposal for a structured message for the telematic transmission of information on individual case reports in pharmacovigilance. Pharmacoepidemiology and Drug Safety 3: 157-162 (1994)

Thompson WL. A modest proposal for enhancing the safety and effectiveness of use of human drugs, biologics and devices and animal health products with human health implications through cost-effective health informatics tools supporting a global database of safety reports as a joint ICH E2, M1 and M2 initiative. Private communication. March (1995)

7.11 PRODUCT EXPERIENCE - TRIGGER EVENTS AND MESSAGE DEFINITIONS

The message header segment will care one of three event types at MSH-9-message type.

Event Description
P07 PEX - Unsolicited initial individual product experience report
P08 PEX - Unsolicited update individual product experience report
P09 SUR - Summary product experience report

7.11.1 PEX - Product Experience Message (Events P07, P08)

The primary application of this message is to transfer information related to an adverse event occurring while a patient was exposed to a product.

PEX^P07-P08^PEX_P07 Product Experience Message Status Chapter DB Ref.
MSH Message Header
2 DB
[ { SFT } ] Software Segment
2 DB
EVN Event Type
3 DB
PID Patient Identification
3 DB
[ PD1 ] Additional Demographics
3 DB
[ { NTE } ] Notes and comments
2 DB
[ --- VISIT begin


PV1 Patient Visit
3 DB
[ PV2 ] Patient Visit - Additional Info
3 DB
] --- VISIT end


{ --- EXPERIENCE begin


PES Product Experience Sender
7 DB
{ --- PEX_OBSERVATION begin


PEO Product Experience Observation
7 DB
{ --- PEX_CAUSE begin


PCR Potential Causal Relationship
7 DB
[ --- RX_ORDER begin


RXE Pharmacy/Treatment Encoded Order
4 DB
{ --- TIMING_QTY begin


TQ1 Timing/Quantity
4 DB
[ { TQ2 } ] Timing/Quantity Order Sequence
4 DB
} --- TIMING_QTY end


[ { RXR } ] Pharmacy/Treatment Route
4 DB
] --- RX_ORDER end


[{ --- RX_ADMINISTRATION begin


RXA Pharmacy/Treatment Administration
4 DB
[ RXR ] Pharmacy/Treatment Route
4 DB
}] --- RX_ADMINISTRATION end


[ { PRB } ] Detail problem segment
12 DB
[ { OBX } ] Observation/Result Segment
7 DB
[ { NTE } ] Notes and comments
2 DB
[ --- ASSOCIATED_PERSON begin


NK1 Associated parties segment
2 DB
[ --- ASSOCIATED_RX_ORDER begin


RXE Pharmacy/Treatment Encoded Order
4 DB
{ --- NK1_TIMING_QTY begin


TQ1 Timing/Quantity
4 DB
[ { TQ2 } ] Timing/Quantity Order Sequence
4 DB
} --- NK1_TIMING_QTY end


[ { RXR } ] Pharmacy/Treatment Route
4 DB
] --- ASSOCIATED_RX_ORDER end


[{ --- ASSOCIATED_RX_ADMIN begin


RXA Pharmacy/Treatment Administration
4 DB
[ RXR ] Pharmacy/Treatment Route
4 DB
}] --- ASSOCIATED_RX_ADMIN end


[ { PRB } ] Detail Problem Segment
12 DB
[ { OBX } ] Observation/Results Segment
7 DB
] --- ASSOCIATED_PERSON end


[{ --- STUDY begin


CSR Clinical study registration
7 DB
[ { CSP } ] Clinical study phase segment
7 DB
}] --- STUDY end


} --- PEX_CAUSE end


} --- PEX_OBSERVATION end


} --- EXPERIENCE end


The PID segment provides the patient identification information including institutional identification numbers, date of birth and in the case of patients who die, information about their death. Patients are frequently identified only by their initials which can be represented in the PID segment, e.g. the initials JMO would appear as J^M^O in the name field of the PID segment. The EVN segment identifies the type of transaction that is being sent -- primarily it specifies who the sender is and implies which information is expected to be included in the message. A message sent from a healthcare provider, for example, might contain minimal information, while a message from a pharmaceutical manufacturer might contain nearly complete information.

The PES or Product Experience Sender segment provides information about the message sender and its knowledge of the event. The heart of the product experience message is the product experience observation (PEO) segment and the PCR segments clustered under it. The PEO segment identifies a clinical event and the PCR segments identify products which are potentially causally related to the event. There may be more than one product which is potentially related to the event so multiple PCR segments can be included. RXE and RXR segments can be repeated and provide information about the products the patient was exposed to at the time of the event (typically excluding those used to treat the event). Details about the administration of the products identified in the PCR segments should be described with RXE and RXR segments. Repeated PRB segments provide information about diagnoses which represent comorbid conditions. The repeated OBX segments are used to send patient observations such as height, weight, last menstrual period, and laboratory results. Analytical commentary can be included in the NTE segment. This commentary will typically be the sender's analysis of the event and the potentially causally related products. Finally, the CSR and CSP segments can optionally be included if the event occurred during a formal clinical trial in order to describe the trial.

When a product experience relates to an exposure which occurred indirectly (transmammary or transplacentally for example), the individual experiencing the adverse effect ?? the fetus or child ?? would be described in the PID segment and the individual via which they are exposed in the NK1 segment. The first set of RXE segments would typically indicate the drugs which to which the fetus or child was exposed. Additional codes for the route are defined in this Appendix to allow the suspected routes of exposure to be represented. The second set of RXE/RXR segment - those clustered under the NK1 segment - would represent the route by which the mother or father was exposed to the drug. Early spontaneous abortion would normally be treated as an adverse effect on the mother rather than on the fetus, and the PID would refer to the mother. The second set of PRB/OBX segments reflects the problems/observations associated with the individual via which they were exposed.

Each message contains information about a single case including one patient (PID), at least one sender (PES), one or more events (PEO) and one or more suspected products (PCR and RXE/RXA) for a minimal message. The structure of the message allows actual administration information to be sent in the RXA if known; if administration information is unavailable, or the adverse reaction cannot be related to a single administration event, the RXE segment can be used to send prescription level information. Additional information may be included based on availability and regulatory requirements.

The MSH segment specifies the character set (MSH-18) and the language (MSH-19) used in the PEX message.

The PEX message is designed to accommodate required reporting of adverse product events to the responsible regulatory agencies. In the United States, the paper version of this report is Medwatch.

7.11.2 SUR - Summary Product Experience Report (Event P09)

Sending summary reports related to products constitutes a P09 event.

This message and event is deprecated for v2.5: This message is not consistent with most message definitions and appears flawed for the following reasons:

  The SUR message structure has no optional segments. Even the NTE is defined as required.

  The message contains an invalid ED segment.

The Message contains sequences of segments that would be difficult if not impossible to parse. For example the PSH segment is a child of an FAC segment followed by a second PSH that is the parent of another FAC segment.

This Technical Committee invites users of the existing message and/or domain experts to submit a formal proposal for a replacement message, event and use cases that can be considered for the next v2.x ballot.

SUR^P09^SUR_P09 Summary Product Experience Report Status Chapter DB Ref.
MSH Message Header
2 DB
{

--- FACILITY begin




FAC Facility
7 DB
{

--- PRODUCT begin




PSH Product Summary Header
7 DB
PDC Product Detail Country
7 DB
}

--- PRODUCT end




PSH Product Summary Header
7 DB
{

--- FACILITY_DETAIL begin




FAC Facility
7 DB
PDC Product Detail Country
7 DB
NTE Notes (for PCR)
2 DB
}

--- FACILITY_DETAIL end




ED Encapsulated Data
2 DB
}

--- FACILITY end




The Summary Product Experience Report message can be divided into two separate parts. Part 1 consists of a Facility segment which identifies the reporting organization, a Product Summary Header segment which provides summary information about the products and manufacturers, and a Product Detail Country segment which provides country specific product identification and marketing information. Part 2 consists of a repeating series of segments. These segments could be used to represent data about each model of a medical device (Part 2 of FDA Form 3417, for example). The Product Summary Header segment provides manufacturer's data, under which repeating sets of Facility segments (representing multiple manufacturing sites), a Product Detail Country segment (representing marketing and product identification data) and the Note segment (for other commentary) may follow. Finally, the Encapsulated Data (ED) segment can be used to transmit images of documents, including any of the MIME (Multimedia Internet Mail Extension) support formats such as JPEG, GIF, and FAX.

Regulatory agencies require a variety of reports that are centered on the product, not on a single patient. Some of these reports request information just about the product, and some request information about the product combined with a summary of the product experience reports on that product. These are used by regulatory agencies to provide totals against which they can verify that they have received and processed all of the relevant reports, and to calculate denominators for computing event rates. If manufacturers begin to transmit these reports electronically and regulatory agencies in turn electronically confirm the receipt of such reports, the need for some of these summary reports will decline.

The SUR message provides a mechanism for sending a variety of different summary reports. In the United States, the Medical Device Reporting Annual Certification and the Medical Device Reporting Baseline Report are examples of such reports. Below, we use these two medical device reports to illustrate how one would map the contents of this kind of report to the SUR message.

Manufacturers are required to submit a Baseline Report (FDA Form 3417 of October, 1995 (when a device is first released. The focus of this report is a single product. The first part requests information about the manufacturer of the product (Questions 2a through 2g), e.g., the firm's name, street address, city, country, type of firm (e.g., manufacturer, distributor, both); the manufacturer's contact (Questions 3a through 3g). e.g., title, street address, city, state, phone number, and whether the firm is an organization of a foreign manufacturer. Most of this information can be transmitted as fields within the FAC (Facility segment - the first segment in the SUR message following the MSH). Question 1 (which asks the type of baseline report - initial or annual update) and Question 7 (the date of the report) are reported in the PSH (Product Summary Header) segment that follows the FAC segment in the SUR message. The second part of the Baseline Report form also includes information about the device name (Question 2), generic name (Question 3), device model number (Question 4), device catalogue number (Question 5), other device identifier (Question 6), product code (Question 7), and device family (Question 8), related device information (Question 9), the basis for marketing the device (Question 10), device life (Question 11), the date the device was first marketed (Question 12), the date the device ceased being marketed (Question 13), whether the device was the subject of a 522 study (Question 14), and the number of devices manufactured, distributed, and in current use (Question 15). All of these questions with the exception of #9 are represented in the PDC segment. Questions 16a and 16b are represented by nested PSH segments.

The Medical Device Reporting Annual Certification form consists of two parts. Part 12 transmits information describing the firm submitting the report (Questions 2a through 2h) and the individual who completed the report (Questions 3a through 3g). These questions are represented in the FAC segment. Question 1 (period covered by the certification) corresponds to the PSH segment. Part 2, Question 3, which details one or more individual devices, can be transmitted in the repeating FAC and PSH segments. Figure 7-19 summarizes the mapping between questions on these two FDA forms and the SUR message.

Figure 7-9. Mapping of FDA medical device reports to SUR message

Baseline Report Annual Certification SUR


MSH
Part 1 Questions 2a-2g, 3a-3g Part 1 Questions 2,3 { FAC
Part 1 Questions 1, 7 Part 1 Question 1 {PSH


PDC


}
Part 2 Questions 16a, 16b Part 2 Question 3 PSH
Part 2 Questions 1a, 1b Part 2 Question 3 { FAC
Part 2 Questions 2-15
PDC


NTE


}
Part 2 Alternative transmission method - image file rather than text
ED


}

7.12 PRODUCT EXPERIENCE - SEGMENT DEFINITIONS

7.12.1 PES - Product Experience Sender Segment

HL7 Attribute Table - PES - Product Experience Sender

SEQ LEN DT OPT RP/ # TBL # ITEM # ELEMENT NAME DB Ref.
1 250 XON O Y
01059 Sender Organization Name DB
2 250 XCN O Y
01060 Sender Individual Name DB
3 250 XAD O Y
01062 Sender Address DB
4 250 XTN O Y
01063 Sender Telephone DB
5 75 EI O

01064 Sender Event Identifier DB
6 2 NM O

01065 Sender Sequence Number DB
7 600 FT O Y
01066 Sender Event Description DB
8 600 FT O

01067 Sender Comment DB
9 26 TS O

01068 Sender Aware Date/Time DB
10 26 TS R

01069 Event Report Date DB
11 3 ID O Y/2 0234 01070 Event Report Timing/Type DB
12 1 ID O
0235 01071 Event Report Source DB
13 1 ID O Y 0236 01072 Event Reported To DB

7.12.1.0 PES - field definitions

7.12.1.1 PES-1 Sender Organization Name (XON) 01059

Components: <Organization Name (ST)> ^ <Organization Name Type Code (IS)> ^ <DEPRECATED-ID Number (NM)> ^ <Check Digit (NM)> ^ <Check Digit Scheme (ID)> ^ <Assigning Authority (HD)> ^ <Identifier Type Code (ID)> ^ <Assigning Facility (HD)> ^ <Name Representation Code (ID)> ^ <Organization Identifier (ST)>

Subcomponents for Assigning Authority (HD): <Namespace ID (IS)> & <Universal ID (ST)> & <Universal ID Type (ID)>

Subcomponents for Assigning Facility (HD): <Namespace ID (IS)> & <Universal ID (ST)> & <Universal ID Type (ID)>

Definition: This field contains the name of the organization sending the message. Coded lists of manufacturers such as that from the World Health Organization database might be used in the component of the coded name to identify the source code type. If sent from an individual, this field may not be sent.

7.12.1.2 PES-2 Sender Individual Name (XCN) 01060

Components: <ID Number (ST)> ^ <Family Name (FN)> ^ <Given Name (ST)> ^ <Second and Further Given Names or Initials Thereof (ST)> ^ <Suffix (e.g., JR or III) (ST)> ^ <Prefix (e.g., DR) (ST)> ^ <DEPRECATED-Degree (e.g., MD) (IS)> ^ <Source Table (IS)> ^ <Assigning Authority (HD)> ^ <Name Type Code (ID)> ^ <Identifier Check Digit (ST)> ^ <Check Digit Scheme (ID)> ^ <Identifier Type Code (ID)> ^ <Assigning Facility (HD)> ^ <Name Representation Code (ID)> ^ <Name Context (CE)> ^ <DEPRECATED-Name Validity Range (DR)> ^ <Name Assembly Order (ID)> ^ <Effective Date (TS)> ^ <Expiration Date (TS)> ^ <Professional Suffix (ST)> ^ <Assigning Jurisdiction (CWE)> ^ <Assigning Agency or Department (CWE)>

Subcomponents for Family Name (FN): <Surname (ST)> & <Own Surname Prefix (ST)> & <Own Surname (ST)> & <Surname Prefix From Partner/Spouse (ST)> & <Surname From Partner/Spouse (ST)>

Subcomponents for Assigning Authority (HD): <Namespace ID (IS)> & <Universal ID (ST)> & <Universal ID Type (ID)>

Subcomponents for Assigning Facility (HD): <Namespace ID (IS)> & <Universal ID (ST)> & <Universal ID Type (ID)>

Subcomponents for Name Context (CE): <Identifier (ST)> & <Text (ST)> & <Name of Coding System (ID)> & <Alternate Identifier (ST)> & <Alternate Text (ST)> & <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)>

Subcomponents for DEPRECATED-Name Validity Range (DR): <Range Start Date/Time (TS)> & <Range End Date/Time (TS)>

Note subcomponent contains sub-subcomponents

Subcomponents for Effective Date (TS): <Time (DTM)> & <DEPRECATED-Degree of Precision (ID)>

Subcomponents for Expiration Date (TS): <Time (DTM)> & <DEPRECATED-Degree of Precision (ID)>

Subcomponents for Assigning Jurisdiction (CWE): <Identifier (ST)> & <Text (ST)> & <Name of Coding System (ID)> & <Alternate Identifier (ST)> & <Alternate Text (ST)> & <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)> & <Coding System Version ID (ST)> & <Alternate Coding System Version ID (ST)> & <Original Text (ST)>

Subcomponents for Assigning Agency or Department (CWE): <Identifier (ST)> & <Text (ST)> & <Name of Coding System (ID)> & <Alternate Identifier (ST)> & <Alternate Text (ST)> & <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)> & <Coding System Version ID (ST)> & <Alternate Coding System Version ID (ST)> & <Original Text (ST)>

Definition: This field contains the name of the contact individual. If sent by an organization, the individuals in the organization who serve as primary contact points correspondence regarding this event.

7.12.1.3 PES-3 Sender Address (XAD) 01062

Components: <Street Address (SAD)> ^ <Other Designation (ST)> ^ <City (ST)> ^ <State or Province (ST)> ^ <Zip or Postal Code (ST)> ^ <Country (ID)> ^ <Address Type (ID)> ^ <Other Geographic Designation (ST)> ^ <County/Parish Code (IS)> ^ <Census Tract (IS)> ^ <Address Representation Code (ID)> ^ <DEPRECATED-Address Validity Range (DR)> ^ <Effective Date (TS)> ^ <Expiration Date (TS)>

Subcomponents for Street Address (SAD): <Street or Mailing Address (ST)> & <Street Name (ST)> & <Dwelling Number (ST)>

Subcomponents for DEPRECATED-Address Validity Range (DR): <Range Start Date/Time (TS)> & <Range End Date/Time (TS)>

Note subcomponent contains sub-subcomponents

Subcomponents for Effective Date (TS): <Time (DTM)> & <DEPRECATED-Degree of Precision (ID)>

Subcomponents for Expiration Date (TS): <Time (DTM)> & <DEPRECATED-Degree of Precision (ID)>

Definition: This field contains the postal address of the message sender to which correspondence regarding the experience being reported should be directed.

7.12.1.4 PES-4 Sender Telephone (XTN) 01063

Components: <DEPRECATED-Telephone Number (ST)> ^ <Telecommunication Use Code (ID)> ^ <Telecommunication Equipment Type (ID)> ^ <Email Address (ST)> ^ <Country Code (NM)> ^ <Area/City Code (NM)> ^ <Local Number (NM)> ^ <Extension (NM)> ^ <Any Text (ST)> ^ <Extension Prefix (ST)> ^ <Speed Dial Code (ST)> ^ <Unformatted Telephone number (ST)>

Definition: This field contains the telephone number of the message sender to which telephone communications regarding the experience being reported should be directed. An electronic mail address can be specified in this field.

7.12.1.5 PES-5 Sender Event Identifier (EI) 01064

Components: <Entity Identifier (ST)> ^ <Namespace ID (IS)> ^ <Universal ID (ST)> ^ <Universal ID Type (ID)>

Definition: The first component of this field contains the product manufacturer's unique alphanumeric identifier for this specific event. This identifier will be used on all subsequent communications regarding this event. For events reported to the FDA, the identifier is: the FDA assigned manufacturer or distributor number; a hyphen; the 4-digit year; a hyphen; and a consecutive 5-digit sequence number for each report filled by the sender that year. For example, the event identifier for the third event reported in 1996 by a manufacturer whose FDA-assigned registration number is 1234567 would be 1234567-1993-3. Organizations without a FDA-assigned registration number should use 0000000 until assigned a number. Reports from other facilities should use the 10-digit HCFA number left padded with zeros in place of the FDA-assigned registration number. The second through fourth components are defined in exactly the same way as the three components of the hierarchic designator (HD) data type (Section 2.8.18, ??HD - hierarchic designator?).

7.12.1.6 PES-6 Sender Sequence Number (NM) 01065

Definition: This field contains sequentially assigned integer values which distinguish messages which share the same sender event identification element. 0 for initial report, 1 for second, and so on.

7.12.1.7 PES-7 Sender Event Description (FT) 01066

Definition: This field contains the summary narrative text description of the event that occurred written by the sender, which may include a description of the nature of the event, how the product was involved, any environmental conditions that may have influenced the event, and patient follow-up or required treatment. Note that laboratory results can be encoded as OBX segments rather then including them in the narrative. By representing clinical information in OBX segments rather than in the narrative, these data become much more useful and flexible.

7.12.1.8 PES-8 Sender Comment (FT) 01067

Definition: This field contains the text commentary regarding the report being made, such as disclaimers, which is not necessarily part of the report.

7.12.1.9 PES-9 Sender Aware Date/Time (TS) 01068

Components: <Time (DTM)> ^ <DEPRECATED-Degree of Precision (ID)>

Definition: This field identifies the date the sender became aware of the event.

7.12.1.10 PES-10 Event Report Date (TS) 01069

Components: <Time (DTM)> ^ <DEPRECATED-Degree of Precision (ID)>

Definition: This field contains the date the message was originally sent to the regulatory agency.

7.12.1.11 PES-11 Event Report Timing/Type (ID) 01070

Definition: This field contains the timing type of report as required by regulatory agency. Refer to HL7 Table 0234 - Report Timing for valid values.

HL7 Table 0234 - Report timing

Value Description Comment
CO Correction
AD Additional information
RQ Requested information
DE Device evaluation
PD Periodic
3D 3 day report
7D 7 day report
10D 10 day report
15D 15 day report
30D 30 day report

7.12.1.12 PES-12 Event report source (ID) 01071

Definition: This field identifies the source from which the sender learned about the event. Multiple sources may be reported by repeating the element.

If the source of the report is a clinical trial, the CSR and CSP segments can be included to define the study. Refer to HL7 Table 0235 - Report Source for valid values.

HL7 Table 0235 - Report source

Value Description Comment
C Clinical trial
L Literature
H Health professional
R Regulatory agency
D Database/registry/poison control center
N Non-healthcare professional
P Patient
M Manufacturer/marketing authority holder
E Distributor
O Other

7.12.1.13 PES-13 Event Reported To (ID) 01072

Definition: This field indicates all the entities to whom the entity submitting the report has reported the event. Repeat the element if the report was submitted to more than one entity. Refer to HL7 Table 0236 - Event reported to for valid values.

HL7 Table 0236 - Event Reported To

Value Description Comment
M Manufacturer
L Local facility/user facility
R Regulatory agency
D Distributor

7.12.2 PEO - Product Experience Observation Segment

Details related to a particular clinical experience or event are embodied in the PEO segment. This segment can be used to characterize an event which might be attributed to a product to which the patient was exposed. Products with a possible causal relationship to the observed experience are described in the following PCR (possible causal relationship) segments. The message format was designed to be robust and includes many optional elements which may not be required for a particular regulatory purpose but allow a complete representation of the drug experience if needed.

A PEX message can contain multiple PEO segments if the patient experienced more than one event but must contain at least one PEO segment.

HL7 Attribute Table - PEO - Product Experience Observation

SEQ LEN DT OPT RP/ # TBL # ITEM # ELEMENT NAME DB Ref.
1 250 CE O Y
01073 Event Identifiers Used DB
2 250 CE O Y
01074 Event Symptom/Diagnosis Code DB
3 26 TS R

01075 Event Onset Date/Time DB
4 26 TS O

01076 Event Exacerbation Date/Time DB
5 26 TS O

01077 Event Improved Date/Time DB
6 26 TS O

01078 Event Ended Data/Time DB
7 250 XAD O Y
01079 Event Location Occurred Address DB
8 1 ID O Y 0237 01080 Event Qualification DB
9 1 ID O
0238 01081 Event Serious DB
10 1 ID O
0239 01082 Event Expected DB
11 1 ID O Y 0240 01083 Event Outcome DB
12 1 ID O
0241 01084 Patient Outcome DB
13 600 FT O Y
01085 Event Description From Others DB
14 600 FT O Y
01086 Event From Original Reporter DB
15 600 FT O Y
01087 Event Description From Patient DB
16 600 FT O Y
01088 Event Description From Practitioner DB
17 600 FT O Y
01089 Event Description From Autopsy DB
18 250 CE O Y
01090 Cause Of Death DB
19 250 XPN O Y
01091 Primary Observer Name DB
20 250 XAD O Y
01092 Primary Observer Address DB
21 250 XTN O Y
01093 Primary Observer Telephone DB
22 1 ID O
0242 01094 Primary Observer's Qualification DB
23 1 ID O
0242 01095 Confirmation Provided By DB
24 26 TS O

01096 Primary Observer Aware Date/Time DB
25 1 ID O
0243 01097 Primary Observer's identity May Be Divulged DB

7.12.2.0 PEO field definitions

7.12.2.1 PEO-1 Event Identifiers Used (CE) 01073

Components: <Identifier (ST)> ^ <Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Coding System (ID)> ^ <Alternate Identifier (ST)> ^ <Alternate Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)>

Definition: This field may be used to transmit the event identifier used by other entities for this event. The entry would typically contain a unique alphanumeric identifier assigned by an entity with the text component null or repeating the unique alphanumeric identifier followed by the organization's identifier. An event identifier might be GB1234^GB1234^PharmaGiant for example.

7.12.2.2 PEO-2 Event Symptom/Diagnosis Code (CE) 01074

Components: <Identifier (ST)> ^ <Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Coding System (ID)> ^ <Alternate Identifier (ST)> ^ <Alternate Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)>

Definition: This field is the coded diagnosis or problem description which best describes the event. A text representation of the coded item should routinely be included. MEDDRA and WHO-ART are examples of appropriate coding schemes, as are the patient and device codes included in the FDA Center for Devices and Radiologic Health's coding manual for Form 3500A.

7.12.2.3 PEO-3 Event Onset Date/Time (TS) 01075

Components: <Time (DTM)> ^ <DEPRECATED-Degree of Precision (ID)>

Definition: This field contains a report or best estimate of the date/time of onset of the event. The date/time can be recorded to any level of precision it is known (hour, day, month, year).

7.12.2.4 PEO-4 Event Exacerbation Date/Time (TS) 01076

Components: <Time (DTM)> ^ <DEPRECATED-Degree of Precision (ID)>

Definition: This field identifies the best estimate of the date/time the event was exacerbated.

7.12.2.5 PEO-5 Event Improved Date/Time (TS) 01077

Components: <Time (DTM)> ^ <DEPRECATED-Degree of Precision (ID)>

Definition: This field identifies the best estimate of the date/time the event improved.

7.12.2.6 PEO-6 Event Ended Data/Time (TS) 01078

Components: <Time (DTM)> ^ <DEPRECATED-Degree of Precision (ID)>

Definition: This field identifies the best estimate of the date/time the event resolved.

7.12.2.7 PEO-7 Event Location Occurred Address (XAD) 01079

Components: <Street Address (SAD)> ^ <Other Designation (ST)> ^ <City (ST)> ^ <State or Province (ST)> ^ <Zip or Postal Code (ST)> ^ <Country (ID)> ^ <Address Type (ID)> ^ <Other Geographic Designation (ST)> ^ <County/Parish Code (IS)> ^ <Census Tract (IS)> ^ <Address Representation Code (ID)> ^ <DEPRECATED-Address Validity Range (DR)> ^ <Effective Date (TS)> ^ <Expiration Date (TS)>

Subcomponents for Street Address (SAD): <Street or Mailing Address (ST)> & <Street Name (ST)> & <Dwelling Number (ST)>

Subcomponents for DEPRECATED-Address Validity Range (DR): <Range Start Date/Time (TS)> & <Range End Date/Time (TS)>

Note subcomponent contains sub-subcomponents

Subcomponents for Effective Date (TS): <Time (DTM)> & <DEPRECATED-Degree of Precision (ID)>

Subcomponents for Expiration Date (TS): <Time (DTM)> & <DEPRECATED-Degree of Precision (ID)>

Definition: This field identifies the location at which the event started. Often this will specify only the country in which the event started.

7.12.2.8 PEO-8 Event Qualification (ID) 01080

Definition: This field is contains a classification of the type of product experience this event is considered to represent. Refer to HL7 Table 0237 - Event Qualification for valid values.

HL7 Table 0237 - Event Qualification

Value Description Comment
I Interaction
O Overdose
A Abuse
M Misuse
D Dependency
L Lack of expect therapeutic effect
W Drug withdrawal
B Unexpected beneficial effect

Unexpected beneficial effects would not often be reported but are required by certain countries.

7.12.2.9 PEO-9 Event Serious (ID) 01081

Definition: This field indicates whether the event was judged as serious. If the event did not meet the criteria for seriousness but the sender judges the event significant on other grounds, the event can be identified as significant [but not serious]. Refer to HL7 Table 0238 - Event Seriousness for valid values.

HL7 Table 0238 - Event Seriousness

Value Description Comment
Y Yes
S Significant
N No

7.12.2.10 PEO-10 Event Expected (ID) 01082

Definition: This field indicates whether the observed event was expected or unexpected as judged. Refer to HL7 Table 0239 - Event Expected for valid values.

HL7 Table 0239 - Event Expected

Value Description Comment
Y Yes
N No
U Unknown

7.12.2.11 PEO-11 Event Outcome (ID) 01083

Definition: This field identifies the consequence of the event on the patient. If the consequence of the event is not understood or not available, the patient outcome element may be used although neither is required. May be repeated if more than one is appropriate. Refer to HL7 Table 0240 - Event consequence for valid values.

HL7 Table 0240 - Event Consequence

Value Description Comment
D Death
L Life threatening
H Caused hospitalized
P Prolonged hospitalization
C Congenital anomaly/birth defect
I Incapacity which is significant, persistent or permanent
J Disability which is significant, persistent or permanent
R Required intervention to prevent permanent impairment/damage
O Other

7.12.2.12 PEO-12 Patient Outcome (ID) 01084

When an event specific outcome is not available, the patient outcome element may be used to represent the patient's overall outcome if that information is known. Refer to HL7 Table 0241 - Patient outcome for valid values.

HL7 Table 0241 - Patient Outcome

Value Description Comment
D Died
R Recovering
N Not recovering/unchanged
W Worsening
S Sequelae
F Fully recovered
U Unknown

7.12.2.13 PEO-13 Event Description from Others (FT) 01085

Definition: This field contains a summary narrative text description of the event that occurred written by the sender. Note that laboratory results can be encoded as OBX segments rather then including them in the narrative. By representing clinical information in OBX segments rather than in the narrative, these data become much more useful and flexible.

7.12.2.14 PEO-14 Event Description from Original Reporter (FT) 01086

Definition: This field contains a summary narrative text description of the event provided by the original reporter. Note that laboratory results can be encoded as OBX segments rather then including them in the narrative.

7.12.2.15 PEO-15 Event Description from Patient (FT) 01087

Definition: This field contains a summary narrative text description of the event obtained directly from the patient. Note that laboratory results can be encoded as OBX segments rather then including them in the narrative, which will allow the data to be more readily represented and manipulated.

7.12.2.16 PEO-16 Event Description from Practitioner (FT) 01088

Definition: This field contains a summary narrative text description of the event provided by the practitioner most familiar with the event. Note that laboratory results can be encoded as OBX segments rather then including them in the narrative.

7.12.2.17 PEO-17 Event Description from Autopsy (FT) 01089

Definition: This field contains a summary narrative text description of the autopsy results. Note that laboratory results can be encoded as OBX segments rather then including them in the narrative.

7.12.2.18 PEO-18 Cause of Death (CE) 01090

Components: <Identifier (ST)> ^ <Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Coding System (ID)> ^ <Alternate Identifier (ST)> ^ <Alternate Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)>

Definition: This field identifies the coded cause of death. May be repeated as necessary to list multiple contributing causes. A text description can be included by including text but no code or coding system. For example, if the cause of death is to be determined at autopsy but results are not yet available, the cause of death element could be ^Pending autopsy^. The date/time of death can be sent in the PID and the autopsy results sent in the event description from autopsy element of the PEO segment.

7.12.2.19 PEO-19 Primary Observer Name (XPN) 01091

Components: <Family Name (FN)> ^ <Given Name (ST)> ^ <Second and Further Given Names or Initials Thereof (ST)> ^ <Suffix (e.g., JR or III) (ST)> ^ <Prefix (e.g., DR) (ST)> ^ <DEPRECATED-Degree (e.g., MD) (IS)> ^ <Name Type Code (ID)> ^ <Name Representation Code (ID)> ^ <Name Context (CE)> ^ <DEPRECATED-Name Validity Range (DR)> ^ <Name Assembly Order (ID)> ^ <Effective Date (TS)> ^ <Expiration Date (TS)> ^ <Professional Suffix (ST)>

Subcomponents for Family Name (FN): <Surname (ST)> & <Own Surname Prefix (ST)> & <Own Surname (ST)> & <Surname Prefix From Partner/Spouse (ST)> & <Surname From Partner/Spouse (ST)>

Subcomponents for Name Context (CE): <Identifier (ST)> & <Text (ST)> & <Name of Coding System (ID)> & <Alternate Identifier (ST)> & <Alternate Text (ST)> & <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)>

Subcomponents for DEPRECATED-Name Validity Range (DR): <Range Start Date/Time (TS)> & <Range End Date/Time (TS)>

Note subcomponent contains sub-subcomponents

Subcomponents for Effective Date (TS): <Time (DTM)> & <DEPRECATED-Degree of Precision (ID)>

Subcomponents for Expiration Date (TS): <Time (DTM)> & <DEPRECATED-Degree of Precision (ID)>

Definition: This field identifies the name of the person who initially described the event.

7.12.2.20 PEO-20 Primary Observer Address (XAD) 01092

Components: <Street Address (SAD)> ^ <Other Designation (ST)> ^ <City (ST)> ^ <State or Province (ST)> ^ <Zip or Postal Code (ST)> ^ <Country (ID)> ^ <Address Type (ID)> ^ <Other Geographic Designation (ST)> ^ <County/Parish Code (IS)> ^ <Census Tract (IS)> ^ <Address Representation Code (ID)> ^ <DEPRECATED-Address Validity Range (DR)> ^ <Effective Date (TS)> ^ <Expiration Date (TS)>

Subcomponents for Street Address (SAD): <Street or Mailing Address (ST)> & <Street Name (ST)> & <Dwelling Number (ST)>

Subcomponents for DEPRECATED-Address Validity Range (DR): <Range Start Date/Time (TS)> & <Range End Date/Time (TS)>

Note subcomponent contains sub-subcomponents

Subcomponents for Effective Date (TS): <Time (DTM)> & <DEPRECATED-Degree of Precision (ID)>

Subcomponents for Expiration Date (TS): <Time (DTM)> & <DEPRECATED-Degree of Precision (ID)>

Definition: This field identifies the address of the person who initially described the event.

7.12.2.21 PEO-21 Primary Observer Telephone (XTN) 01093

Components: <DEPRECATED-Telephone Number (ST)> ^ <Telecommunication Use Code (ID)> ^ <Telecommunication Equipment Type (ID)> ^ <Email Address (ST)> ^ <Country Code (NM)> ^ <Area/City Code (NM)> ^ <Local Number (NM)> ^ <Extension (NM)> ^ <Any Text (ST)> ^ <Extension Prefix (ST)> ^ <Speed Dial Code (ST)> ^ <Unformatted Telephone number (ST)>

Definition: This field identifies the telephone number of the person who initially described the event.

7.12.2.22 PEO-22 Primary Observer's Qualification (ID) 01094

Definition: This field contains the qualification of the primary observer which may assist in assessing the validity of the observations. Refer to HL7 Table 0242 - Primary Observer's Qualification for valid values.

HL7 Table 0242 - Primary Observer's Qualification

Value Description Comment
P Physician (osteopath, homeopath)
R Pharmacist
M Mid-level professional (nurse, nurse practitioner, physician's assistant)
H Other health professional
C Health care consumer/patient
L Lawyer/attorney
O Other non-health professional

7.12.2.23 PEO-23 Confirmation Provided By (ID) 01095

Definition: This field contains the qualification of the health professional who confirmed the observation if the primary observer was not a health professional. Refer to HL7 Table 0242 - Primary observer's qualification for valid values.

7.12.2.24 PEO-24 Primary Observer Aware Date/Time (TS) 01096

Components: <Time (DTM)> ^ <DEPRECATED-Degree of Precision (ID)>

Definition: This field identifies the date/time the primary observer became aware of event.

7.12.2.25 PEO-25 Primary Observer's Identity May Be Divulged (ID) 01097

Definition: Indicates whether or not the primary observer, if known to the sender, grants permission to disclose his or her identity to the product manufacturer for the purpose of further investigating the event. If the element is absent, the assumption should be made that permission is not granted. Refer to HL7 Table 0243 - Identity May Be Divulged for valid values.

HL7 Table 0243 - Identity May Be Divulged

Value Description Comment
Y Yes
N No
NA Not applicable

7.12.3 PCR - Possible Causal Relationship Segment

The PCR segment is used to communicate a potential or suspected relationship between a product (drug or device) or test and an event with detrimental effect on a patient. This segment identifies a potential causal relationship between the product identified in this segment and the event identified in the PEO segment.

More than one PCR segment can be included in the message if more than one product is possibly causally related to the event.

HL7 Attribute Table - PCR - Possible Causal Relationship

SEQ LEN DT OPT RP/ # TBL # ITEM # ELEMENT NAME DB Ref.
1 250 CE R

01098 Implicated Product DB
2 1 IS O
0249 01099 Generic Product DB
3 250 CE O

01100 Product Class DB
4 8 CQ O

01101 Total Duration Of Therapy DB
5 26 TS O

01102 Product Manufacture Date DB
6 26 TS O

01103 Product Expiration Date DB
7 26 TS O

01104 Product Implantation Date DB
8 26 TS O

01105 Product Explantation Date DB
9 8 IS O
0244 01106 Single Use Device DB
10 250 CE O

01107 Indication For Product Use DB
11 8 IS O
0245 01108 Product Problem DB
12 30 ST O Y/3
01109 Product Serial/Lot Number DB
13 1 IS O
0246 01110 Product Available For Inspection DB
14 250 CE O

01111 Product Evaluation Performed DB
15 250 CE O
0247 01112 Product Evaluation Status DB
16 250 CE O

01113 Product Evaluation Results DB
17 8 ID O
0248 01114 Evaluated Product Source DB
18 26 TS O

01115 Date Product Returned To Manufacturer DB
19 1 ID O
0242 01116 Device Operator Qualifications DB
20 1 ID O
0250 01117 Relatedness Assessment DB
21 2 ID O Y/6 0251 01118 Action Taken In Response To The Event DB
22 2 ID O Y/6 0252 01119 Event Causality Observations DB
23 1 ID O Y/3 0253 01120 Indirect Exposure Mechanism DB

7.12.3.0 PCR field definitions

7.12.3.1 PCR-1 Implicated Product (CE) 01098

Components: <Identifier (ST)> ^ <Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Coding System (ID)> ^ <Alternate Identifier (ST)> ^ <Alternate Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)>

Definition: This field contains the coded identity of the product (drug, device, etc.) which is possibly causally related to the event. Includes the product identity number such as NDC, model or catalogue numbers. If a coded value is not available for the product a text description can be included as the second component of the CE data. See Chapter 2 for a listing of some recognized coding systems for drugs and devices.

7.12.3.2 PRC-2 Generic Product (IS) 01099

Definition: This field indicates whether the product used was a generic or a branded product. Refer to User-defined Table 0249 - Generic product for suggested values.

User-defined Table 0249 - Generic Product

Value Description Comment

No suggested values defined

7.12.3.3 PCR-3 Product Class (CE) 01100

Components: <Identifier (ST)> ^ <Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Coding System (ID)> ^ <Alternate Identifier (ST)> ^ <Alternate Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)>

Definition: This field contains the coded classification of the implicated product. For drugs, this would usually be the drug class - calcium channel blocking agents for nifedipine for example. For other products it would be the generic type of device, e.g., urinary catheter, cardiac pacemaker. If a coded value is not available for the class, a text description can be included.

7.12.3.4 PCR-4 Total Duration of Therapy (CQ) 01101

Components: <Quantity (NM)> ^ <Units (CE)>

Subcomponents for Units (CE): <Identifier (ST)> & <Text (ST)> & <Name of Coding System (ID)> & <Alternate Identifier (ST)> & <Alternate Text (ST)> & <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)>

Definition: This field represents the total duration of therapy with product listed. The treatment at the current dose and schedule are indicted in the quantity timing attribute of the RXE segment but the patient may have been treated for some time previously at a different dose or on a different schedule. The quantity in the second component of the CQ should be a time quantity.

7.12.3.5 PCR-5 Product Manufacture Date (TS) 01102

Components: <Time (DTM)> ^ <DEPRECATED-Degree of Precision (ID)>

Definition: This field indicates the date the product was manufactured.

7.12.3.6 PCR-6 Product Expiration Date (TS) 01103

Components: <Time (DTM)> ^ <DEPRECATED-Degree of Precision (ID)>

Definition: This field contains the expiration date indicated on the product packaging.

7.12.3.7 PCR-7 Product Implantation Date (TS) 01104

Components: <Time (DTM)> ^ <DEPRECATED-Degree of Precision (ID)>

Definition: If an implantable medical device, this field identifies the date device was implanted.

7.12.3.8 PCR-8 Product Explantation Date (TS) 01105

Components: <Time (DTM)> ^ <DEPRECATED-Degree of Precision (ID)>

Definition: If an implantable medical device and it was removed, the field identifies the date it was removed.

7.12.3.9 PCR-9 Single Use Device (IS) 01106

Definition: This field indicates whether the product was designed for a single use. Refer to User-defined Table 0244 - Single use device for suggested values.

User-defined Table 0244 - Single Use Device

Value Description Comment

No suggested values defined

7.12.3.10 PCR-10 Indication for Product Use (CE) 01107

Components: <Identifier (ST)> ^ <Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Coding System (ID)> ^ <Alternate Identifier (ST)> ^ <Alternate Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)>

Definition: This field contains coded representation of the problem or diagnosis for which the product was used. See Chapter 2 for some coding systems which might be chosen to transmit diagnoses or problems.

7.12.3.11 PCR-11 Product Problem (IS) 01108

Definition: A product problem would exist if a product malfunction could lead to death or serious injury. Refer to User-defined Table 0245 - Product problem for suggested values.

User-defined Table 0245 - Product Problem

Value Description Comment

No suggested values defined

7.12.3.12 PCR-12 Product Serial/Lot Number (ST) 01109

Definition: This field is an alphanumeric descriptor which identifies the specific item or lot of drug. This descriptor would normally be obtained from the package labeling or item itself.

7.12.3.13 PCR-16 Product Available for Inspection (IS) 01110

Definition: This field indicates that the product is available for analysis. User-defined Table 0246 -Product available for inspection is used as the HL7 identifier for the user-defined table of values for this field. If the product was returned to the manufacturer, this would be indicated by including the date it was returned in the date product returned to manufacturer element.

User-defined Table 0246 - Product Available for Inspection

Value Description Comment

No suggested values defined

7.12.3.14 PCR-14 Product Evaluation Performed (CE) 01111

Components: <Identifier (ST)> ^ <Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Coding System (ID)> ^ <Alternate Identifier (ST)> ^ <Alternate Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)>

Definition: This field indicates the type of product evaluation performed. The evaluation codes listed in SubPart B of the Coding Manual for FDA Form 3500A, ??Type of Evaluation Performed? may be used. If no codes are available, text may be sent in the second component of the field.

7.12.3.15 PCR-15 Product Evaluation Status (CE) 01112

Components: <Identifier (ST)> ^ <Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Coding System (ID)> ^ <Alternate Identifier (ST)> ^ <Alternate Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)>

Definition: This field identifies the status of product evaluation. Subpart A Item H.3 of the Coding Manual for FDA Form 3500A may also be used. If no codes are available, text may be sent in the second component of the field. Refer to HL7 Table 0247 - Status of evaluation for valid values.

HL7 Table 0247 - Status of Evaluation

Value Description Comment
Y Evaluation completed
P Evaluation in progress
K Problem already known, no evaluation necessary
X Product not made by company
A Evaluation anticipated, but not yet begun
D Product discarded -- unable to follow up
C Product received in condition which made analysis impossible
I Product remains implanted -- unable to follow up
U Product unavailable for follow up investigation
Q Product under quarantine -- unable to follow up
R Product under recall/corrective action
O Other

7.12.3.16 PCR-16 Product Evaluation Results (CE) 01113

Components: <Identifier (ST)> ^ <Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Coding System (ID)> ^ <Alternate Identifier (ST)> ^ <Alternate Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)>

Definition: This field contains the results of the product evaluation.

7.12.3.17 PCR-17 Evaluated Product Source (ID) 01114

Definition: This field contains the source of the product evaluated. Refer to HL7 Table 0248 - Product source for valid values.

HL7 Table 0248 - Product source

Value Description Comment
A Actual product involved in incident was evaluated
L A product from the same lot as the actual product involved was evaluated
R A product from a reserve sample was evaluated
N A product from a controlled/non-related inventory was evaluated

7.12.3.18 PCR-18 Date Product Returned to Manufacturer (TS) 01115

Components: <Time (DTM)> ^ <DEPRECATED-Degree of Precision (ID)>

Definition: If the product was returned to the manufacturer, this field contains the date it was returned may be reported.

7.12.3.19 PCR-19 Device Operator Qualifications (ID) 01116

Definition: This field identifies the qualification of the person operating the device when the event occurred. Refer to HL7 Table 0242 - Primary observer's qualification for valid values.

7.12.3.20 PCR-20 Relatedness Assessment (ID) 01117

Definition: This field represents the assessment of relatedness of the product to the event. Refer to HL7 Table 0250 - Relatedness assessment for valid values.

HL7 Table 0250 - Relatedness Assessment

Value Description Comment
H Highly probable
M Moderately probable
S Somewhat probable
I Improbable
N Not related

7.12.3.21 PCR-21 Action Taken in Response to the Event (ID) 01118

Definition: This field indicates the action taken as a result of the event. Segment may repeat if multiple categories of evidence are relevant. Refer to HL7 Table 0251 - Action taken in response to the event for valid values.

HL7 Table 0251 - Action Taken in Response to the Event

Value Description Comment
WP Product withdrawn permanently
WT Product withdrawn temporarily
DR Product dose or frequency of use reduced
DI Product dose or frequency of use increased
OT Other
N None

7.12.3.22 PCR-22 Event Causality Observations (ID) 01119

Definition: This field contains observations made about the event which may bear on causality. Refer to HL7 Table 0252 - Causality observations for valid values. Segment may repeat if multiple categories of evidence are relevant.

HL7 Table 0252 - Causality Observations

Value Description Comment
AW Abatement of event after product withdrawn
BE Event recurred after product reintroduced
LI Literature reports association of product with event
IN Event occurred after product introduced
EX Alternative explanations for the event available
PL Effect observed when patient receives placebo
TC Toxic levels of product documented in blood or body fluids
DR Dose response observed
SE Similar events in past for this patient
OE Occurrence of event was confirmed by objective evidence
OT Other

7.12.3.23 PCR-23 Indirect Exposure Mechanism (ID) 01120

Definition: The patient identified in the PID segment, who experienced the event, might have been exposed to the potential causal product via an intermediary, e.g., a child might be exposed to a product through the placenta or in breast milk, or a transfusion recipient might be exposed via a blood product. If this is the case, the mechanism of product transmission is identified in this field, using the valid values in HL7 Table 0253 - Indirect exposure mechanism. If this field is populated, the identity of the person through whom the product was transmitted is contained in NK1 and RXE segments which follow.

HL7 Table 0253 - Indirect exposure mechanism

Value Description Comment
B Breast milk
P Transplacental
F Father
X Blood product
O Other

7.12.4 PSH - Product Summary Header Segment

HL7 Attribute Table - PSH -Product Summary Header

SEQ LEN DT OPT RP/ # TBL # ITEM # ELEMENT NAME DB Ref.
1 60 ST R

01233 Report Type DB
2 60 ST O

01297 Report Form Identifier DB
3 26 TS R

01235 Report Date DB
4 26 TS O

01236 Report Interval Start Date DB
5 26 TS O

01237 Report Interval End Date DB
6 12 CQ O

01238 Quantity Manufactured DB
7 12 CQ O

01239 Quantity Distributed DB
8 1 ID O
0329 01240 Quantity Distributed Method DB
9 600 FT O

01241 Quantity Distributed Comment DB
10 12 CQ O

01242 Quantity in Use DB
11 1 ID O
0329 01243 Quantity in Use Method DB
12 600 FT O

01244 Quantity in Use Comment DB
13 2 NM O Y/8
01245 Number of Product Experience Reports Filed by Facility DB
14 2 NM O Y/8
01246 Number of Product Experience Reports Filed by Distributor DB

7.12.4.0 PSH field definitions

7.12.4.1 PSH-1 Report Type (ST) 01233

Definition: This field contains the name, title, or other description of the report. Typically, the field will include the agency name (e.g., FDA), agency component if applicable (e.g., CDRH) and the report type (e.g., Medical Device Reporting Baseline Report).

7.12.4.2 PSH-2 Report Form Identifier (ST) 01297

Definition: This field contains the form descriptor which describes the report. Typically, the field will include the agency name (e.g., FDA), agency component if applicable (e.g., CDRH) and the form number (e.g., 3417).

7.12.4.3 PSH-3 Report Date (TS) 01235

Components: <Time (DTM)> ^ <DEPRECATED-Degree of Precision (ID)>

Definition: This field contains the date as assigned by the sender.

7.12.4.4 PSH-4 Report Interval Start Date (TS) 01236

Components: <Time (DTM)> ^ <DEPRECATED-Degree of Precision (ID)>

Definition: This field contains the date that marks the beginning of the time interval covered by the current report.

7.12.4.5 PSH-5 Report Interval End Date (TS) 01237

Components: <Time (DTM)> ^ <DEPRECATED-Degree of Precision (ID)>

Definition: This field contains the date which marks the inclusive end of the time interval covered by the current report.

7.12.4.6 PSH-6 Quantity Manufactured (CQ) 01238

Components: <Quantity (NM)> ^ <Units (CE)>

Subcomponents for Units (CE): <Identifier (ST)> & <Text (ST)> & <Name of Coding System (ID)> & <Alternate Identifier (ST)> & <Alternate Text (ST)> & <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)>

Definition: This field is used to send the number of units of the product manufactured during the reporting interval. The second component can be used to specify the units for the quantity.

7.12.4.7 PSH-7 Quantity Distributed (CQ) 01239

Components: <Quantity (NM)> ^ <Units (CE)>

Subcomponents for Units (CE): <Identifier (ST)> & <Text (ST)> & <Name of Coding System (ID)> & <Alternate Identifier (ST)> & <Alternate Text (ST)> & <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)>

Definition: This field is used to send the number of units of the product which was distributed during the reporting interval. The second component can be used to specify the units for the quantity.

7.12.4.8 PSH-8 Quantity Distributed Method (ID) 01240

Definition: This field is used for measuring the quantity distributed. An explanation of the method used for estimation can be included in PSH-9-quantity distributed comment. Refer to HL7 Table 0329 - Quantity method for valid values.

HL7 Table 0329 - Quantity method

Value Description Comment
A Actual count
E Estimated (see comment)

7.12.4.9 PSH-9 Quantity Distributed Comment (FT) 01241

Definition: This field is used for any explanatory text needed but in particular should provide a description of the estimation method used. If referring to the description used in a previous report, the comment should include the product identifier and data of that report.

7.12.4.10 PSH-10 Quantity In Use (CQ) 01242

Components: <Quantity (NM)> ^ <Units (CE)>

Subcomponents for Units (CE): <Identifier (ST)> & <Text (ST)> & <Name of Coding System (ID)> & <Alternate Identifier (ST)> & <Alternate Text (ST)> & <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)>

Definition: This field is used to send the number of units of the product which were in use during the reporting interval. The second component can be used to specify the units for the quantity.

7.12.4.11 PSH-11 Quantity In Use Method (ID) 01243

Definition: This field contains the method used for measuring the quantity in use. An explanation of the method used for estimation can be included in PSH-12-quantity in use comment. Refer to HL7 Table 0329 - Quantity method for valid values.

7.12.4.12 PSH-12 Quantity In Use Comment (FT) 01244

Definition: This field can be used for any explanatory text needed but in particular should provide a description of the estimation method used. If referring to the description used in a previous report, the comment should include the product identifier and data of the report.

7.12.4.13 PSH-13 Number of product experience reports filed by facility (NM) 01245

Definition: The field contains the number of product experience reports filed by facility.

7.12.4.14 PSH-14 Number of product experience reports filed by distributor (NM) 01246

Definition: This field contains the number of product experience reports filed by distributor.

7.12.5 PDC - Product Detail Country Segment

HL7 Attribute Table - PDC - Product Detail Country

SEQ LEN DT OPT RP/ # TBL # ITEM # ELEMENT NAME DB Ref.
1 250 XON R Y
01247 Manufacturer/Distributor DB
2 250 CE R

01248 Country DB
3 60 ST R

01249 Brand Name DB
4 60 ST O

01250 Device Family Name DB
5 250 CE O

01251 Generic Name DB
6 60 ST O Y
01252 Model Identifier DB
7 60 ST O

01253 Catalogue Identifier DB
8 60 ST O Y
01254 Other Identifier DB
9 250 CE O

01255 Product Code DB
10 4 ID O
0330 01256 Marketing Basis DB
11 60 ST O

01257 Marketing Approval ID DB
12 12 CQ O

01258 Labeled Shelf Life DB
13 12 CQ O

01259 Expected Shelf Life DB
14 26 TS O

01260 Date First Marketed DB
15 26 TS O

01261 Date Last Marketed DB

7.12.5.0 PDC field definitions

7.12.5.1 PDC-1 Manufacturer/Distributor (XON) 01247

Components: <Organization Name (ST)> ^ <Organization Name Type Code (IS)> ^ <DEPRECATED-ID Number (NM)> ^ <Check Digit (NM)> ^ <Check Digit Scheme (ID)> ^ <Assigning Authority (HD)> ^ <Identifier Type Code (ID)> ^ <Assigning Facility (HD)> ^ <Name Representation Code (ID)> ^ <Organization Identifier (ST)>

Subcomponents for Assigning Authority (HD): <Namespace ID (IS)> & <Universal ID (ST)> & <Universal ID Type (ID)>

Subcomponents for Assigning Facility (HD): <Namespace ID (IS)> & <Universal ID (ST)> & <Universal ID Type (ID)>

Definition: This field contains the identity of the manufacturer/distributor.

7.12.5.2 PDC-2 Country (CE) 01248

Components: <Identifier (ST)> ^ <Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Coding System (ID)> ^ <Alternate Identifier (ST)> ^ <Alternate Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)>

Definition: This field contains the country to which this product detail is relevant. ISO 3166 provides a list of country codes that may be used.

7.12.5.3 PDC-3 Brand Name (ST) 01249

Definition: This field contains the name under which the product is marketed by this manufacturer.

7.12.5.4 PDC-4 Device Family Name (ST) 01250

Definition: This field contains the name used by the manufacturer to describe the family of products to which this product belongs.

7.12.5.5 PDC-5 Generic Name (CE) 01251

Components: <Identifier (ST)> ^ <Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Coding System (ID)> ^ <Alternate Identifier (ST)> ^ <Alternate Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)>

Definition: This field contains the name generically used to identify the product.

7.12.5.6 PDC-6 Model Identifier (ST) 01252

Definition: This field contains the manufacturer's model identifier for the product.

7.12.5.7 PDC-7 Catalogue Identifier (ST) 01253

Definition: This field contains the manufacturer's catalogue identifier for the product.

7.12.5.8 PDC-8 Other Identifier (ST) 01254

Definition: This field contains any other identifier used to for the product.

7.12.5.9 PDC-9 Product Code (CE) 01255

Components: <Identifier (ST)> ^ <Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Coding System (ID)> ^ <Alternate Identifier (ST)> ^ <Alternate Text (ST)> ^ <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)>

Definition: This field contains the product code from an external coding system such as that used by the CDRH at the FDA.

7.12.5.10 PDC-10 Marketing Basis (ID) 01256

Definition: This field contains the basis for marketing approval. Refer to HL7 Table 0330 - Marketing basis for valid values.

HL7 Table 0330 - Marketing basis

Value Description Comment
510K 510 (K)
510E 510 (K) exempt
PMA Premarketing authorization
PRE Preamendment
TXN Transitional
522S Post marketing study (522)

7.12.5.11 PDC-11 Marketing Approval ID (ST) 01257

Definition: This field contains the designation or description of the marketing basis.

7.12.5.12 PDC-12 Labeled Shelf Life (CQ) 01258

Components: <Quantity (NM)> ^ <Units (CE)>

Subcomponents for Units (CE): <Identifier (ST)> & <Text (ST)> & <Name of Coding System (ID)> & <Alternate Identifier (ST)> & <Alternate Text (ST)> & <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)>

Definition: This field contains the shelf life of the product as labeled. This will usually be in months or years. If there is no shelf life indicated in the product labeling, this field will be empty.

7.12.5.13 PDC-13 Expected Shelf Life (CQ) 01259

Components: <Quantity (NM)> ^ <Units (CE)>

Subcomponents for Units (CE): <Identifier (ST)> & <Text (ST)> & <Name of Coding System (ID)> & <Alternate Identifier (ST)> & <Alternate Text (ST)> & <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)>

Definition: This field contains the shelf life of the product expected by the manufacturer. This will usually be in months or years.

7.12.5.14 PDC-14 Date First Marketed (TS) 01260

Components: <Time (DTM)> ^ <DEPRECATED-Degree of Precision (ID)>

Definition: This field contains the date the product was first marketed in the country.

7.12.5.15 PDC-15 Date Last Marketed (TS) 01261

Components: <Time (DTM)> ^ <DEPRECATED-Degree of Precision (ID)>

Definition: This field contains the date the product was last marketed in the country. This field will be omitted if the product is still being marketed.

7.12.6 FAC - Facility Segment

HL7 Attribute Table - FAC - Facility

SEQ LEN DT OPT RP/ # TBL # ITEM # ELEMENT NAME DB Ref.
1 20 EI R

01262 Facility ID-FAC DB
2 1 ID O
0331 01263 Facility Type DB
3 250 XAD R Y
01264 Facility Address DB
4 250 XTN R

01265 Facility Telecommunication DB
5 250 XCN O Y
01266 Contact Person DB
6 60 ST O Y
01267 Contact Title DB
7 250 XAD O Y
01166 Contact Address DB
8 250 XTN O Y
01269 Contact Telecommunication DB
9 250 XCN R Y
01270 Signature Authority DB
10 60 ST O

01271 Signature Authority Title DB
11 250 XAD O Y
01272 Signature Authority Address DB
12 250 XTN O

01273 Signature Authority Telecommunication DB

7.12.6.0 FAC field definitions

7.12.6.1 FAC-1 Facility ID-FAC (EI) 01262

Components: <Entity Identifier (ST)> ^ <Namespace ID (IS)> ^ <Universal ID (ST)> ^ <Universal ID Type (ID)>

Definition: This field contains the facility identifier.

7.12.6.2 FAC-2 Facility Type (ID) 01263

Definition: This field contains the type of facility. Refer to HL7 Table 0331 - Facility type for valid values.

HL7 Table 0331 - Facility type

Value Description Comment
U User
M Manufacturer
D Distributor
A Agent for a foreign manufacturer

7.12.6.3 FAC-3 Facility Address (XAD) 01264

Components: <Street Address (SAD)> ^ <Other Designation (ST)> ^ <City (ST)> ^ <State or Province (ST)> ^ <Zip or Postal Code (ST)> ^ <Country (ID)> ^ <Address Type (ID)> ^ <Other Geographic Designation (ST)> ^ <County/Parish Code (IS)> ^ <Census Tract (IS)> ^ <Address Representation Code (ID)> ^ <DEPRECATED-Address Validity Range (DR)> ^ <Effective Date (TS)> ^ <Expiration Date (TS)>

Subcomponents for Street Address (SAD): <Street or Mailing Address (ST)> & <Street Name (ST)> & <Dwelling Number (ST)>

Subcomponents for DEPRECATED-Address Validity Range (DR): <Range Start Date/Time (TS)> & <Range End Date/Time (TS)>

Note subcomponent contains sub-subcomponents

Subcomponents for Effective Date (TS): <Time (DTM)> & <DEPRECATED-Degree of Precision (ID)>

Subcomponents for Expiration Date (TS): <Time (DTM)> & <DEPRECATED-Degree of Precision (ID)>

Definition: This field contains the facility's address.

7.12.6.4 FAC-4 Facility Telecommunication (XTN) 01265

Components: <DEPRECATED-Telephone Number (ST)> ^ <Telecommunication Use Code (ID)> ^ <Telecommunication Equipment Type (ID)> ^ <Email Address (ST)> ^ <Country Code (NM)> ^ <Area/City Code (NM)> ^ <Local Number (NM)> ^ <Extension (NM)> ^ <Any Text (ST)> ^ <Extension Prefix (ST)> ^ <Speed Dial Code (ST)> ^ <Unformatted Telephone number (ST)>

Definition: This field contains the facility's telecommunication information.

7.12.6.5 FAC-5 Contact Person (XCN) 01266

Components: <ID Number (ST)> ^ <Family Name (FN)> ^ <Given Name (ST)> ^ <Second and Further Given Names or Initials Thereof (ST)> ^ <Suffix (e.g., JR or III) (ST)> ^ <Prefix (e.g., DR) (ST)> ^ <DEPRECATED-Degree (e.g., MD) (IS)> ^ <Source Table (IS)> ^ <Assigning Authority (HD)> ^ <Name Type Code (ID)> ^ <Identifier Check Digit (ST)> ^ <Check Digit Scheme (ID)> ^ <Identifier Type Code (ID)> ^ <Assigning Facility (HD)> ^ <Name Representation Code (ID)> ^ <Name Context (CE)> ^ <DEPRECATED-Name Validity Range (DR)> ^ <Name Assembly Order (ID)> ^ <Effective Date (TS)> ^ <Expiration Date (TS)> ^ <Professional Suffix (ST)> ^ <Assigning Jurisdiction (CWE)> ^ <Assigning Agency or Department (CWE)>

Subcomponents for Family Name (FN): <Surname (ST)> & <Own Surname Prefix (ST)> & <Own Surname (ST)> & <Surname Prefix From Partner/Spouse (ST)> & <Surname From Partner/Spouse (ST)>

Subcomponents for Assigning Authority (HD): <Namespace ID (IS)> & <Universal ID (ST)> & <Universal ID Type (ID)>

Subcomponents for Assigning Facility (HD): <Namespace ID (IS)> & <Universal ID (ST)> & <Universal ID Type (ID)>

Subcomponents for Name Context (CE): <Identifier (ST)> & <Text (ST)> & <Name of Coding System (ID)> & <Alternate Identifier (ST)> & <Alternate Text (ST)> & <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)>

Subcomponents for DEPRECATED-Name Validity Range (DR): <Range Start Date/Time (TS)> & <Range End Date/Time (TS)>

Note subcomponent contains sub-subcomponents

Subcomponents for Effective Date (TS): <Time (DTM)> & <DEPRECATED-Degree of Precision (ID)>

Subcomponents for Expiration Date (TS): <Time (DTM)> & <DEPRECATED-Degree of Precision (ID)>

Subcomponents for Assigning Jurisdiction (CWE): <Identifier (ST)> & <Text (ST)> & <Name of Coding System (ID)> & <Alternate Identifier (ST)> & <Alternate Text (ST)> & <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)> & <Coding System Version ID (ST)> & <Alternate Coding System Version ID (ST)> & <Original Text (ST)>

Subcomponents for Assigning Agency or Department (CWE): <Identifier (ST)> & <Text (ST)> & <Name of Coding System (ID)> & <Alternate Identifier (ST)> & <Alternate Text (ST)> & <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)> & <Coding System Version ID (ST)> & <Alternate Coding System Version ID (ST)> & <Original Text (ST)>

Definition: This field contains the primary contact person's name.

7.12.6.6 FAC-6 Contact Title (ST) 01267

Definition: This field contains the primary contact person's title.

7.12.6.7 FAC-7 Contact Address (XAD) 01166

Components: <Street Address (SAD)> ^ <Other Designation (ST)> ^ <City (ST)> ^ <State or Province (ST)> ^ <Zip or Postal Code (ST)> ^ <Country (ID)> ^ <Address Type (ID)> ^ <Other Geographic Designation (ST)> ^ <County/Parish Code (IS)> ^ <Census Tract (IS)> ^ <Address Representation Code (ID)> ^ <DEPRECATED-Address Validity Range (DR)> ^ <Effective Date (TS)> ^ <Expiration Date (TS)>

Subcomponents for Street Address (SAD): <Street or Mailing Address (ST)> & <Street Name (ST)> & <Dwelling Number (ST)>

Subcomponents for DEPRECATED-Address Validity Range (DR): <Range Start Date/Time (TS)> & <Range End Date/Time (TS)>

Note subcomponent contains sub-subcomponents

Subcomponents for Effective Date (TS): <Time (DTM)> & <DEPRECATED-Degree of Precision (ID)>

Subcomponents for Expiration Date (TS): <Time (DTM)> & <DEPRECATED-Degree of Precision (ID)>

Definition: This field contains the primary contact person's address.

7.12.6.8 FAC-8 Contact Telecommunication (XTN) 01269

Components: <DEPRECATED-Telephone Number (ST)> ^ <Telecommunication Use Code (ID)> ^ <Telecommunication Equipment Type (ID)> ^ <Email Address (ST)> ^ <Country Code (NM)> ^ <Area/City Code (NM)> ^ <Local Number (NM)> ^ <Extension (NM)> ^ <Any Text (ST)> ^ <Extension Prefix (ST)> ^ <Speed Dial Code (ST)> ^ <Unformatted Telephone number (ST)>

Definition: This field contains the primary contact person's telecommunication information.

7.12.6.9 FAC-9 Signature Authority (XCN) 01270

Components: <ID Number (ST)> ^ <Family Name (FN)> ^ <Given Name (ST)> ^ <Second and Further Given Names or Initials Thereof (ST)> ^ <Suffix (e.g., JR or III) (ST)> ^ <Prefix (e.g., DR) (ST)> ^ <DEPRECATED-Degree (e.g., MD) (IS)> ^ <Source Table (IS)> ^ <Assigning Authority (HD)> ^ <Name Type Code (ID)> ^ <Identifier Check Digit (ST)> ^ <Check Digit Scheme (ID)> ^ <Identifier Type Code (ID)> ^ <Assigning Facility (HD)> ^ <Name Representation Code (ID)> ^ <Name Context (CE)> ^ <DEPRECATED-Name Validity Range (DR)> ^ <Name Assembly Order (ID)> ^ <Effective Date (TS)> ^ <Expiration Date (TS)> ^ <Professional Suffix (ST)> ^ <Assigning Jurisdiction (CWE)> ^ <Assigning Agency or Department (CWE)>

Subcomponents for Family Name (FN): <Surname (ST)> & <Own Surname Prefix (ST)> & <Own Surname (ST)> & <Surname Prefix From Partner/Spouse (ST)> & <Surname From Partner/Spouse (ST)>

Subcomponents for Assigning Authority (HD): <Namespace ID (IS)> & <Universal ID (ST)> & <Universal ID Type (ID)>

Subcomponents for Assigning Facility (HD): <Namespace ID (IS)> & <Universal ID (ST)> & <Universal ID Type (ID)>

Subcomponents for Name Context (CE): <Identifier (ST)> & <Text (ST)> & <Name of Coding System (ID)> & <Alternate Identifier (ST)> & <Alternate Text (ST)> & <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)>

Subcomponents for DEPRECATED-Name Validity Range (DR): <Range Start Date/Time (TS)> & <Range End Date/Time (TS)>

Note subcomponent contains sub-subcomponents

Subcomponents for Effective Date (TS): <Time (DTM)> & <DEPRECATED-Degree of Precision (ID)>

Subcomponents for Expiration Date (TS): <Time (DTM)> & <DEPRECATED-Degree of Precision (ID)>

Subcomponents for Assigning Jurisdiction (CWE): <Identifier (ST)> & <Text (ST)> & <Name of Coding System (ID)> & <Alternate Identifier (ST)> & <Alternate Text (ST)> & <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)> & <Coding System Version ID (ST)> & <Alternate Coding System Version ID (ST)> & <Original Text (ST)>

Subcomponents for Assigning Agency or Department (CWE): <Identifier (ST)> & <Text (ST)> & <Name of Coding System (ID)> & <Alternate Identifier (ST)> & <Alternate Text (ST)> & <Name of Alternate Coding System (ID)> & <Coding System Version ID (ST)> & <Alternate Coding System Version ID (ST)> & <Original Text (ST)>

Definition: This field contains the name of the individual with signature authority or who is responsible for the report.

7.12.6.10 FAC-10 Signature Authority Title (ST) 01271

Definition: This field contains the title of the individual with signature authority or who is responsible for this report.

7.12.6.11 FAC-11 Signature Authority Address (XAD) 01272

Components: <Street Address (SAD)> ^ <Other Designation (ST)> ^ <City (ST)> ^ <State or Province (ST)> ^ <Zip or Postal Code (ST)> ^ <Country (ID)> ^ <Address Type (ID)> ^ <Other Geographic Designation (ST)> ^ <County/Parish Code (IS)> ^ <Census Tract (IS)> ^ <Address Representation Code (ID)> ^ <DEPRECATED-Address Validity Range (DR)> ^ <Effective Date (TS)> ^ <Expiration Date (TS)>

Subcomponents for Street Address (SAD): <Street or Mailing Address (ST)> & <Street Name (ST)> & <Dwelling Number (ST)>

Subcomponents for DEPRECATED-Address Validity Range (DR): <Range Start Date/Time (TS)> & <Range End Date/Time (TS)>

Note subcomponent contains sub-subcomponents

Subcomponents for Effective Date (TS): <Time (DTM)> & <DEPRECATED-Degree of Precision (ID)>

Subcomponents for Expiration Date (TS): <Time (DTM)> & <DEPRECATED-Degree of Precision (ID)>

Definition: This field contains the address of the individual with signature authority or who is responsible for this report.

7.12.6.12 FAC-12 Signature Authority Telecommunication (XTN) 01273

Components: <DEPRECATED-Telephone Number (ST)> ^ <Telecommunication Use Code (ID)> ^ <Telecommunication Equipment Type (ID)> ^ <Email Address (ST)> ^ <Country Code (NM)> ^ <Area/City Code (NM)> ^ <Local Number (NM)> ^ <Extension (NM)> ^ <Any Text (ST)> ^ <Extension Prefix (ST)> ^ <Speed Dial Code (ST)> ^ <Unformatted Telephone number (ST)>

Definition: This field contains the telecommunication information of the individual with signature authority of who is responsible for this report.

7.13 PRODUCT EXPERIENCE - EXAMPLES OF USE

MSH|^-&|SAP||RAP||200006051512||PEX^P07|...<cr>

EVN|...<cr>

PID|1||??|A^A^A||19230616|F|||||||||||||||||Y|...<cr>

PES|MakeADrug, Inc||Manufacturer Mall^^Ann Arbor^MI^99999|| GB95070448A|0|||19950704|19950710|10D|...<cr>

PEO||^Awaiting results of autopsy|19950704||||^^^^^GB||S|N|D~H~O||Patient admitted via casualty with increased shortness of breath and left sided chest pain on 04 JUL 95 for assessment.~11-JUL-95 Patient admitted 09-JUL-95 at 11:30 PM with an 18 hour history of diarrhoea followed by collapse. On admission, patient was exhausted and dehydrated. She had a rash on both breasts and abdomen. Patient found to have deteriorating renal function. Patient commenced IV fluid, however patient was found dead on 10-JUL-95 morning. Query vomited and aspirated. Post mortem requested. Events possibly related to study drug.|...<cr>

PCR|xxxxx^Wonder Drug 1^ATC|N|^antineoplastic|||||||^NON SMALL CELL LUNG CANCER|...<cr>

RXE|1^^^19950629^19950710|xxxxx^Wonder Drug 1^ATC|1||TAB|||||||||||||||||M1|3||||NON SMALL CELL LUNG CANCER|...<cr>

RXR|PO|...<cr>

Note: The message structure for the PEX does not allow repeating RXE/RXR groups within a PCR group. This is probably a mistake in the message definition table for the PEX messages.

PRB|AD|19950704|705^DYSPNEA^MEDR|...<cr>

PRB|AD|19950710|20143^DEATH^MEDR|...<cr>

PRB|AD|19950704|18330^CHEST PAIN^MEDR|...<cr>

PRB|AD|19950709|21197^DIARRHEA^MEDR|...<cr>

PRB|AD|19950709|6432^SYNCOPE^MEDR|...<cr>

PRB|AD|19950709|4966^DEHYDRATION^MEDR|...<cr>

PRB|AD|19950709|20544^KIDNEY FUNCTION ABNORMAL^MEDR|...<cr>

OBX|1|NM|804-5^lEUKOCYTES^LN||2300|10*3/ml|||||F|19940704|...<cr>

OBX|2|NM|770-8^NEUTROPHILS/100 LEUKOCYTES^LN||1.9|%|||||F|19950704|...<cr>

OBX|3|NM|6299-2^UREA NITROGEN^LN||22.3|mg%|||||F|19950709|...<cr>

OBX|4|NM|2160-0^CREATININE^LN||247|mmole|||||F|19950709|...<cr>

NTE|||Additional details must be obtained from the affiliate in order to assess causality. A three day alert phone call was made to the FDA on 12-JUL-95|...<cr>

7.14 WAVEFORM

HL7 support for waveform data is intended to provide access to waveform data in a variety of situations. Needs include remote access to waveform data, research, and input to clinical decision making, as well as obtaining snippets of waveform data to complete waveform data sets. In some cases, predominantly in research oriented environments, a physician may want to manually interpret, scale the raw data, and/or apply alternative algorithms to the raw data values. In these environments, the review of waveform data includes the processing of the raw data. The HL7 waveform data capabilities allow for these applications, including data collection information such as skew between channels, in-band with the waveform.

Waveform observations, like other results, can be transmitted in solicited mode (in response to a query) or in unsolicited mode - see Section 7.15.1, ??W01 - Waveform Result, Unsolicited Transmission Of Requested Information,? for discussion. In either mode of transmission the timing information, channel definition, annotations, and digital time series data in the waveform recording are treated as individual ??observations? within a result ??battery.? For a given ??battery,? each of the result fragments is transmitted in a separate OBX segment, where the Observation ID suffix for the OBX is used to identify the result fragment. To reduce ambiguity, an explicit framework for defining the structure of waveform result messages is provided. The elements of that framework include the following:

7.14.1 Specific Observation Id Suffixes

Each waveform channel in a recording contains timing, channel definition and digital time series data. The category of waveform result transmitted in a given OBX segment is determined by the Observation ID Suffix contained in OBX-3-observation identifier. Four suffixes are provided for the different categories of waveform result:

Observation Suffix Data Type
Timing Information TIM TS
Channel Definition CHN CD
Waveform Data WAV NA or MA
Waveform Annotation ANO CE

The Observation Sub-ID is used to associate the TIM, CHN, and subsequent WAV, and ANO category result segments for a given channel or channels in a waveform response message.

7.14.1.0

7.14.1.1 Timing information (TIM)

Definition: The TIM category OBX result segment establishes the date and time of the first data point in a given Observation Sub-ID grouping of waveform channels. If there is a gap in the time sequence of waveform data, this should be indicated by the transmission of a new TIM category result segment prior to subsequent WAV category result segments with the same Observation Sub-ID. The data type is TS.

7.14.1.2 Channel definition data (CHN)

Definition: The CHN category OBX result segment defines recording channels for digitally sampled time-series waveforms. Subsequent WAV category result segments carry the actual waveform samples. Each CHN category result segment defines one or more channels; the OBX-5-Observation Value field may repeat to define additional channels. Each instance or repetition is formatted as a CD data type.

Each channel has a number (which generally defines its position in a multichannel display) and an optional name or label (also used in displays). One or two named waveform sources may also be associated with a channel (providing for the use of differential amplifiers with two inputs). A channel also has an associated sensitivity, calibration parameters (sensitivity correction factor, baseline, and time skew), sampling frequency, and minimum and maximum values. The sampling frequency refers to the number of samples per unit time for the data reported in the subsequent WAV category result segments.

When multiple channels are defined within a single CHN category result segment, if the channel sensitivity/units (third component), sensitivity correction factor (first subcomponent of component 4), baseline (second subcomponent), time skew (third subcomponent), sampling frequency (fifth component), minimum data value (first subcomponent of component 6), or maximum data value (second subcomponent) is not present in any repetition of the OBX-5-observation value field, the value given in the last repetition in which the item was present may used by the receiver system. This is referred to as a ??sticky default.? For example, if all channels have the same sensitivity, sensitivity correction factor/baseline/time skew, sampling frequency, and minimum/maximum data values, these may be specified for the first channel but omitted in all subsequent channel definitions in the same CHN category result segment, thus reducing the length of the segment. If the sensitivity correction factor, baseline, or time skew is not present in the first channel being defined, values of 1, 0, and 0 (respectively) may be used. No other default values are assumed for components which are not present.

7.14.1.3 Waveform digital data (WAV)

Definition: The WAV category OBX result segment is used to transmit the actual waveform data (the time-series digitized values from an analog-to-digital converter (ADC) or other source of sampled digital data). WAV category result segments are associated with their corresponding channel definitions (CHN category OBX result segment) via the Observation Sub-ID. The number of channels defined in the CHN category result segment specifies the number of channels of multiplexed data contained in the WAV category result segments associated with it. For example, if a CHN category result segment contains only a single channel definition, then each WAV category result segment with the same Observation Sub-ID contains only one channel of data. However, if a CHN category result segment contains three channel definitions then each WAV category result segment with the same Observation Sub-ID must contain three channels of data. A given set of waveform data for all channels and at multiple successive times may be transmitted in a single WAV category result segment (provided that the length of the observation value field does not exceed the maximum defined field length for OBX segments, 65536), or in multiple successive WAV category result segments, possibly with interspersed result segments of other types (for example, containing annotations, or comments).

The data type of the WAV category result segment can be NA (Numeric Array) or MA (Multiplexed Array). Using the NA data type, the data values are formatted in ??channel-block?, or ??unmultiplexed? format. The digital samples for each channel are separated using component delimiters, and successive channels are separated using the repeat delimiter. Using the MA data type, the data values are formatted in ??channel multiplexed? format, i.e., the values for the first time sample (all channels) are transmitted first, then the values for the second time sample (all channels) are transmitted, and so on until all samples have been transmitted. The digital samples for each channel are separated by the component delimiter, and successive samples are separated by the repeat delimiter. Channel multiplexed format can only be used if all of the multiplexed channels have the same effective sampling frequency.

7.14.1.4 Waveform annotation (ANO)

Definition: The ANO category OBX segment is used to transmit waveform annotations (coded entry associated with a given point in time during the waveform recording). The ANO category result segments are referenced to their corresponding channel definitions (CHN category OBX result segment ) via the Observation Sub-ID. The number of channels defined in the CHN category result segment specifies the number of channels of annotation contained in any ANO category result segments associated with it. For example, if a CHN category result segment contains only a single channel definition, then any ANO category result segments with the same Observation Sub-ID will contain only one annotation coded entry. However, if a CHN category result segment contains three channel definitions then any ANO category result segments with the same Observation Sub-ID must contain three separate annotation coded entries.

The data type of the ANO category result segment is CE. The annotation coded entries for successive channels are separated using the repeat delimiter. Adjacent repeat delimiters are used when there is no annotation coded entry for a channel in a multichannel result segment. Refer to User defined Table 0317 - Annotations for suggested values.

User-defined Table 0317 - Annotations

Value Description Comment
9900 Pace spike
9901 SAS marker
9902 Sense marker
9903 Beat marker
9904 etc.

7.15 WAVEFORM - TRIGGER EVENTS & MESSAGE DEFINITIONS

Response messages containing waveform results are identified by the trigger event provided in the message header segment (MSH-09, second component of message type). Separate trigger events have been defined to differentiate the solicited and unsolicited modes of transmission.

7.15.1 W01 - Waveform Result, Unsolicited Transmission Of Requested Information

The waveform response unsolicited trigger event identifies ORU messages used to transmit waveform data which are results of an ordered test or series of observations. The W01 trigger event may also be used to identify ORU messages sent as the eventual response to a QRY message specifying a deferred mode query for waveform results/observations with record-oriented format (similar to the deferred response display mode DSR message type described in Chapter 2). One or more ORU messages with the W01 trigger event may result from this type of QRY message.

7.15.2 W02 - Waveform Result, Response To Query

The W02 trigger event identifies QRF messages which are a response to a QRY message specifying an immediate mode query for waveform results/observations with record-oriented format.

7.16 WAVEFORM - SEGMENT DEFINITIONS

7.16.1 Combining Rules For Waveform Obx Segments

A waveform result ??battery? may contain one or more channels of digital waveform data. The Observation Sub-ID is used to logically associate the TIM, CHN and WAV category OBX segments which pertain to a given set of channels in the result ??battery.? Each Sub-ID group must contain at least one TIM, one CHN and one WAV category segment and at least one of the TIM category result segments must precede the first WAV category result segment in that group.

7.16.2 Restrictions on Valuation of OBX Segment Fields

The result category for a given OBX segment determines how specific fields in that segment are valued. The following tables indicate the use of the OBX segment for waveform components. The data types, lengths, optionality, and repeat values listed do not replace the basic definition of the OBX segment in Section 7.4.2.

The OPT/X column can take the values of R = Required, O = Optional, or X = Ignored and not valued. OBX Fields marked with an X should not be valued in Waveform response messages of specified Suffix type. Valuation of the fields must match the value provided in the associated wave category OBX segments, i.e., OBX with the same sub-ID must share the same result status.

7.16.3 OBX Segment - TIM Category

When using the OBX for the TIM category, OBX-2 should be valued to TS. Consequently, OBX-5 should have a length of 26 given the format of the TS data type. Note the expectations on which fields are required as well as the fields that should not be valued.

HL7 Attribute Table - OBX - Observation/Result Example - TIM Category

SEQ LEN DT OPT RP/# TBL# ITEM# ELEMENT NAME DB Ref.
1 4 SI O

00569 Set ID - OBX DB
2 2 ID R
0125 00570 Value Type DB
3 250 CE R

00571 Observation Identifier DB
4 20 ST R

00572 Observation Sub-ID DB
5 26 TS R

00573 Observation Value DB
6 250 CE X

00574 Units DB
7 60 ST X

00575 References Range DB
8 5 IS X Y 0078 00576 Abnormal Flags DB
9 5 NM X

00577 Probability DB
10 2 ID X Y 0080 00578 Nature of Abnormal Test DB
11 1 ID R
0085 00579 Observation Result Status DB
12 26 TS X

00580 Effective Date of Reference Range Values DB
13 20 ST X

00581 User Defined Access Checks DB
14 26 TS X

00582 Date/Time of the Observation DB
15 250 CE X

00583 Producer's Reference DB
16 250 XCN X Y
00584 Responsible Observer DB
17 250 CE X Y
00936 Observation Method DB
18 22 EI O Y
01479 Equipment Instance Identifier DB
19 26 TS O

01480 Date/Time of the Analysis DB
20





Reserved for harmonization with V2.6 DB
21





Reserved for harmonization with V2.6 DB
22





Reserved for harmonization with V2.6 DB
23 567 XON O N
02283 Performing Organization Name DB
24 631 XAD O N
02284 Performing Organization Address DB
25 3002 XCN O N
02285 Performing Organization Medical Director DB

7.16.4 OBX Segment - CHN Category

When using the OBX for the CHN category, OBX-2 should be valued to CD. Consequently, OBX-5 could have a length of up to 65536 given the format of the CD data type. Note the expectations on which fields are required as well as the fields that should not be valued.

HL7 Attribute Table - OBX - Observation/Result Example - CHN Category

SEQ LEN DT OPT RP/# TBL# ITEM# ELEMENT NAME DB Ref.
1 4 SI O

00569 Set ID - OBX DB
2 2 ID R
0125 00570 Value Type DB
3 250 CE R

00571 Observation Identifier DB
4 20 ST R

00572 Observation Sub-ID DB
5 65536 CD R

00573 Observation Value DB
6 250 CE X

00574 Units DB
7 60 ST X

00575 References Range DB
8 5 IS X Y 0078 00576 Abnormal Flags DB
9 5 NM X

00577 Probability DB
10 2 ID X Y 0080 00578 Nature of Abnormal Test DB
11 1 ID R
0085 00579 Observation Result Status DB
12 26 TS X

00580 Effective Date of Reference Range Values DB
13 20 ST X

00581 User Defined Access Checks DB
14 26 TS X

00582 Date/Time of the Observation DB
15 250 CE X

00583 Producer's Reference DB
16 250 XCN X Y
00584 Responsible Observer DB
17 250 CE X Y
00936 Observation Method DB
18 22 EI O Y
01479 Equipment Instance Identifier DB
19 26 TS O

01480 Date/Time of the Analysis DB
20





Reserved for harmonization with V2.6 DB
21





Reserved for harmonization with V2.6 DB
22





Reserved for harmonization with V2.6 DB
23 567 XON O N
02283 Performing Organization Name DB
24 631 XAD O N
02284 Performing Organization Address DB
25 3002 XCN O N
02285 Performing Organization Medical Director DB

Note: The length of the observation value field is variable, depending upon number of channels defined.

7.16.5 OBX Segment - WAV Category

When using the OBX for the WAV category, OBX-2 can be valued as either NM or MA. Consequently, OBX-5 could have a length of up to 65536 given the format of the data types. Note the expectations on which fields are required as well as the fields that should not be valued.

HL7 Attribute Table - OBX - Observation/Result Example - WAV Category

SEQ LEN DT OPT RP/# TBL# ITEM# ELEMENT NAME DB Ref.
1 4 SI O

00569 Set ID - OBX DB
2 2 ID R
0125 00570 Value Type DB
3 250 CE R

00571 Observation Identifier DB
4 20 ST R

00572 Observation Sub-ID DB
5 65536 NA or MA C

00573 Observation Value DB
6 250 CE X

00574 Units DB
7 60 ST X

00575 References Range DB
8 5 IS O Y 0078 00576 Abnormal Flags DB
9 5 NM X

00577 Probability DB
10 2 ID X Y 0080 00578 Nature of Abnormal Test DB
11 1 ID R
0085 00579 Observation Result Status DB
12 26 TS X

00580 Effective Date of Reference Range Values DB
13 20 ST X

00581 User Defined Access Checks DB
14 26 TS X

00582 Date/Time of the Observation DB
15 250 CE X

00583 Producer's Reference DB
16 250 XCN O Y
00584 Responsible Observer DB
17 250 CE X Y
00936 Observation Method DB
18 22 EI O Y
01479 Equipment Instance Identifier DB
19 26 TS O

01480 Date/Time of the Analysis DB
20





Reserved for harmonization with V2.6 DB
21





Reserved for harmonization with V2.6 DB
22





Reserved for harmonization with V2.6 DB
23 567 XON O N
02283 Performing Organization Name DB
24 631 XAD O N
02284 Performing Organization Address DB
25 3002 XCN O N
02285 Performing Organization Medical Director DB

Notes:

1. The length of the observation value field is variable, depending upon number of channels and number of data points sampled.

2. Fields 8, 11 and 16 apply exclusively to the set of data points in the OBX. They do not map to a particular data point or channel.

7.16.6 OBX Segment - ANO Category

When using the OBX for the ANO category, OBX-2 should be valued to CE. Consequently, OBX-5 could have a length of up the 65536 given the format of the data types. Note the expectations on which fields are required as well as the fields that should not be valued.

HL7 Attribute Table - OBX - Observation/Result Example - ANO Category

SEQ LEN DT OPT RP/# TBL# ITEM# ELEMENT NAME DB Ref.
1 4 SI O

00569 Set ID - OBX DB
2 2 ID R
0125 00570 Value Type DB
3 250 CE R

00571 Observation Identifier DB
4 20 ST R

00572 Observation Sub-ID DB
5 250 CE C

00573 Observation Value DB
6 250 CE X

00574 Units DB
7 60 ST X

00575 References Range DB
8 5 IS O Y 0078 00576 Abnormal Flags DB
9 5 NM X

00577 Probability DB
10 2 ID X Y 0080 00578 Nature of Abnormal Test DB
11 1 ID R
0085 00579 Observation Result Status DB
12 26 TS X

00580 Effective Date of Reference Range Values DB
13 20 ST X

00581 User Defined Access Checks DB
14 26 TS O

00582 Date/Time of the Observation DB
15 250 CE X

00583 Producer's Reference DB
16 250 XCN O Y
00584 Responsible Observer DB
17 250 CE X Y
00936 Observation Method DB
18 22 EI O Y
01479 Equipment Instance Identifier DB
19 26 TS O

01480 Date/Time of the Analysis DB
20





Reserved for harmonization with V2.6 DB
21





Reserved for harmonization with V2.6 DB
22





Reserved for harmonization with V2.6 DB
23 567 XON O N
02283 Performing Organization Name DB
24 631 XAD O N
02284 Performing Organization Address DB
25 3002 XCN O N
02285 Performing Organization Medical Director DB

Note: The length of the observation value field is variable, depending upon number of channels defined.

7.17 WAVEFORM - EXAMPLES OF USE

This section gives four example messages of type ORU (unsolicited) that each contain a three-channel waveform recording, with the same waveform in each channel. These examples contain data for one patient. In these example message transmissions, <cr> indicates an ASCII carriage return character (ASCII 13).

The following is a detailed explanation of each of the segments contained in the example messages:

Message Header (MSH) Segment - This specifies the delimiters (|^~\&), sending application (SVL, meaning Sunnyville Laboratory), receiving application (SVC, meaning Sunnyville Clinic), date and time of transmission (March 24, 1990 at 10:12:15), message type (ORU) and trigger event (W01), a message control ID that identifies this message uniquely among all messages transmitted by this sender (19264), processing ID (P, meaning production), and specification version ID (2.3).

Patient ID (PID) Segment - This contains a sequence number (1), external and internal patient IDs (both 4567890), and a patient name (Mr. John Q Doe, Jr).

Order (OBR) Segment - This contains a sequence number (1), placer order number (5678) and placer ID (SVC, meaning Sunnyville Clinic), filler order number (1234) and filler ID (SVL, meaning Sunnyville Laboratory), and test/observation ID (5, using a local coding system that is known to the intended receiver, meaning a three-channel waveform recording).

CHN Category Result (OBX) Segments - Using a value type of CD (channel definition), these define each of the three data channels by number and specify a label (waveform source) for each. The channel sensitivity (0.5 mV), sampling frequency (200), and minimum and maximum data values (-2048 to 2047) are specified for each channel in examples 1 and 2 and 4. In example 3, these are specified only for channel 1, but apply by default to all subsequent channels. No baseline or calibration parameters are specified, so defaults are used for all channels.

TIM Category Result (OBX) Segments - Using the data type TS (time stamp), these define the start of the waveform data at a time 525 ms past 8:12:37 on March 24, 1990.

WAV Category Result (OBX) Segments - The data may be transmitted in either ??channel-block? (unmultiplexed) format using the NA data type, or in ??channel-multiplexed? format using the MA data type. The three examples demonstrate different ways of transmitting 3 waveform channels, with 25 samples from each waveform channel. Note that in these examples, each waveform channel is identical.

ANO Category Result (OBX) Segments - Annotation segments with a single channel definition contain a single annotation string. Annotation segments with multiple channel definitions contain a separate annotation string for each defined channel - successive annotation strings are separated from each other by the repeat delimiter. In the following examples, channel 1 has been annotated at a time 565 ms past 8:12:37 on March 24, 1990; channel 3 has been annotated at a time 605 ms past 8:12:37 on March 24, 1990.

7.17.1 Example 1: ??channel-block? format, using three separate sets of TIM, CHN, WAV and category OBX segments:

MSH|^~\&|SVL||SVC||19900324101215||ORU^W01|...<cr>

PID|1||4567890||Everyman^Adam^Q^Jr^Mr|...<cr>

OBR|1|5678^SVC|1234^SVL|5^three-channel waveform recording^99SVL|...<cr>

OBX|1|CD|5&CHN^^99SVL|1|1^ONE^0.5&mv^^200^-2048&2047||||||F|...<cr>

OBX|2|TS|5&TIM^^99SVL|1|19900324081237.525||||||F|...<cr>

OBX|3|NA|5&WAV^^99SVL|1|0^1^2^3^4^5^6^7^8^7^6^5^4^3^2^1^0^-1^-2^-3^-4^-5^-6^-7^-8||||||F|...<cr>

OBX|4|CE|5&ANO^^99SVL|1|^Channel passing through maxima||||||F|||19900324081237.565|...<cr>

OBX|5|CD|5&CHN^^99SVL|2|2^TWO^0.5&mv^^200^-2048&2047||||||F|...<cr>

OBX|6|TS|5&TIM^^99SVL|2|19900324081237.525||||||F|...<cr>

OBX|7|NA|5&WAV^^99SVL|2|0^1^2^3^4^5^6^7^8^7^6^5^4^3^2^1^0^-1^-2^-3^-4^-5^-6^-7^-8||||||F|...<cr>

OBX|8|CD|5&CHN^^99SVL|3|3^THREE^0.5&mv^^200^-2048&2047||||||F|...<cr>

OBX|9|TS|5&TIM^^99SVL|3|19900324081237.525||||||F|...<cr>

OBX|10|NA|5&WAV^^99SVL|3|0^1^2^3^4^5^6^7^8^7^6^5^4^3^2^1^0^-1^-2^-3^-4^-5^-6^-7^-8||||||F|...<cr>

OBX|11|CE|5&ANO^^99SVL|3|^Channel passing through zero||||||F|||19900324081237.605|...<cr>

...

7.17.2 Example 2: ??Channel-Block? Format, Using a Single Set of TIM, CHN, WAV and Category OBX Segments, With Multiple Channels Within the one WAV Category Result Segment:

MSH|^~\&|SVL||SVC||19900324101215||ORU^W01|...<cr>

PID|1||4567890||Everyman^Adam^Q^Jr^Mr|...<cr>

OBR|1|5678^SVC|1234^SVL|5^three-channel waveform recording^99SVL|...<cr>

OBX|1|CD|5&CHN^^99SVL|1|1^ONE^0.5&mv^^200^-2048&2047~2^TWO^0.5&mv^^200^-2048&2047~3^THREE^0.5&mv^^200^-2048&2047||||||F|...<cr>

OBX|2|TS|5&TIM^^99SVL|1|19900324081237.525||||||F|...<cr>

OBX|3|NA|5&WAV^^99SVL|1|

0^1^2^3^4^5^6^7^8^7^6^5^4^3^2^1^0^-1^-2^-3^-4^-5^-6^-7^-8~

0^1^2^3^4^5^6^7^8^7^6^5^4^3^2^1^0^-1^-2^-3^-4^-5^-6^-7^-8~

0^1^2^3^4^5^6^7^8^7^6^5^4^3^2^1^0^-1^-2^-3^-4^-5^-6^-7^-8||||||F|...<cr>

OBX|4|CE|5&ANO^^99SVL|1|^Channel passing through maxima||||||F|||19900324081237.565|...<cr>

OBX|5|CE|5&ANO^^99SVL|1|~~^Channel passing through zero||||||F|||19900324081237.605|...<cr>

...

7.17.3 Example 3: ??Channel-Multiplexed? Format, With Multiple Channels Within the one WAV Category Result Segment:

MSH|^~\&|SVL||SVC||19900324101215||ORU^W01|...<cr>

PID|1||4567890||Everyman^Adam^Q^Jr^Mr|...<cr>

OBR|1|5678^SVC|1234^SVL|5^three-channel waveform recording^99SVL|...<cr>

OBX|1|CD|5&CHN^^99SVL|1|1^ONE^0.5&mv^^200^-2048&2047~2^TWO~3^THREE||||||F|...<cr>

OBX|2|TS|5&TIM^^99SVL|1|19900324081237.525||||||F|...<cr>

OBX|3|MA|5&WAV^^99SVL|1|0^0^0~1^1^1~2^2^2~3^3^3~4^4^4~5^5^5~6^6^6~7^7^7~8^8^8~7^7^7~6^6^6~5^5^5~4^4^4~3^3^3~2^2^2~1^1^1~0^0^0~-1^-1^-1~-2^-2^-2~-3^-3^-3~-4^-4^-4~-5^-5^-5~-6^-6^-6~-7^-7^-7~-8^-8^-8||||||F|...<cr>

OBX|4|CE|5&ANO^^99SVL|1|^Channel passing through maxima||||||F|||19900324081237.565|...<cr>

OBX|5|CE|5&ANO^^99SVL|1|~~^Channel passing through zero||||||F|||19900324081237.605|...<cr>

...

7.17.4 Example 4: ??Channel-Block? Format, Using Three Separate Sets of TIM, CHN, WAV and Category OBX Segments With a Break in Waveform Data Used to Pinpoint Waveform Annotations for Channels One and Three:

MSH|^~\&|SVL||SVC||19900324101215||ORU^W01|...<cr>

PID|1||4567890||Everyman^Adam^Q^Jr^Mr|...<cr>

OBR|1|5678^SVC|1234^SVL|5^three-channel waveform recording^99SVL|...<cr>

OBX|1|CD|5&CHN^^99SVL|1|1^ONE^0.5&mv^^200^-2048&2047||||||F|...<cr>

OBX|2|TS|5&TIM^^99SVL|1|19900324081237.525||||||F|...<cr>

OBX|3|NA|5&WAV^^99SVL|1|0^1^2^3^4^5^6^7^8||||||F|...<cr>

OBX|4|CE|5&ANO^^99SVL|1|^Channel passing through maxima||||||F|||19900324081237.565|...<cr>

OBX|5|NA|5&WAV^^99SVL|1|7^6^5^4^3^2^1^0^-1^-2^-3^-4^-5^-6^-7^-8||||||F|...<cr>

OBX|6|CD|5&CHN^^99SVL|2|2^TWO^0.5&mv^^200^-2048&2047||||||F|...<cr>

OBX|7|TS|5&TIM^^99SVL|2|19900324081237.525||||||F|...<cr>

OBX|8|NA|5&WAV^^99SVL|2|0^1^2^3^4^5^6^7^8^7^6^5^4^3^2^1^0^-1^-2^-3^-4^-5^-6^-7^-8||||||F|...<cr>

OBX|9|CD|5&CHN^^99SVL|3|3^THREE^0.5&mv^^200^-2048&2047||||||F|...<cr>

OBX|10|TS|5&TIM^^99SVL|3|19900324081237.525||||||F|...<cr>

OBX|11|NA|5&WAV^^99SVL|3|0^1^2^3^4^5^6^7^8^7^6^5^4^3^2^1^0||||||F|...<cr>

OBX|12|CE|5&ANO^^99SVL|3|^Channel passing through zero||||||F|||19900324081237.605|...<cr>

OBX|13|NA|5&WAV^^99SVL|3|-1^-2^-3^-4^-5^-6^-7^-8||||||F|...<cr>

...

7.18 TABLES LISTINGS

7.18.1 HL7 Table 0163 - Body Site

Referenced in 2.17.5 Coding Schemes

HL7 Table 0163 - Body site

Value Description Comment
BE Bilateral Ears
OU Bilateral Eyes
BN Bilateral Nares
BU Buttock
CT Chest Tube
LA Left Arm
LAC Left Anterior Chest
LACF Left Antecubital Fossa
LD Left Deltoid
LE Left Ear
LEJ Left External Jugular
OS Left Eye
LF Left Foot
LG Left Gluteus Medius
LH Left Hand
LIJ Left Internal Jugular
LLAQ Left Lower Abd Quadrant
LLFA Left Lower Forearm
LMFA Left Mid Forearm
LN Left Naris
LPC Left Posterior Chest
LSC Left Subclavian
LT Left Thigh
LUA Left Upper Arm
LUAQ Left Upper Abd Quadrant
LUFA Left Upper Forearm
LVG Left Ventragluteal
LVL Left Vastus Lateralis
NB Nebulized
PA Perianal
PERIN Perineal
RA Right Arm
RAC Right Anterior Chest
RACF Right Antecubital Fossa
RD Right Deltoid
RE Right Ear
REJ Right External Jugular
OD Right Eye
RF Right Foot
RG Right Gluteus Medius
RH Right Hand
RIJ Right Internal Jugular
RLAQ Rt Lower Abd Quadrant
RLFA Right Lower Forearm
RMFA Right Mid Forearm
RN Right Naris
RPC Right Posterior Chest
RSC Right Subclavian
RT Right Thigh
RUA Right Upper Arm
RUAQ Right Upper Abd Quadrant
RUFA Right Upper Forearm
RVL Right Vastus Lateralis
RVG Right Ventragluteal

7.18.2 HL7 Table 0070 - Specimen Source Codes

Referenced in 2.17.5 Coding Schemes

HL7 Table 0070 - Specimen Source Codes

Value Description Comment
ABS Abscess
AMN Amniotic fluid
ASP Aspirate
BPH Basophils
BIFL Bile fluid
BLDA Blood arterial
BBL Blood bag
BLDC Blood capillary
BPU Blood product unit
BLDV Blood venous
BON Bone
BRTH Breath (use EXHLD)
BRO Bronchial
BRN Burn
CALC Calculus (=Stone)
CDM Cardiac muscle
CNL Cannula
CTP Catheter tip
CSF Cerebral spinal fluid
CVM Cervical mucus
CVX Cervix
COL Colostrum
BLDCO Cord blood
CNJT Conjunctiva
CUR Curettage
CYST Cyst
DIAF Dialysis fluid
DOSE Dose med or substance
DRN Drain
DUFL Duodenal fluid
EAR Ear
EARW Ear wax (cerumen)
ELT Electrode
ENDC Endocardium
ENDM Endometrium
EOS Eosinophils
RBC Erythrocytes
EYE Eye
EXG Exhaled gas (=breath)
FIB Fibroblasts
FLT Filter
FIST Fistula
FLU Body fluid, unsp
GAS Gas
GAST Gastric fluid/contents
GEN Genital
GENC Genital cervix
GENL Genital lochia
GENV Genital vaginal
HAR Hair
IHG Inhaled Gas
IT Intubation tube
ISLT Isolate
LAM Lamella
WBC Leukocytes
LN Line
LNA Line arterial
LNV Line venous
LIQ Liquid NOS
LYM Lymphocytes
MAC Macrophages
MAR Marrow
MEC Meconium
MBLD Menstrual blood
MLK Milk
MILK Breast milk
NAIL Nail
NOS Nose (nasal passage)
ORH Other
PAFL Pancreatic fluid
PAT Patient
PRT Peritoneal fluid /ascites
PLC Placenta
PLAS Plasma
PLB Plasma bag
PLR Pleural fluid (thoracentesis fld)
PMN Polymorphonuclear neutrophils
PPP Platelet poor plasma
PRP Platelet rich plasma
PUS Pus
RT Route of medicine
SAL Saliva
SMN Seminal fluid
SER Serum
SKN Skin
SKM Skeletal muscle
SPRM Spermatozoa
SPT Sputum
SPTC Sputum - coughed
SPTT Sputum - tracheal aspirate
STON Stone (use CALC)
STL Stool = Fecal
SWT Sweat
SNV Synovial fluid (Joint fluid)
TEAR Tears
THRT Throat
THRB Thrombocyte (platelet)
TISS Tissue
TISG Tissue gall bladder
TLGI Tissue large intestine
TLNG Tissue lung
TISPL Tissue placenta
TSMI Tissue small intestine
TISU Tissue ulcer
TUB Tube NOS
ULC Ulcer
UMB Umbilical blood
UMED Unknown medicine
URTH Urethra
UR Urine
URC Urine clean catch
URT Urine catheter
URNS Urine sediment
USUB Unknown substance
VITF Vitreous Fluid
VOM Vomitus
BLD Whole blood
BDY Whole body
WAT Water
WICK Wick
WND Wound
WNDA Wound abscess
WNDE Wound exudate
WNDD Wound drainage
XXX To be specified in another part of the message

7.18.3 Figure 7-9 - Common ISO Derived Units & ISO+ Extensions

Referenced in Section 7.4.2.6.2.

Figure 7-9. Common ISO derived units and ISO+ extensions

Code/Abbr. Name
/(arb_u) *1 / arbitrary unit
/iu *1 / international unit
/kg *1 / kilogram
/L 1 / liter
1/mL *1 / milliliter
10.L/min *10 x liter / minute
10.L /(min.m2) *10 x (liter / minute) / meter2 = liter / (minute ? meter2)
10*3/mm3 *103 / cubic millimeter (e.g., white blood cell count)
10*3/L *103 / Liter
10*3/mL *103 / milliliter
10*6/mm3 *106 / millimeter3
10*6/L *106 / Liter
10*6/mL *106 / milliliter
10*9/mm3 *109 / millimeter3
10*9/L *109 / Liter
10*9/mL *109 / milliliter
10*12/L *1012 / Liter
10*3(rbc) *1000 red blood cells?
a/m Ampere per meter
(arb_u) *Arbitrary unit
bar Bar (pressure; 1 bar = 100 kilopascals)
/min Beats or Other Events Per Minute
bq Becquerel
(bdsk_u) *Bodansky Units
(bsa) *Body surface area
(cal) *Calorie
1 *Catalytic Fraction
/L Cells / Liter
cm Centimeter
cm_h20 * Centimeters of water =H20 (pressure)
cm_h20.s/L Centimeters H20 / (liter / second) = (centimeters H20 ? second) / liter (e.g., mean pulmonary resistance)
cm_h20/(s.m) (Centimeters H20 / second) / meter = centimeters H20 / (second ? meter) (e.g., pulmonary pressure time product)
(cfu) *Colony Forming Units
m3/s Cubic meter per second
d Day
db Decibels
dba *Decibels a Scale
cel Degrees Celsius
deg Degrees of Angle
(drop) Drop
10.un.s/cm5 Dyne ? Second / centimeter5 (1 dyne = 10 micronewton = 10 un) (e.g., systemic vascular resistance)
10.un.s/(cm5.m2) ((Dyne ? second) / centimeter5) / meter2 = (Dyne ? second) / (centimeter5 ? meter2) (1 dyne = 10 micronewton = 10 un) (e.g., systemic vascular resistance/body surface area)
ev Electron volts (1 electron volt = 160.217 zeptojoules)
eq Equivalent
f Farad (capacitance)
fg Femtogram
fL Femtoliter
fmol Femtomole
/mL *Fibers / milliliter
g Gram
g/d *Gram / Day
g/dL Gram / Deciliter
g/hr Gram / Hour
g/(8.hr) *Gram / 8 Hour Shift
g/kg Gram / Kilogram (e.g., mass dose of medication per body weight)
g/(kg.d) (Gram / Kilogram) / Day = gram / (kilogram ? day) (e.g., mass dose of medication per body weight per day)
g/(kg.hr) (Gram / Kilogram) / Hour = gram / (kilogram ? hour) (e.g., mass dose of medication per body weight per hour)
g/(8.kg.hr) (Gram / Kilogram) /8 Hour Shift = gram / (kilogram ? 8 hour shift) (e.g., mass dose of medication per body weight per 8 hour shift)
g/(kg.min) (Gram / Kilogram) / Minute = gram / (kilogram ? minute) (e.g., mass dose of medication per body weight per minute)
g/L Gram / Liter
g/m2 Gram / Meter2 (e.g., mass does of medication per body surface area)
g/min Gram / Minute
g.m/(hb) Gram ? meter / heart beat (e.g., ventricular stroke work)
g.m/((hb).m2) (Gram ? meter/ heartbeat) / meter2 = (gram ? meter) / (heartbeat ? meter2)

(e.g., ventricular stroke work/body surface area, ventricular stroke work index)

g(creat) *Gram creatinine
g(hgb) *Gram hemoglobin
g.m Gram meter
g(tot_nit) *Gram total nitrogen
g(tot_prot) *Gram total protein
g(wet_tis) *Gram wet weight tissue
gy Grey (absorbed radiation dose)
hL Hectaliter = 102 liter
h Henry
in Inches
in_hg Inches of Mercury (=Hg)
iu *International Unit
iu/d *International Unit / Day
iu/hr *International Unit / Hour
iu/kg International Unit / Kilogram
iu/L *International Unit / Liter
iu/mL *International Unit / Milliliter
iu/min *International Unit / Minute
j/L Joule/liter (e.g., work of breathing)
kat *Katal
kat/kg *Katal / Kilogram
kat/L *Katal / Liter
k/watt Kelvin per watt
(kcal) Kilocalorie (1 kcal = 6.693 kilojoule)
(kcal)/d *Kilocalorie / Day
(kcal)/hr *Kilocalorie / Hour
(kcal)/(8.hr) *Kilocalorie / 8 Hours Shift
kg Kilogram
kg(body_wt) * kilogram body weight
kg/m3 Kilogram per cubic meter
kh/h Kilogram per hour
kg/L Kilogram / liter
kg/min Kilogram per minute
kg/mol Kilogram / mole
kg/s Kilogram / second
kg/(s.m2) (Kilogram / second)/ meter2 = kilogram / (second ? meter2)
kg/ms Kilogram per square meter
kg.m/s Kilogram meter per second
kpa Kilopascal (1 mmHg = 0.1333 kilopascals)
ks Kilosecond
(ka_u) King-Armstrong Unit
(knk_u) *Kunkel Units
L Liter
L/d *Liter / Day
L/hr Liter / hour
L/(8.hr) *Liter / 8 hour shift
L/kg Liter / kilogram
L/min Liter / minute
L/(min.m2) (Liter / minute) / meter2 = liter / (minute ? meter2)

(e.g., cardiac output/body surface area = cardiac index)

L/s Liter / second (e.g., peak expiratory flow)
L.s Liter / second / second2 = liter ? second
lm Lumen
lm/m2 Lumen / Meter2
(mclg_u) *MacLagan Units
mas Megasecond
m Meter
m2 Meter2 (e.g., body surface area)
m/s Meter / Second
m/s2 Meter / Second2
ueq *Microequivalents
ug Microgram
ug/d Microgram / Day
ug/dL Microgram / Deciliter
ug/g Microgram / Gram
ug/hr *Microgram / Hour
ug(8hr) Microgram / 8 Hour Shift
ug/kg Microgram / Kilogram
ug/(kg.d) (Microgram / Kilogram) /Day = microgram / (kilogram ? day) (e.g., mass dose of medication per patient body weight per day)
ug/(kg.hr) (Microgram / Kilogram) / Hour = microgram / (kilogram ? hours) (e.g., mass dose of medication per patient body weight per hour)
ug/(8.hr.kg) (Microgram / Kilogram) / 8 hour shift = microgram / (kilogram ? 8 hour shift)

(e.g., mass dose of medication per patient body weight per 8 hour shift)

ug/(kg.min) (Microgram / Kilogram) / Minute = microgram / (kilogram ? minute)

(e.g., mass dose of medication per patient body weight per minute)

ug/L Microgram / Liter
ug/m2 Microgram / Meter2 (e.g., mass dose of medication per patient body surface area)
ug/min Microgram / Minute
uiu *Micro international unit
ukat *Microkatel
um Micrometer (Micron)
umol Micromole
umol/d Micromole / Day
umol/L Micromole / Liter
umol/min Micromole / Minute
us Microsecond
uv Microvolt
mbar Millibar (1 millibar = 100 pascals)
mbar.s/L Millibar / (liter / second) =(millibar ? second) / liter (e.g., expiratory resistance)
meq *Milliequivalent
meq/d *Milliequivalent / Day
meq/hr *Milliequivalent / Hour
meq/(8.hr) Milliequivalent / 8 Hour Shift
meq/kg Milliequivalent / Kilogram (e.g., dose of medication in milliequivalents per patient body weight)
meq/(kg.d) (Milliequivalents / Kilogram) / Day = milliequivalents / (kilogram ? day) (e.g., dose of medication in milliequivalents per patient body weight per day)
meq/(kg.hr) (Milliequivalents / Kilogram) / Hour = milliequivalents / (kilogram ? hour) (e.g., dose of medication in milliequivalents per patient body weight per hour)
meq/(8.hr.kg) (Milliequivalents / Kilogram) / 8 Hour Shift = milliequivalents / (kilogram ? 8 hour shift) (e.g., dose of medication in milliequivalents per patient body weight per 8 hour shift)
meq/(kg.min) (Milliequivalents / Kilogram) / Minute = milliequivalents / (kilogram ? minute) (e.g., dose of medication in milliequivalents per patient body weight per minute)
meq/L Milliequivalent / Liter

Milliequivalent / Meter2 (e.g., dose of medication in milliequivalents per patient body surface area)
meq/min Milliequivalent / Minute
mg Milligram
mg/m3 Milligram / Meter3
mg/d Milligram / Day
mg/dL Milligram / Deciliter
mg/hr Milligram / Hour
mg/(8.hr) Milligram / 8 Hour shift
mg/kg Milligram / Kilogram
mg/(kg.d) (Milligram / Kilogram) / Day = milligram / (kilogram ? day) (e.g., mass dose of medication per patient body weight per day)
mg/(kg.hr) (Milligram / Kilogram) / Hour = milligram/ (kilogram ? hour) (e.g., mass dose of medication per patient body weight per hour)
mg/(8.hr.kg) (Milligram / Kilogram) /8 Hour Shift = milligram / (kilogram ? 8 hour shift) (e.g., mass dose of medication per patient body weight per 8 hour shift)
mg/(kg.min) (Milligram / Kilogram) / Minute = milligram / (kilogram ? minute) (e.g., mass dose of medication per patient body weight per hour)
mg/L Milligram / Liter
mg/m2 Milligram / Meter2 (e.g., mass dose of medication per patient body surface area)
mg/min Milligram / Minute
mL Milliliter
mL/cm_h20 Milliliter / Centimeters of Water (H20) (e.g., dynamic lung compliance)
mL/d *Milliliter / Day
mL/(hb) Milliliter / Heart Beat (e.g., stroke volume)
mL/((hb).m2) (Milliliter / Heart Beat) / Meter2 = Milliliter / (Heart Beat ? Meter2) (e.g., ventricular stroke volume index)
mL/hr *Milliliter / Hour
mL/(8.hr) *Milliliter / 8 Hour Shift
mL/kg Milliliter / Kilogram (e.g., volume dose of medication or treatment per patient body weight)
mL/(kg.d) (Milliliter / Kilogram) / Day = milliliter / (kilogram ? day) (e.g., volume dose of medication or treatment per patient body weight per day)
mL/(kg.hr) (Milliliter / Kilogram) / Hour = milliliter / (kilogram ? hour) (e.g., volume dose of medication or treatment per patient body weight per hour)
mL/(8.hr.kg) (Milliliter / Kilogram) / 8 Hour Shift = milliliter / (kilogram ? 8 hour shift) (e.g., volume dose of medication or treatment per body weight per 8 hour shift)
mL/(kg.min) (Milliliter / Kilogram) / Minute = milliliter / (kilogram ? minute) (e.g., volume dose of medication or treatment per patient body weight per minute)
mL/m2 Milliliter / Meter2 (e.g., volume of medication or other treatment per patient body surface area)
mL/mbar Milliliter / Millibar (e.g., dynamic lung compliance)
mL/min Milliliter / Minute
mL/(min.m2) (Milliliter / Minute) / Meter2 = milliliter / (minute ? meter2) (e.g., milliliters of prescribed infusion per body surface area; oxygen consumption index)
mL/s Milliliter / Second
mm Millimeter
mm(hg) *Millimeter (HG) (1 mm Hg = 133.322 kilopascals)
mm/hr Millimeter/ Hour
mmol/kg Millimole / Kilogram (e.g., molar dose of medication per patient body weight)
mmol/(kg.d) (Millimole / Kilogram) / Day = millimole / (kilogram ? day) (e.g., molar dose of medication per patient body weight per day)
mmol/(kg.hr) (Millimole / Kilogram) / Hour = millimole / (kilogram ? hour) (e.g., molar dose of medication per patient body weight per hour)
mmol/(8.hr.kg) (Millimole / Kilogram) / 8 Hour Shift = millimole / (kilogram ? 8 hour shift) (e.g., molar dose of medication per patient body weight per 8 hour shift)
mmol/(kg.min) (Millimole / Kilogram) / Minute = millimole / (kilogram ? minute) (e.g., molar dose of medication per patient body weight per minute)
mmol/L Millimole / Liter
mmol/hr Millimole / Hour
mmol/(8hr) Millimole / 8 Hour Shift
mmol/min Millimole / Minute
mmol/m2 Millimole / Meter2 (e.g., molar dose of medication per patient body surface area)
mosm/L *Milliosmole / Liter
ms Milliseconds
mv Millivolts
miu/mL *Milliunit / Milliliter
mol/m3 Mole per cubic meter
mol/kg Mole / Kilogram
mol/(kg.s) (Mole / Kilogram) / Second = mole / (kilogram ? second)
mol/L Mole / Liter
mol/s Mole / Second
ng Nanogram
ng/d Nanogram / Day
ng/hr *Nanogram / Hour
ng/(8.hr) Nanogram / 8 Hour shift
ng/L Nanogram / Liter
ng/kg Nanogram / Kilogram (e.g., mass dose of medication per patient body weight)
ng/(kg.d) (Nanogram / Kilogram) / Day = nanogram / (kilogram ? day) (e.g., mass dose of medication per patient body weight per day)
ng/(kg.hr) (Nanogram / Kilogram) / Hour = nanogram / (kilogram ? hour) (e.g., mass dose of medication per patient body weight per hour)
ng/(8.hr.kg) (Nanogram / Kilogram) / 8 Hour Shift = nanogram / (kilogram ? 8 hour shift) (e.g., mass dose of medication per patient body weight per 8 hour shift)
ng/(kg.min) (Nanogram / Kilogram) / Minute = nanogram / (kilogram ? minute) (e.g., mass dose of medication per patient body weight per minute)
ng/m2 Nanogram / Meter2 (e.g., mass dose of medication per patient body surface area)
ng/mL Nanogram / Milliliter
ng/min *Nanogram / Minute
ng/s *Nanogram / Second
nkat *Nanokatel
nm Nanometer
nmol/s Nanomole / Second
ns Nanosecond
n Newton (force)
n.s Newton second
(od) *O.D. (optical density)
ohm Ohm (electrical resistance)
ohm.m Ohm meter
osmol Osmole
osmol/kg Osmole per kilogram
osmol/L Osmole per liter
/m3 *Particles / Meter3
/L *Particles / Liter
/(tot) *Particles / Total Count
(ppb) *Parts Per Billion
(ppm) *Parts Per Million
(ppth) Parts per thousand
(ppt) Parts per trillion (10^12)
pal Pascal (pressure)
/(hpf) *Per High Power Field
(ph) *pH
pa Picoampere
pg Picogram
pg/L Picogram / Liter
pg/mL Picogram / Milliliter
pkat *Picokatel
pm Picometer
pmol *Picomole
ps Picosecond
pt Picotesla
(pu) *P.U.
% Percent
dm2/s2 Rem (roentgen equivalent man) = 10-2 meter2 / second2 = decimeter2 / second2 Dose of ionizing radiation equivalent to 1 rad of x-ray or gamma ray) [From Dorland's Medical Dictionary]
sec Seconds of arc
sie Siemens (electrical conductance)
sv Sievert
m2/s Square meter / second
cm2/s Square centimeter / second
t Tesla (magnetic flux density)
(td_u) Todd Unit
v Volt (electric potential difference)
1 Volume Fraction
wb Weber (magnetic flux)
*Starred items are not genuine ISO, but do not conflict.

?This approach to units is discouraged by IUPAC. We leave them solely for backward compatibility

7.18.4 HL7 Table 0487 - Specimen Type

HL7 table 0487 - Specimen Type

Value Description Comment
ABS Abscess
PELVA Abscess, Pelvic Condition
PERIA Abscess, Perianal Condition, Abcess & Body Part
RECTA Abscess, Rectal Condition
SCROA Abscess, Scrotal Condition
SUBMA Abscess, Submandibular Condition
SUBMX Abscess, Submaxillary Condition
TSTES Abscess, Testicular Condition
AIRS Air Sample Environment
ALL Allograft Tissue
AMP Amputation Tissue
GASAN Antrum, Gastric Tissue
ASP Aspirate
ETA Aspirate, Endotrach Aspirate
GASA Aspirate, Gastric Aspirate
NGASP Aspirate, Nasogastric Aspirate
TASP Aspirate, Tracheal Aspirate
TTRA Aspirate, Transtracheal Aspirate
AUTP Autopsy Tissue
BX Biopsy Tissue
GSPEC Biopsy, Gastric Tissue
SKBP Biopsy, Skin Tissue
CONE Biospy, Cone Tissue
BITE Bite Conditions
CBITE Bite, Cat Conditions
DBITE Bite, Dog Conditions
HBITE Bite, Human Conditions
IBITE Bite, Insect Conditions
RBITE Bite, Reptile Conditions
BLEB Bleb Condition, Fluid/Tissue
BLIST Blister Condition, Fluid/Tissue
BBL Blood bag Blood
BPU Blood product unit Blood
HBLUD Blood, Autopsy Blood
CSVR Blood, Cell Saver Transfusion
FBLOOD Blood, Fetal Blood
MBLD Blood, Menstrual Blood
WB Blood, Whole Blood
BOIL Boil Condition
BON Bone
BOWL Bowel contents Condition
BRTH Breath (use EXHLD)
BRSH Brush Product; Brush or brushing (these may be 2 separate entries as in a physical brush or a portion thereof vs the substance obtained after a surface has been brushed)
EBRUSH Brush, Esophageal Product
BRUS Brushing Product
GASBR Brushing, Gastric Product
BUB Bubo Condition
BULLA Bulla/Bullae Condition
BRN Burn
CALC Calculus (=Stone)
CARBU Carbuncle Condition
CAT Catheter Device
CSITE Catheter Insertion Site Device
CTP Catheter tip Device
ANGI Catheter Tip, Angio Device
ARTC Catheter Tip, Arterial Device
CVPT Catheter Tip, CVP Device
ETTP Catheter Tip, Endotracheal Device
FOLEY Catheter Tip, Foley Device
HEMAQ Catheter Tip, Hemaquit Device
HEMO Catheter Tip, Hemovac Device
IDC Catheter Tip, Indwelling Device
INTRD Catheter Tip, Introducer Device
IVCAT Catheter Tip, IV Device
MAHUR Catheter Tip, Makurkour Device
SCLV Catheter Tip, Subclavian Device
SPRP Catheter Tip, Suprapubic Device
SWGZ Catheter Tip, Swan Gantz Device
VASTIP Catheter Tip, Vas Device
VENT Catheter Tip, Ventricular Device
GROSH Catheter, Groshong Device
HIC Catheter, Hickman Device
PORTA Catheter, Porta Device
SPRPB Cathether Tip, Suprapubic Device
TLC Cathether Tip, Triple Lumen Device
CLIPP Clippings Condition
COL Colostrum
CNJT Conjunctiva
LENS1 Contact Lens Device
LENS2 Contact Lens Case Device
CYST Cyst
BCYST Cyst, Baker's Condition
ICYST Cyst, Inclusion Condition
PILOC Cyst, Pilonidal Condition
RENALC Cyst, Renal Condition
DIA Dialysate Condition
DISCHG Discharge Condition
DIV Diverticulum Condition
DRN Drain
DRN Drain Device
HEV Drain, Hemovac Device
GTUBE Drainage Tube, Drainage (Gastrostomy) Condition
GASD Drainage, Gastric Condition
ILEO Drainage, Ileostomy Condition
JP Drainage, Jackson Pratt Condition
JEJU Drainage, Jejunal Condition
NASDR Drainage, Nasal Condition
NGAST Drainage, Nasogastric Condition
PND Drainage, Penile Condition
DRNGP Drainage, Penrose Condition
RECT Drainage, Rectal Condition
SUMP Drainage, Sump Condition
DRNG Drainage, Tube Device
EARW Ear wax (cerumen)
EFFUS Effusion Condition
ELT Electrode
AUTOC Environment, Attest Environment
ATTE Environmental, Autoclave Ampule Environment
AUTOC Environmental, Autoclave Capsule Environment
EFF Environmental, Effluent Environment
EEYE Environmental, Eye Wash Environment
EFOD Environmental, Food Environment
EISO Environmental, Isolette Environment
EOTH Environmental, Other Substance Environment; (Substance is Known but not in code Table)
ESOI Environmental, Soil Environment
ESOS Environmental, Solution (Sterile) Environment
SPS Environmental, Spore Strip Environment
STER Environmental, Sterrad Environment
ENVIR Environmental, Unidentified Substance Environment
WWA Environmental, Water Environment
DEION Environmental, Water (Deionized) Environment
WWT Environmental, Water (Tap) Environment
FAW Environmental, Water (Well) Environment
WWO Environmental, Water (Ocean)
EWHI Environmental, Whirlpool Environment
EXUDTE Exudate Condition
FLT Filter
FIST Fistula
FLUID Fluid Fluid
FGA Fluid, Abdomen Fluid
CSMY Fluid, Cystostomy Tube Fluid
ACNFLD Fluid, Acne Fluid
FLU Fluid, Body unsp
CST Fluid, Cyst Fluid
HYDC Fluid, Hydrocele Fluid
IVFLD Fluid, IV Fluid
JNTFLD Fluid, Joint Fluid
KIDFLD Fluid, Kidney Fluid
LSAC Fluid, Lumbar Sac Fluid
FLD Fluid, Other Fluid
PCFL Fluid, Pericardial
RENC Fluid, Renal Cyst Fluid
FRS Fluid, Respiratory Fluid
SHUNF Fluid, Shunt Fluid
SNV Fluid, synovial (Joint fluid)
GAST Fluid/contents, Gastric
FUR Furuncle Condition
GAS Gas
EXG Gas, exhaled (=breath)
IHG Gas, Inhaled
GENV Genital vaginal
GRAFT Graft Condition
GRAFT Graft Site Condition
POPGS Graft Site, Popliteal Condition
POPLG Graft, Popliteal Condition
GRANU Granuloma Condition
IMP Implant Device
INFIL Infiltrate Condition
INS Insect Object
IUD Intrauterine Device Device (Common Usage)
IT Intubation tube
KELOI Lavage Product
LAVG Lavage, Bronhial Product
LAVGG Lavage, Gastric Product
LAVGP Lavage, Peritoneal Product
LAVPG Lavage, Pre-Bronch Product
LESN Lesion Condition
ORL Lesion, Oral Condition (Common Usage)
PENIL Lesion, Penile Condition (Common Usage)
LIQO Liquid, Other
LIQ Liquid, Unspecified
MASS Mass Condition
SMM Mass, Sub-Mandibular Condition
MUCOS Mucosa Condition
MUCUS Mucus Condition
NEDL Needle Device
NODUL Nodule(s) Condition
CYN Nodule, Cystic Condition
ORH Other
PACEM Pacemaker Device
PLAN Plant Material Object
PLAS Plasma Blood
PLB Plasma bag Blood
PPP Plasma, Platelet poor Blood
PRP Plasma, Platelet rich Blood
POL Polyps Condition
PROST Prosthetic Device Device
PSC Pseudocyst Condition
PUS Pus
PUST Pus Condition
PUSFR Pustule Condition
QC3 Quality Control Environment
RES Respiratory Condition (Ambiguous)
SAL Saliva
FSCLP Scalp, Fetal Condition
CSCR Scratch, Cat Condition
SECRE Secretion(s) Fluid/Secretion
NSECR Secretion, Nasal Condition
SER Serum
ASERU Serum, Acute Blood
CSERU Serum, Convalescent Blood
PLEVS Serum, Peak Level Blood
TSERU Serum, Trough Blood
SHUNT Shunt Condition
EXS Shunt, External Condition
SITE Site Site
CVPS Site, CVP Site
INCI Site, Incision/Surgical Site
NGS Site, Naso/Gastric Site
NEPH Site, Nephrostomy Site
PIS Site, Pacemaker Insetion Site
PDSIT Site, Peritoneal Dialysis Site
PDTS Site, Peritoneal Dialysis Tunnel Site
PINS Site, Pin Site
POPLV Site, Popliteal Vein Site
SHU Site, Shunt Site
TRAC Site, Tracheostomy Site
SKN Skin
TZANC Smear, Tzanck
GSOL Solution, Gastrostomy Product
ILLEG Source of Specimen Is Illegible
OTH Source, Other
UDENT Source, Unidentified
USPEC Source, Unspecified
SPRM Spermatozoa
SPT Sputum
SPTC Sputum - coughed
SPTT Sputum - tracheal aspirate
DCS Sputum, Deep Cough Condition
SPUTIN Sputum, Inducted Condition
SPUT1 Sputum, Simulated Condition
SPUTSP Sputum, Spontaneous Condition
STONE Stone, Kidney Condition
STL Stool = Fecal
SUP Suprapubic Tap Product
SUTUR Suture Object
TISS Tissue
TISU Tissue ulcer
ACNE Tissue, Acne Tissue
HERNI Tissue, Herniated Tissue
SCAR Tissue, Keloid (Scar) Tissue
TRANS Transudate Condition
ETTUB Tube, Endotracheal Device
GT Tube, Gastric Device
TUBES Tubes Device
IVTIP Tubing Tip, IV Device
TUMOR Tumor Condition
DEC Ulcer, Decubitus Condition
UR Urine
URT Urine catheter
URC Urine clean catch
URINB Urine, Bladder Washings Condition
URINC Urine, Catheterized Condition
USCOP Urine, Cystoscopy Condition
URINM Urine, Midstream Condition
URINN Urine, Nephrostomy Condition
URINP Urine, Pedibag Device
RANDU Urine, Random Condition
VITF Vitreous Fluid
VOM Vomitus
WRT Wart Tissue
WASH Wash Product
WASI Washing, e.g. bronchial washing Product
WAT Water
WEN Wen Tissue
WICK Wick
WORM Worm Object
WND Wound
WNDA Wound abscess
WNDD Wound drainage
WNDE Wound exudate
PUNCT Wound, Puncture Condition

7.18.5 HL7 Table 0371 - Additive/Preservative

HL7 Table 0371 - Additive/Preservative

Value Description Comment
F10 10% Formalin Tissue preservative
C32 3.2% Citrate Blue top tube
C38 3.8% Citrate Blue top tube
HCL6 6N HCL 24 HR Urine Additive
ACDA ACD Solution A Yellow top tube
ACDB ACD Solution B Yellow top tube
ACET Acetic Acid Urine preservative
AMIES Amies transport medium Protozoa
HEPA Ammonium heparin Green top tube
BACTM Bacterial Transport medium Microbiological culture
BOR Borate Boric Acid 24HR Urine Additive
BOUIN Bouin's solution Tissue
BF10 Buffered 10% formalin Tissue
WEST Buffered Citrate (Westergren Sedimentation Rate) Black top tube
BSKM Buffered skim milk Viral isolation
CARS Carson's Modified 10% formalin Tissue
CARY Cary Blair Medium Stool Cultures
CHLTM Chlamydia transport medium Chlamydia culture
CTAD CTAD (this should be spelled out if not universally understood) Blue top tube
ENT Enteric bacteria transport medium Bacterial culture
ENT+ Enteric plus Stool Cultures
JKM Jones Kendrick Medium Bordetella pertussis
KARN Karnovsky's fixative Tissue
LIA Lithium iodoacetate Gray top tube
HEPL Lithium/Li Heparin Green top tube
M4 M4 Microbiological culture
M4RT M4-RT Microbiological culture
M5 M5 Microbiological culture
MICHTM Michel's transport medium IF tests
MMDTM MMD transport medium Immunofluorescence
HNO3 Nitric Acid Urine
NONE None Red or Pink top tube
PAGE Pages's Saline Acanthaoemba
PHENOL Phenol 24 Hr Urine Additive
KOX Potassium Oxalate Gray top tube
EDTK Potassium/K EDTA Deprecated. Replaced by EDTK15 and EDTK75
EDTK15 Potassium/K EDTA 15% Purple top tube
EDTK75 Potassium/K EDTA 7.5% Purple top tube
PVA PVA (polyvinylalcohol) O&P
RLM Reagan Lowe Medium Bordetella pertussis cultures
SST Serum Separator Tube (Polymer Gel) ??Tiger' Top tube
SILICA Siliceous earth, 12 mg Gray top tube
NAF Sodium Fluoride Gray top tube
FL100 Sodium Fluoride, 100mg Urine
FL10 Sodium Fluoride, 10mg Urine
NAPS Sodium polyanethol sulfonate 0.35% in 0.85% sodium chloride Yellow (Blood Culture)
HEPN Sodium/Na Heparin Green top tube
EDTN Sodium/Na EDTA Dark Blue top tube
SPS SPS(this should be spelled out if not universally understood) Anticoagulant w/o bacteriocidal properties
STUTM Stuart transport medium Bacterial culture
THROM Thrombin Orange or Grey/Yellow (STAT Chem)
FDP Thrombin NIH; soybean trypsin inhibitor (Fibrin Degradation Products) Dark Blue top tube
THYMOL Thymol 24 Hr Urine Additive
THYO Thyoglycollate broth Bacterial Isolation
TOLU Toluene 24 Hr Urine Additive
URETM Ureaplasma transport medium Ureaplasma culture
VIRTM Viral Transport medium Virus cultures

7.18.6 HL7 Table 0488 - Specimen Collection Method

HL7 table 0488 - Specimen Collection Method

Value Description Comment
FNA Aspiration, Fine Needle
PNA Aterial puncture
BIO Biopsy
BCAE Blood Culture, Aerobic Bottle
BCAN Blood Culture, Anaerobic Bottle
BCPD Blood Culture, Pediatric Bottle
CAP Capillary Specimen
CATH Catheterized
EPLA Environmental, Plate
ESWA Environmental, Swab
LNA Line, Arterial
CVP Line, CVP
LNV Line, Venous
MARTL Martin-Lewis Agar
ML11 Mod. Martin-Lewis Agar
PACE Pace, Gen-Probe
PIN Pinworm Prep
KOFFP Plate, Cough
MLP Plate, Martin-Lewis
NYP Plate, New York City
TMP Plate, Thayer-Martin
ANP Plates, Anaerobic
BAP Plates, Blood Agar
PRIME Pump Prime
PUMP Pump Specimen
QC5 Quality Control For Micro
SCLP Scalp, Fetal Vein
SCRAPS Scrapings
SHA Shaving
SWA Swab
SWD Swab, Dacron tipped
WOOD Swab, Wooden Shaft
TMOT Transport Media,
TMAN Transport Media, Anaerobic
TMCH Transport Media, Chalamydia
TMM4 Transport Media, M4
TMMY Transport Media, Mycoplasma
TMPV Transport Media, PVA
TMSC Transport Media, Stool Culture
TMUP Transport Media, Ureaplasma
TMVI Transport Media, Viral
VENIP Venipuncture

7.19 OUTSTANDING ISSUES

None.